Szótár
(Letölthető rövid segédanyag: Páli-Magyar Szójegyzék)
āsā, 3617 találat.
asa →
ncped
permanent; eternal
āsā →
ncped
wish, hope, expectation.
asa →
pts
adjective bad Ja.iv.435 = Ja.vi.235 (sataṃ vā asaṃ acc. sg. with variant reading santaṃ…, expld- by sappurisaṃ vā asappurisaṃ vā C.); Ja.v.448 (n. pl. f. asā expld. by asatiyo lā …
asā →
pts
see āsa.
āsa →
pts
āsā →
pts
…karoti); AN.i.86 (dve āsā), AN.i.107 (vigat-āso one whose longings have gone); Snp.474 Snp.634, Snp.794, Snp.864; Ja.i.267, Ja.i.285;…
abhaya →
dppn
Abhaya 1
A monk whose verse concerning the bewildering effects of beautiful sights is in the Theragāthā. Thag.98
Abhaya2Abhayarājakumāra
The son of King Bimbisāra and of Padum …
accutadevā →
dppn
A class of devas mentioned among those assembled on the occasion of the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260
aciravatī →
dppn
A river, the modern Rāpti in Uttar Pradesh; one of the pañca-mahānadī, Vin.ii.237 the five great rivers flowing from the Himālaya eastwards (pācīnaninnā) SN.v.39 into the sea. During the hot seas …
aggikabhāradvāja →
dppn
Aggikabhāradvāja1AggikaBhāradvāja
A brahmin of Sāvatthī, of the Bhāradvāja clan. The Buddha, while on his rounds, sees him tending the fire and preparing oblations, and stands for alms in …
ahogaṅgā →
dppn
A mountain in North India, on the Upper Ganges. There, for some time, lived the Thera Sambhūta Sānavāsi, and it was there that Yasa Kākandakaputta saw him. The meeting of arahants to discuss what meas …
ajitakesakambala →
dppn
AjitakesakambalaKesakambalaAjita
Head of one of the six heretical sects mentioned in the Pitakas as being contemporaneous with the Buddha. He is described as a Titthaka (non-Buddhist teacher), leade …
ajātasattu →
dppn
AjātasattuVedehiputta
Son of Bimbisāra, King of Māgadha, and therefore half-brother to Abhayarājakumāra. He murdered his father to gain the throne, and conspired with Devadatta to kill the Buddha, b …
akaniṭṭhā →
dppn
A class of devas, living in the highest of the five Suddhāvasā (Pure Abodes). DN.iii.237
In the Mahāpadāna Sutta DN.ii.52f. the Buddha mentions that he visited their abode and conversed with beings …
ambasaṇḍā →
dppn
A brahmin village in Māgadha to the east of Rājagaha.
To the north of the village was the Vediyaka mountain, in which was the Indasālaguhā, where the Sakkapañha Sutta was preached. On the occasion of …
ambaṭṭha →
dppn
AmbaṭṭhaAmbaṭṭhamāṇava
A brahmin youth of the Ambaṭṭha clan who lived with his teacher, Pokkharasādi, at Ukkaṭṭha. He was learned in the three Vedas and the correlated branches of knowledge, includin …
ambāṭakavana →
dppn
AmbāṭakavanaAmbālavana
A grove at Macchikāsaṇḍa, belonging to Cittagahapati. It became the residence of large numbers of monks, and discussions often took place there between Cittagahapati and the re …
anejakā →
dppn
A class of devas mentioned as having been present on the occasion of the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.160
annabhāra →
dppn
A well-known paribbājaka who lived in the Paribbājakārāma on the banks of the River Sappinī near Rājagaha. He is mentioned as staying with the well-known paribbājakas, Varadhara and Sakuludāyi. …
anāthapiṇḍika →
dppn
A banker (seṭṭhi) of Sāvatthī who became famous because of his unparalleled generosity to the Buddha. His first meeting with the Buddha was during the first year after the Enlightenment, in Rājagaha …
ariṭṭha →
dppn
Ariṭṭha1
A monk. He had been subjected by the Saṅgha to the ukkhepanīyakamma for refusal to renounce a sinful doctrine, namely, that the states of mind declared by the Buddha to be stumb …
ariṭṭhakā →
dppn
A class of devas who were present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta.
They were like azure flowers in hue (ummāpupphanibhāsino). DN.ii.260
asama →
dppn
A devaputta who once visited the Buddha at Veḷuvana, in the company of Sahali, Ninka, Ākoṭaka, Vetambarī and Mānava-Gāmiya.
They were disciples of different teachers and, standing before the Buddh …
asamā →
dppn
A class of devas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. They are mentioned together with the Yama twins. DN.ii.259
asaññasattā →
dppn
…abodes of beings (sattāvāsā). These beings are unconscious and experience nothing. AN.iv.401 As soon as an idea occurs to them they fall…
asoka →
dppn
A monk of Ñātikā. Once when the Buddha was staying at Ñātikā in the Giñjakāvasatha, Ānanda mentions to the Buddha that Asoka Thera had died, and asks where he had gone. The Buddha tells him that Asoka …
asokā →
dppn
…the Buddha says that she had been reborn spontaneously in the Suddhāvāsā, there to pass away, destined never to return. SN.v.358
assaji →
dppn
Assaji1
The fifth of the Pañcavaggiyā monks. When the Buddha preached the Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta, he was the last in whom dawned the eye of Truth, and the Buddha had to discourse to h …
assaka →
dppn
The country of Assaka is one of the sixteen Mahājanapadas mentioned in the Aṅguttara Nikāya.AN.i.213 AN.iv.252 AN.iv.256 AN.iv.260 It does not, however; occur in the list of twelve countries given in …
assatara →
dppn
A tribe of Nāgas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259
asura →
dppn
In Pali Literature the Asuras are classed among the inferior deities together with the supaṇṇas, gandhabbas, yakkhas, garuḍas and nāgas. Rebirth as an Asura is considered as one of the four …
atappādevā →
dppn
A class of devas whose company mortals long for.MN.i.289 MN.iii.103 They belong to the Suddhāvāsā. DN.ii.52 DN.iii.237
avanti →
dppn
One of the four great monarchies in the time of the Buddha, the other three being Māgadha, Kosala and Vaṃsa (or Vatsa). Avanti is also mentioned among the sixteen Great Nations. AN.i.213 AN.iv.252 AN. …
avihā →
dppn
…rupa-worlds, the Suddhāvāsā.DN.ii.52 DN.iii.237 DN.iii.237 Anāgāmīs are born in Avihā and there attain arahantship. The Buddha once…
aṅgīrasi →
dppn
Aṅgīrasi1
A term of affection (Radiant One) used by Pañcasikha in addressing Suriyavaccasā. DN.ii.265
Aṅgīrasa2
One of the ten ancient seers who conducted great sacrifices and …
aṭṭhaka →
dppn
Aṭṭhaka1
A celebrated sage, composer and reciter of sacred runes, mentioned together with nine others (Vāmaka, Vāmadeva, Vessāmitta, Yamataggi, Aṅgīrasa, Bhāradvāja, Vāseṭṭha and Bhagu), V …
aṭṭhakanāgara →
dppn
A city from which came the householder Dasama who, while on a visit to Pāṭaliputta on business, went to see Ānanda at Beluvagāma and questioned him. MN.i.349f. AN.v.342–347
4town
beluva →
dppn
BeluvaBeluvagāmaVeluvaVeluvagāma
A village near Vesāli, where the Buddha spent his last vassa.
It was at this time that the Buddha, in answer to a question by Ānanda, said that he had kept nothing b …
bhaddiya →
dppn
Bhaddiya1
An anāgāmī, one of seven persons who became arahants as soon as they were born in Avihā. SN.i.35 SN.i.60
Bhaddiya2Kāligodhāputta
Chief among monks of aristocratic …
bhaddā →
dppn
Bhaddā1
Wife of King Muṇḍa. At her death the king placed her body in a vessel of oil and mourned for her until his friend Piyaka took him to Nārada Thera at the Kukkuṭārāma, and there made …
bhaggavagotta →
dppn
A clothed Wanderer who lived in a pleasance near Anupiya.
He was a friend of Sunakkhatta. The Buddha once visited him, and their conversation is recorded in the Pātika Sutta. DN.iii.1ff.
bhiyyasa →
dppn
BhiyyasaBhīya
One of the two chief disciples of Koṇāgamana Buddha. DN.ii.5
bhusāgāra →
dppn
BhusāgāraBhusāgra
The threshing floor in Atumā where the Buddha stayed on his visit there. Vin.i.249
Once while he was meditating there, a thunderstorm broke out and two peasants and four oxen were …
bimbisāra →
dppn
BimbisāraSeniya
King of Māgadha and patron of the Buddha.
According to the Pabbajā Sutta Snp.405ff. the first meeting between the Buddha and Bimbisāra took place in Rājagaha under the Paṇḍavapabba …
buddha →
dppn
BuddhaBhagavāTathāgataSiddhatthaGotamaSugataSatthā
The Awakened one, the founder and teacher of the Buddha-dhamma. His personal name was Siddhattha Gotama, and he was a Khattiya of the Sakiyan clan. …
bārānasī →
dppn
BārānasīBenares
The capital of Kāsi-janapada. It was one of the four places of pilgrimage for the Buddhists - the others being Kapilavatthu, Buddhagayā and Kusināra - because it was at, the Migadā …
bāvarī →
dppn
…followed him there to the Pāsāṇaka cetiya, passing through Setavyā, Kapilavatthu, Kusinārā, Pāvā, Bhoganagara and Vesāli. When they…
candana →
dppn
Candana1
A deva, vassal of the Four Regent Gods. DN.ii.258 He is mentioned as one of the chief Yakkhas to be invoked by followers of the Buddha in case of need. DN.iii.204 He once visited …
candimā →
dppn
The name of the devaputta whose abode is the moon (Canda), sometimes also called Candimā. There are other devas besides Canda who dwell in the moon.
It is said that once, when Candimā was seized …
caṅkī →
dppn
A great brahmin, contemporary of the Buddha, reputed for his great learning and highly esteemed in brahmin gatherings—e.g., at Icchānaṅgala Snp.p.115 and at Manasākaṭa. DN.i.235
He is mentioned toget …
caṇḍappajjota →
dppn
King of Avanti in the time of the Buddha. His name was Pajjota, the sobriquet being added on account of his violent temper.
Once, when ill with jaundice, he asked Bimbisāra to lend him the services o …
cetiya →
dppn
CetiyaCetiCetīCedi
One of the sixteen Great Nations, AN.i.213 probably identical with Cedi of the older documents. The people of Ceti settled near the Yamunā, to the east, in the neighbourhood of and …
citta →
dppn
Citta1
A householder of Macchikāsaṇḍa, where he was Treasurer. He was later declared by the Buddha to be pre-eminent among laymen who preached the Doctrine. AN.i.26
When Mahānāma visited …
cittasena →
dppn
A Gandhabba present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258 He is elsewhere DN.iii.204 mentioned as a Yakkha chieftain who should be invoked by the Buddha’s followers when troubled by evil spirits.
cullakokanadā →
dppn
CullakokanadāCūḷakokanadāCūlakokanadā
The younger of the two daughters of Pajunna, both of whom were called Kokanadā. She visited the Buddha at the Kutāgārasālā in Vesāli and questioned him. SN.i.30
cāla →
dppn
He was ordained by Khadiravaniya. Thag.42
He is mentioned as living at the Kūṭāgārasālā, which place he left when the Licchavis caused disturbance by their visits to the Buddha. AN.v.133 In this cont …
dakkhiṇāgiri →
dppn
A region in India. It contained the city of Vedisa. Dakkhiṇāgiri lay to the south-west of Rājagaha, beyond the hills that surrounded the city—hence its name. In the district was the brahmin village o …
dalhika →
dppn
DalhikaDaḷhika
A monk of Sāgala. A pupil of his once stole a turban from a shopkeeper and confessed his fault to Dalhika, thinking that he would, on that account, become a pārājika. But the value o …
dasama →
dppn
A householder of Aṭṭhakanāgara. One day, having finished some business which took him to Pāṭaliputta, he visited the Kukkuṭārāma to call upon Ānanda. Learning that Ānanda was at Beluvagāma near Vesāli …
dasārahā →
dppn
A group of Khattiyas, owners of the Ānaka-drum. SN.ii.266f.
devadatta →
dppn
…two Devadatta, and the Mahāsāropama, were preached after this event.
The Buddha sent Sāriputta and Moggallāna to Gayāsīsa to bring back…
devasabha →
dppn
A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of how one with right effort will overcome defilements. Thag.100
dhammasava →
dppn
A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of going forth and attaining the three knowledges. Thag.107
dhammasava-pitā →
dppn
Dhammasava-pitā
Father of Dhammasava. He was one hundred and twenty years old when he went forth. Thag.108
dhataraṭṭha →
dppn
Dhataraṭṭha1
One of the Cātummahārājikā, the ruler of the Eastern Quarter. His followers are the Gandhabbas. He has numerous sons called Indra.DN.ii.207 DN.ii.220 DN.ii.257f. DN.iii.197 …
dānaveghasā →
dppn
A class of Asuras, present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.259
dāsaka →
dppn
A monk whose Theragāthā verse says that one who eats much and is lazy will keep being reborn. Thag.17
Perhaps it is this same Dāsaka who is mentioned in the Saṃyutta Nikāya SN.iii.127ff. as having …
ekadhammasavanīya →
dppn
EkadhammasavanīyaEkadhammasavaniyaEkadhammika
A monk whose verse is found in the Theragāthā. Thag.67
ekapuṇḍarīka →
dppn
Ekapuṇḍarīka1
A monastery of the wanderers, the residence of Vacchagotta. MN.i.481f. It was near the Kūṭāgārasālā in the Mahāvana of Vesāli. The Buddha went there to see Vacchagotta, and …
ekasālā →
dppn
A Brahmin village in the Kosala kingdom. The Buddha once stayed there, and when a large congregation of the laity were listening to him, Māra, thinking to darken their intelligence, suggested to him t …
erāvaṇa →
dppn
In the Dhammika Sutta. Snp.379 Erāvaṇa is mentioned among the devas who visited the Buddha to pay him homage. He is also mentioned among the Nāgas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258
gajaṅgala →
dppn
…Country. Beyond it was Mahāsālā. Vin.i.197 Once when the Buddha was staying in the Veḷuvana at Kajangala, the lay followers there heard a…
gandhabbā →
dppn
A class of semi-divine beings who inhabit the Cātummahārājika realm and are the lowest among the devas. DN.ii.212 They are generally classed together with the Asuras and the Nāgas AN.iv.200 AN.iv.204 …
gayāsīsa →
dppn
…There was room on the rock for one thousand monks.
The hill stands about one mile to the south-west of…
gijjhakūṭa →
dppn
…AN.iv.21f. the Mahāsāropama and Āṭānāṭiya Suttas. SN.ii.155 SN.ii.185 SN.ii.190 SN.ii.241 SN.iii.121 AN.ii.73 AN.iii.21…
giraggasamajjā →
dppn
A festival held from time to time in Rājagaha. According to the Vinaya accounts Vin.ii.107f. Vin.ii.150 Vin.iv.85 Vin.iv.267 there were dancing, singing and music.
giñjakāvasatha →
dppn
A brick hall at Nādikā. The Buddha stayed there on various occasions during his visits to Nādikā. It was during one of these visits that Ambapāli presented her park to the Buddha and the Order. Vin.i. …
gosiṅgasālavanadāya →
dppn
Gosiṅgasālavanadāya1
A forest tract near Nādikā. Once, when Anuruddha, Nandiya and Kimbila were living there, they were visited by the Buddha, who came from Giñjakāvasatha. The result of t …
gotama →
dppn
Gotama1BuddhaSiddhatthaSakyamunīTathāgataAṅgīrasa
He was a Sākiyan, son of Suddhodana and of Mahā Māyā, Suddhodana’s chief consort, and he belonged to the Gotama-gotta. At age 29 he depar …
haliddavasana →
dppn
A township of the Koliyans. The Buddha, when staying there, preached the Kukkuravatika Sutta to Puṇṇa-koliyaputta and Seniya Kukkuravatika. MN.i.387 Another Buddha is also mentioned as having preache …
harayodevā →
dppn
A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260
hemavata →
dppn
A Yakkha chief, to be invoked by followers of the Buddha in time of need. DN.iii.204
He was present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.256
He was the friend of Sātāgira.
hāragajā →
dppn
A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260
hārita →
dppn
Hārita1
A Mahā Brahmā who was present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta, at the head of one hundred thousand other Brahmās. DN.ii.261
Hārita2
A monk whose Theragāthā ve …
icchānaṅgalaka →
dppn
An upāsaka of Icchānaṅgala. Once he visited the Buddha at Jetavana after a long interval, and on being asked why he had been absent so long, he replied that he had been kept busy by various duties. …
iccānaṅgala →
dppn
…was the residence of “Mahāsāla” brahmins. The Sutta Nipāta Snp.p.115 mentions several eminent brahmins who lived there, among them…
inda →
dppn
Inda1
Given in the Āṭānāṭiya Sutta as the name of the ninety-one sons of Dhataraṭṭha, king of the Gandhabbas. They are represented as being of great strength and followers of the Buddha. …
indapatta →
dppn
A town in the Kuru country. In the Kurudhamma Jataka J.ii.365f; also J.iii.400; J.iv.361; J.v.457; J.vi.255; Cyp.i.3, Cyp.v.1, Dhananjaya Koravya, is mentioned as its king and as the owner of Anjanava …
indasālaguhā →
dppn
A cave on the Vediya mountain, to the north of Ambasaṇḍā, which was a brahmin village, east of Rājagaha. Once, when the Buddha was staying there, Sakka visited him and asked him the questions recorded …
isidatta →
dppn
Isidatta1
A verse uttered by Isidatta, in response to the Buddha’s enquiry regarding his welfare, is recorded in the Therāgāthā. Thag.120
According to the Saṃyutta Nikāya, SN.iv.283–288 I …
isidāsa →
dppn
A thera. He had a brother, also a monk, named Isibhatta. Having spent the rainy season in Sāvatthī, they went to take up their abode in a certain village. The people there gave them food and robes, bu …
isidāsī →
dppn
She was the daughter of a good and wealthy merchant of Ujjenī. Having come of age, she was given in marriage to the son of a merchant in Sāketa.
For one month she lived with him as a devoted wife; th …
isipatana →
dppn
IsipatanaMigadayaDeer Park
An open space near Benares, the site of the famous Migadāya or Deer Park. It was eighteen leagues from Uruvelā, and when Gotama gave up his austere penances his friends, th …
jambukhādaka →
dppn
A wanderer. The Saṃyutta Nikāya records visits paid by him to Sāriputta at Nālakagāma and discussions between them on various topics, such as nibbāna, arahantship, the āsavas, sakkāya, ignorance, th …
janesabha →
dppn
A Gandhabba, a vassal of the Four Regent Gods. He was present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.258
In the Āṭānāṭiya Sutta DN.iii.204 he is mentioned as a Yakkha chieftain to be invoked by th …
joti →
dppn
A class of gods, present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.261
jotidāsa →
dppn
A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of kamma. Thag.143–144
jāṇussoṇi →
dppn
A great brahmin, ranking with eminent brahmins such as Caṅkī, Tārukkha, Pokkharasāti and Todeyya. Snp.p.115 He is mentioned as staying in Icchānaṅgala, MN.ii.196 where he evidently took part in the pe …
jīvakambavana →
dppn
A mango-grove in Rājagaha, belonging to Jīvaka, which he made over to the Buddha and his monks. He built a monastery in the grove, and there the Buddha stayed several times. On one such occasion Ajāt …
kajangala →
dppn
…Country. Beyond it was Mahāsālā. Vin.i.197 Once when the Buddha was staying in the Veḷuvana at Kajangala, the lay followers there heard a…
kakkaṭa →
dppn
Kakkaṭa2
An eminent monk mentioned, with Cāla, Upacāla, Kaḷimbha, Nikata and Kaṭissaha, as staying with the Buddha at the Kūṭāgārasālā in Vesāli. When the Licchavis started coming there to …
kambala →
dppn
A tribe of Nāgas. They were present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.258
kammāsadhamma →
dppn
KammāsadhammaKammāsadammaKammasadammaKammasadhamma
A township of the Kurūs. The Buddha, during the course of his wanderings, stayed there several times; the exact place of his residence is, however, …
kapilavatthu →
dppn
A city near the Himalaya, capital of the Sākiyan republic. The administration and judicial business of the city and all other matters of importance were discussed and decided in the Santhāgārasālā. DN …
kappāsika vanasaṇḍa →
dppn
Kappāsika VanasaṇḍaKappāsiya Vanasaṇḍa
A grove near Uruvelā. There the a group of men came across the Buddha while seeking for a woman who had run away with certain of their belongings. The Buddha pr …
karumhā →
dppn
A class of spirits, present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.260
kassapa →
dppn
Kassapa1
One of the seven Buddhas mentioned in the Canon. DN.ii.7
Among those who attained arahantship under Kassapa is mentioned Gavesī, who, with his five hundred followers, strove alwa …
kassapagotta →
dppn
Kassapagotta1
A monk living in Vāsabhagāma in the Kāsi kingdom. He was in the habit of showing extreme hospitality to the monks who came there from other parts. Once some monks who visited …
katamorakatissa →
dppn
KatamorakatissaKatamorakatissaka
One of the monks whom Devadatta incited to join him in stirring up discord among the Saṅgha, the others being Kokālika, Khaṇḍadevīputta and Samuddadatta Vin.ii.196 Vi …
kaḷimbha →
dppn
KaḷimbhaKalimma
One of the monks who lived in the Kūṭāgārasālā in Vesālī. Finding that the peace of the Mahāvana was being disturbed by the Licchavis who came to see the Buddha, he, with the other mo …
kaṭissaha →
dppn
He was one of those who were staying with the Buddha at the Kūṭāgārasālā in Vesāli. When the Licchavis began to visit the Buddha in large numbers, they left the monastery and retired to places of soli …
kaṭṭhakā →
dppn
KaṭṭhakāKathakā
A class of devas present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.261
khemaka →
dppn
An arahant. Once, when he lay very ill at the Badarikārāmā, near Kosambī, some monks, staying at the Ghositārāma, sent one of their number, Dāsaka, with a message to Khemaka, inquiring whether he mana …
khemiyā →
dppn
A class of gods, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.261
khiḍḍāpadosikā →
dppn
KhiḍḍāpadosikāKhiḍḍāpadūsikā
A class of devas who live in the Cātummahārājika world. For ages they spend their time in laughter and in sport of sensual lusts. In consequence their self-possession is …
khāṇumata →
dppn
A brahmin village of Māgadha, presented to Kūṭadanta by Bimbisāra. The Buddha once stayed there at the Ambalaṭṭhikā pleasance, and there he preached the Kūṭadanta Sutta. DN.i.127
Māgadha3town
kimbila →
dppn
KimbilaKimilaKimmila
A Sākiyan of Kapilavatthu. He was converted with Bhaddiya and four other Sākyan nobles at Anupiya. Vin.ii.182 Kimbila seems to have maintained throughout his early friendship wit …
kisasaṅkicca →
dppn
KisasaṅkiccaKisaSaṅkicca
A naked ascetic, contemporary with the Buddha and evidently a well-known head of a school; mentioned in company with Nanda Vaccha and Makkhali Gosāla. MN.i.238
Kisasankicca …
kokanadā →
dppn
Two daughters of Pajjunna, both called Kokanadā, though the younger was sometimes called Cūḷa-Kokanadā. They visited the Buddha at the Kūṭāgārasālā and spoke verses in praise of the Buddha, the Dhamm …
kosala →
dppn
Kosala1
A country inhabited by the Kosalans, to the north-west of Māgadha and next to Kāsī. It is mentioned second in the list of sixteen Great Nations.AN.i.213 AN.iv.252 In the Buddha’s …
kosambī →
dppn
The capital of the Vatsas or Vaṃsas. In the time of the Buddha its king was Parantapa, and after him reigned his son Udena. Kosambī was evidently a city of great importance at the time of the Buddha f …
koḷiyā →
dppn
…residence of Suppavāsā;. AN.ii.62 Sāpūga, where Ānanda once stayed;. AN.ii.194 Kakkarapatta, where lived Dīghajāṇu; AN.iv.281 and…
kukkuṭārāma →
dppn
A park in Pāṭaliputta. It was evidently the residence of monks from very early times, probably, for some time, of the Buddha himself. The Mahāvagga Vin.i.300 mentions the names of several theras who l …
kumbhīra →
dppn
A Yakkha who lived in the Vepulla mountain outside Rājagaha. He was present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta with a train of over one hundred thousand. DN.ii.257
kumārakassapa →
dppn
Kumārakassapa
He was foremost among those who had the gift of varied and versatile discourse. AN.i.24 Once when Kumāra Kassapa was meditating in Andhavana a deva appeared before him, and asked him fi …
kuru →
dppn
A country, one of the sixteen Great Nations.DN.ii.200 AN.i.213 During the Buddha’s time the chieftain of Kuru was called Koravya, and his discussion with the Elder Raṭṭhapāla, who was himself the scio …
kuṇḍadhānavana →
dppn
…in this monastery that Suppavāsā gave birth to Sīvali, after prolonged labour pains, which only ceased after she received the Buddha’s…
kuṭeṇḍu →
dppn
A vassal of the Cātummahārājikas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258
kālakañjakā →
dppn
A class of Asuras. They were present at the Mahāsamaya, and are spoken of as being of a fearsome shape. DN.ii.259 They are the very lowest of the Asura groups, and the Buddha warns Sunakkhatta that Ko …
kāliṅga →
dppn
…after death in the Suddhavāsā, and that there he would attain to nibbāna. DN.ii.92 SN.v.358f.
Kāliṅga2
A country. It is one…
kāmabhū →
dppn
A monk, evidently held in high esteem by his colleagues. He is mentioned as staying in Kosambī, in Ghosita Park, and as asking Ānanda certain questions, recorded in the Kāmabhū Sutta. SN.iv.165 Two ot …
kāmaseṭṭha →
dppn
One of the greater yakkhas who should be invoked if any follower of the Buddha be molested by an evil spirit. DN.iii.204
In the Mahāsamaya Sutta DN.ii.258 he is mentioned among the vassals of the F …
kāpathika →
dppn
KāpathikaKāpaṭika
A young brahmin, sixteen years old, well versed in the Vedas, and with his head shaven. He was “of good stock, well informed, a good speaker and a scholar of ability.” He visited th …
kāsi →
dppn
KāsiKāsikaKāsigāmaKāsinigama
One of the sixteen Great Nations, AN.i.213 its capital being Bārāṇasī.
At the time of the Buddha, it had been absorbed into the kingdom of Kosala, and Pasenadi was king …
kūṭāgārasālā →
dppn
A hall in the Mahāvana near Vesāli. The Buddha stayed there on several occasions, and in the books are found records of various eminent persons who visited him there and of his conversations with them …
lambītakā →
dppn
A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.261
licchavī →
dppn
A powerful tribe of India in the time of the Buddha. They were certainly khattiyas, for on that ground they claimed a share of the Buddha’s relics. DN.ii.165
Their capital was Vesāli, and they form …
lohitavāsī →
dppn
A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260
lomasakaṅgiya →
dppn
A monk whose Theragāthā verse says that, thrusting aside grasses with his chest, he will seek seclusion. Thag.27
According to the Lomasakaṅgiya Bhaddekaratta Sutta, MN.iii.199f. Candana visited Lom …
lomasavaṅgīsa →
dppn
The Saṃyutta Nikāya mentions an interview between an Elder of this name and the Sākyan Mahānāma. Mahānāma asks the Elder if the learner’s way of life is identical with that of the Tathāgata. Vaṅgīsa a …
lāmaseṭṭhā →
dppn
A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.261
macchikāsaṇḍa →
dppn
A township in Kāsī, the residence, among others, of Citta-Gahapati. SN.iv.281
It contained the Ambāṭakavana, which Citta presented as a monastery for the monks, at the head of whom was Mahānāma.
S …
macchikāsaṇḍika →
dppn
An epithet of Cittagahapati, because he lived in Macchikāslānda. AN.i.26
mahāli →
dppn
A Licchavi chief, mentioned as having visited the Buddha at the Kūṭāgārasālā to ask if he had seen Sakka SN.i.230 and also to beg information as to the teachings of Pūraṇa Kassapa. SN.iii.68 This conv …
mahāmoggallāna →
dppn
…he shook the Migāramātupāsāda, and made it rattle in order to terrify some monks who sat in the ground floor of the building, talking loosely…
mahānāma →
dppn
Mahānāma1
A Sākiyan rājā, son of Amitodana; he was elder brother of Anuruddha and cousin of the Buddha. When the Sākiyan families of Kapilavatthu sent their representatives to join the Ord …
mahāpāragā →
dppn
A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.26
mahāsammata →
dppn
A king who lived in the beginning of this present age. He was called Mahāsammata, because, on the arising of wickedness in the world, he was chosen by the people DN.iii.92f. to show indignation agai …
mahāsarā →
dppn
The books contain a list of seven great lakes, situated in the Himālaya. They form the sources of the five great rivers and dry up only when four suns appear in the world. These seven lakes are Anotat …
mahāvana →
dppn
Mahāvana1
A wood near Vesāli, in which the Kūṭāgārasālā was located.
Vesāli3parkMahāvana2
A wood near Kapilavatthu. In this wood was preached the Mahāsamaya Sutta and the Madh …
manasākaṭa →
dppn
A brahmin village in Kosala on the banks of the Aciravatī. The Buddha stayed in the mango grove to the north of the village, and, during one such stay, preached the Tevijja Sutta. DN.i.235
in Kosala …
mettākāyikā →
dppn
A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259
migasālā →
dppn
A woman follower of the Buddha. She was the daughter of Pūraṇa, chamberlain of Pasenadi, and niece of Isidatta. AN.iii.347 AN.v.137
migāramātupāsāda →
dppn
…she built the Migāramātupāsāda at the Buddha’s suggestion. Vin.iv.161f. Moggallāna was left to supervise the work with five hundred other…
milakkhā →
dppn
…AN.i.35 Their language is called Milakkhabhāsā.
missakā →
dppn
A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260
musila →
dppn
Musila
A monk. A conversation is recorded in the Saṃyutta Nikāya SN.ii.115f. between him and Savittha, which is said to have taken place in Ghositārāma in Kosambī, regarding the paṭiccasamuppāda.
muṇḍa →
dppn
A king of Māgadha, great grandson of Ajātasattu and son of Anuruddha. It is probably this same king who is referred to in the Aṅguttara Nikāya. AN.iii.57ff. His wife Bhaddā died, and Muṇḍa gave hims …
māgadha →
dppn
One of the four chief kingdoms of India at the time of the Buddha, the others being Kosala, the kingdom of the Vaṃsas and Avanti. Māgadha formed one of the sixteen Mahājanapadas and had its capital at …
māgaṇḍiya →
dppn
Māgaṇḍiya1
The Sutta Nipāta contains a dialogue between Māgaṇḍiya and the Buddha. Snp.1011–1023 The Buddha starts with an emphatic rejection of an offer of a sexual nature, which sparks a …
māluṅkyāputta →
dppn
MāluṅkyāputtaMāluṅkyaputtaMālukyaputta
The Theragāthā contains two sets of verses attributed to him. One set speaks of the dangers of craving and encourages effort. Thag.399–404 The second set speaks …
māra →
dppn
MāraNamuciKaṇhaAdhipatiAntakaPamattabandhuPāpimā
Generally regarded as the personification of Death, the Evil One, the Tempter. Sometimes known as the Dark One (Kaṇha). Snp.355 MN.i.377 DN.ii.262 T …
mātali →
dppn
The name given to the chariot driver of Sakka. The Mātali of the present age had a son, Sikhandhi, with whom Bhaddā Suriyavaccasā, daughter of Timbarū, was in love; but later she transferred her affec …
māṇavagāmiya →
dppn
MāṇavagāmiyaMāṇavagāmika
A devaputta. He visited the Buddha in the company of Asama, Sahali, Ninka, Ākoṭaka and Vetambarī, and while these all spoke in praise of their own teachers, Māṇavagāmiya sa …
nandaka →
dppn
…preached at the Migāramātupāsāda and takes the form of a discussion with Sāḷha, Migāra’s grandson, and Rohana, Pekkhuniya’s grandson on…
nandiya →
dppn
Nandiya1
He belonged to a Sākiyan family of Kapilavatthu, and was called Nandiya because his birth brought bliss. He left the world at the same time as Anuruddha, Kimbila and the others, a …
nandā →
dppn
…having died at Nātika and having been reborn spontaneously in the Suddhāvāsā, there to pass away, never to return. DN.ii.91 SN.v.356f.
naḷakapāna →
dppn
A village in Kosala, where the Buddha once stayed and preached the Naḷakapāna Sutta. MN.i.462 There were two groves near the village, the Ketakavana and the Palāsavana; in the latter, Sāriputta preach …
nighaṇḍu →
dppn
A yakkha chieftain, to be invoked by followers of the Buddha when in distress. DN.iii.204 He was present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.258
nigrodhārāma →
dppn
Nigrodhārāma1
A grove near Kapilavatthu, where a residence was provided for the Buddha. Vin.i.82 There Mahāpajāpati Gotamī first asked permission for women to enter the Order. This was ref …
nikata →
dppn
…he was born in the Suddhāvāsā, there to pass away. SN.v.358f. DN.ii.91f.
Nikata2
One of several eminent theras mentioned as…
nāgasamāla →
dppn
He was a Sākiyan and entered the Order when the Buddha visited his kinsmen at Kapilavatthu. For some time he was the Buddha’s personal attendant—e.g., when the Buddha breached the Mahāsīhanāda Sutta. …
nālāgiri →
dppn
NālāgiriNāḷāgiri
An elephant of the royal stalls at Rājagaha. Devadatta, after several vain attempts to kill the Buddha, obtained Ajātasattu’s consent to use Nālagiri as a means of encompassing the B …
odātagayhā →
dppn
A class of eminent devas among those present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260
opamañña →
dppn
Opamañña1
One of the names of Pokkharasāti. MN.ii.200
Opamañña2
A Gandhabba chieftain, who was among those present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258 He is me …
oṭṭhaddha →
dppn
One of the Licchavis. He went to visit the Buddha at the Kūṭāgārasālā in Vesalī, at a time when the Buddha had given orders that no one should be allowed to see him; but through the intervention of th …
paccantajanapadā →
dppn
…the east, Kajaṅgala and Mahāsālā; in the south east, the river Salalavatī; in the south, Setakaṇṇikā; in the west, Thūṇa; and in the…
paccekabrahmā →
dppn
Mention is made in one or two places in the books of Brahmas who are described as Paccekabrahmā—e.g., Subrahmā, Suddhāvāsa and Tudu. I have not come across any explanation of this term. It may designa …
pahāsa →
dppn
A hell in which stage players are born after death. Tālapuṭa maintained that after death they were born among the Pahāsadevi. The Buddha contradicts this and says that their rebirth is in a Niraya and …
pajjanika →
dppn
…there….
pajjunna →
dppn
A devarāja, the god of rain. Kokanadā and Culla Kokanadā were his daughters. SN.i.29f.
Pajjunna is mentioned among the Mahāyakkhas to be invoked in time of need, DN.iii.205 and he was present at th …
pakudha →
dppn
PakudhaPakudaKakudhaKakudaPakudha KaccāyanaPakudha KātiyānaKakudha KaccāyanaKakudha Kātiyāna
Head of one of the six heretical sects of the Buddha’s time. In the Sāmaññaphala Sutta, DN.i.56 Ajātasattu …
palāsavana →
dppn
A wood near Naḷakapāna in Kosala. The Buddha stayed there, AN.v.122 and it was there that the Naḷakapāna Sutta was preached. MN.i.462
near Naḷakapāna in Kosala3park
panāda →
dppn
one of the chief Yakkhas to be invoked by the Buddha’s followers in time of need. DN.iii.204 He is also mentioned in the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258
paramatta →
dppn
A Brahmā who was present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.260
paranimmitavasavattī →
dppn
A class of devas, inhabitants of the highest stage of the sensuous universe.
They are described AN.i.210 SN.v.410 SN.v.423 DN.ii.91 DN.iii.218 as “beings who desire the creation of others, in order t …
paribbājakā →
dppn
Wanderer. The name given to some of the ascetics and recluses of the Buddha’s time. They were not exclusively brahmin. Their presence seems to have been recognized and respected from earlier times. Ge …
pañcasāla →
dppn
A brahmin village of Māgadha. For an episode connected with it see Piṇḍa Sutta. SN.i.113
Māgadha3town
paṇḍara →
dppn
PaṇḍaraPaṇdarasaPaṇḍarasagotta
The name of a clan. An ascetic of this clan, hearing Phussa Thera preach, asked him a question which led to a long explanation by Phussa. Thag.949
phalikasandāna →
dppn
One of the Theras dwelling in the Kukkuṭārāma in Pāṭaliputta in the time of the Buddha. Vin.i.300
pilindavaccha →
dppn
PilindavacchaPilindivacchaPilindiyavacchaPilindaPilindiPilindiya
A monk whose enigmatic Theragāthā verse speaks of what has come and not departed. Thag.9 Certain devas who had been born in the deva w …
piṅgalakoccha →
dppn
A brahmin of Sāvatthī. He visited the Buddha at Jetavana and the Buddha preached to him the Cūḷasāropama Sutta, at the end of which he declared himself the Buddha’s follower. MN.i.198ff.
piṅgiyānī →
dppn
A brahmin of Vesāli. The Aṅguttara Nikāya records a conversation between him and Kāraṇapālī. The latter meets Piṅgiyānī and, on learning that he was returning from a visit to the Buddha, asks him abou …
pokkharasāti →
dppn
PokkharasātiPokkharasādi
A brahmin of great wealth and learning who lived in Ukkaṭṭha, on a royal demesne given by Pasenadi. Ambaṭṭha was the pupil of Pokkharasāti, who sent him to the Buddha at Icch …
pubbakoṭṭhakā →
dppn
…near the Migāramātupāsāda, and therefore to the east of the city. Mention is made AN.iii.345 of the Buddha having bathed there. It was…
pukkusa →
dppn
Pukkusa1
A prince of the Mallas. He was a disciple of Āḷāra Kālama, and one day, while on his way from Kusinārā to Pāvā, he saw the Buddha seated under a tree by the roadside and stayed to …
pukkusāti →
dppn
A young monk whom the Buddha met at the house of Bhaggava, the potter, in Rājagaha. Pukkusāti was already occupying the guest room of the house, and the Buddha asked to be allowed to share it, to whic …
punnaji →
dppn
One of the four friends of Yasa who, on hearing of his ordination by the Buddha, visited him and were taken to the Buddha. The Buddha talked to them and they became arahants. They were among the first …
purāṇa →
dppn
Purāṇa1
A monk who lived in Dakkhiṇāgiri. It is said that when he visited Rājagaha after the holding of the First Council, he was asked to give his approval to the “findings” of the same. …
puṇṇa →
dppn
Puṇṇa1
He was born in the family of a householder of Suppāraka in the Sunāparanta country. One day he asked the Buddha for a short lesson so that, having learnt it, he might go back to dwe …
puṇṇamāsa →
dppn
Puṇṇamāsa1
A monk whose Theragāthā verse says that a restrained and wise one knows the rise and passing away of the world. Thag.10
Puṇṇamāsa2
A monk whose Theragāthā verses sp …
puṇṇikā →
dppn
Puṇṇikā2
A slave girl of Pokkharasāti. MN.ii.201
pālileyya →
dppn
PālileyyaPārileyyaPārileyyaka
A town near Kosambī. When the Buddha found that he could not persuade the Kosambī monks to refrain from quarrelling, he left Kosambī alone and unattended, and passing th …
pārāsariya →
dppn
Pārāsariya1Pārāpariya
A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of how being restrained he has overcome defilements. Thag.116
Pārāsariya2
A brahmin teacher mentioned in the Indriya …
pāsāṇakacetiya →
dppn
A shrine near Rājagaha, where the disciples of Bāvarī met and questioned the Buddha. Snp.1013
25.04641, 85.411143shrine
pātaligāma →
dppn
The Buddha visited Pātaligāma shortly before his death. Although it later became the capital of Magadha, it was then a mere village. At that time Ajātasattu’s ministers, Sunīdha and Vassakāra, were en …
pāveyyakā →
dppn
PāveyyakāPātheyyakā
The name given to the inhabitants of Pāvā—e.g., Pāveyyakā Mallā. DN.ii.165
Pāvā was evidently a centre of Buddhist activity even during the lifetime of the Buddha, and mention is …
pāvārikambavana →
dppn
Pāvārikambavana1
The mango grove of Pāvārika of Kosambī.
Kosambī3parkPāvārikambavana2
A mango grove at Nāḷandā where the Buddha stayed when on a visit there. DN.ii.81 It was t …
pūraṇa kassapa →
dppn
Pūraṇa Kassapa
One of the six well known teachers, contemporaneous with the Buddha. He is said to have taught the doctrine of non-action, denying the result of good or bad actions. DN.i.52f.
Else …
rakkhasā →
dppn
A class of demons, chiefly nocturnal and harmful. They usually have their haunt in the water and devour men when bathing there. Some of them live in the sea. Thag.931 Snp.10
rakkhita →
dppn
Rakkhita 1
A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of having uprooted all defilements and become cool. Thag.79
Rakkhita2Rakkhitavanasaṇḍa
A forest tract near the village of Pāril …
revata →
dppn
Revata1Khadiravaniya
An eminent disciple of the Buddha, declared by him foremost among forest dwellers. AN.i.24
His Theragāthā verses appear under two names. As Khadiravaniya he admonishe …
rojā →
dppn
Rojā1
A Malla, inhabitant of Kusinārā. When the Buddha and Ānanda visited Kusinārā, the Malla chieftains decreed that whoever failed to pay homage to the Buddha would be fined five hundred …
rucirā →
dppn
A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260
rājagaha →
dppn
…Supatiṭṭhacetiya, Pāsānakacetiya, Sappasoṇḍikapabbhāra and the pond Sumāgadhā.
The city gates were closed every evening, and…
sabbaka →
dppn
SabbakaSappaka
A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of his joy in living on the banks of the Ajakaraṇī, practising meditation. Thag.307–310.
sabbakāma →
dppn
A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of getting rid of desire for this impure body. Thag.453–458
Sabbakāma lived on to one hundred and twenty years of age, and was consulted by Yasa, Soreyya Revata, …
sadāmattā →
dppn
A class of Devas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260
sahabhū →
dppn
A class of Devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260
sahadhammā →
dppn
A class of Devas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260
sahajāti →
dppn
SahajātiSahajātāSahañcanika
A township where Yasa Kākandakaputta met Soreyya Revata, whom he wished to consult regarding the Ten Points raised by the Vajjiputtakas. Revata had gone there from Soreyya …
sahali →
dppn
Sahali1
A class of Devas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259
Sahali2
A devaputta, follower of Makkhali Gosāla. He visited the Buddha at Veḷuvana, in …
sakka →
dppn
SakkaVatrabhūVāsavaMaghavāMāghaPurindadaSahassakkhaSahassanettaSujampatiKosiya
Almost always spoken of as chief of the devas. The Saṃyutta Nikāya SN.i.229 contains a list of his names.
- Maghavā, be …
sakkhara →
dppn
SakkharaSakkāra
A township of the Sākyans where the Buddha once stayed with Ānanda. SN.v.2 It was not far from Rājagaha and was the residence of Macchariya Kosiya.
Sākya, not far from Rājagaha3town
salaḷāgāra →
dppn
SalaḷāgāraSalalaghara
A building in Jetavana. Once when Sakka went to visit the Buddha he found him in the Salaḷāgāra, wrapt in samādhi, with Bhuñjatī waiting on him. Sakka therefore left a message w …
sambhūta →
dppn
Sambhūta1Sītavaniya
A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of how a bhikkhu in the Sītavana (Cool Grove) is victorious. Thag.6
Sambhūta2Sānavāsī
When the Vajjiputtaka heresy aro …
samānā →
dppn
A class of Devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260
sanaṅkumāra →
dppn
A Mahā Brahmā, whose name means “ever young”. In the Nikāyas DN.i.121 MN.i.358 SN.i.153 AN.v.327 he is mentioned as the author of a famous verse, which is eleswhere attribued to the Buddha. SN.ii.284 …
sandha →
dppn
SandhaSaddha
A monk who visited the Buddha at Ñātikā in the Giñjakāvasatha, when the Buddha preached to him the Sandha Sutta. AN.v.323f.
It is, perhaps, the same monk who is mentioned as Saddho Ka …
sappadāsa →
dppn
Overmastered by corrupt habits of mind and character, for twenty five years he was unable to develop concentration. This so distressed him that he was about to commit suicide, when, inward vision sudd …
sappasoṇḍikapabbhāra →
dppn
SappasoṇḍikapabbhāraSappasoṇḍika
A mountain cave in the Sītavana, near Rājagaha. DN.ii.116 A conversation which took place there between Sāriputta and Upasena, just before the latter’s death, is reco …
sattamba →
dppn
SattambaSattambaka
A shrine near Vesāli. DN.ii.102 Ud.vi.1 SN.v.259 AN.iv.309 It was to the west of Vesāli. DN.iii.9
25.99693, 85.135113shrine
sattarasavaggiyā →
dppn
A group of monks in the Buddha’s time, who seem to have incurred the enmity of the Chabbaggīyas. The latter turned them out of a vihāra as soon as they had prepared it, and were violent towards them …
savittha →
dppn
In the Aṅguttara AN.i.118f. he is represented as saying, in the course of a conversation between him, Sāriputta and Koṭṭhita, that he preferred the person who obtains relief by faith, to one who tes …
seyyasaka →
dppn
A monk of Sāvatthī who was found guilty of various Vinaya offences, and was therefore subjected to the Nissayakamma. Udāyī (Lāludāyi) was his friend and his evil genius. Vin.iii.110f.
sikhaḍḍī →
dppn
SikhaḍḍīSikhaṇḍī
A Gandhabba, son of Mātali; Bhaddā Suriyavaccasā was at first in love with him, but she was won later by Pañcasikha. DN.ii.268
sikhī →
dppn
SikhīArindama
A Buddha of a past age.DN.ii.7 DN.iii.195f. SN.ii.9
- He was born in the Nisabha pleasance in Aruṇavatī.
- His father was the khattiya Aruṇa and his mother Pabhāvatī.
- His wife wa …
sippinikātīra →
dppn
SippinikātīraSappinīSappinīkā
A river that flowed through Rājagaha. On its bank was a Paribbājakārāma where famous Paribbājakas lived in the Buddha’s time. AN.i.185 AN.ii.29 AN.ii.176 SN.i.153
Rājagaha3river
subhadda →
dppn
…of Nātikā. He was an anāgāmī and was born in the Suddhavāsā, never to be reborn. DN.ii.92 SN.v.348f.
subrahmā →
dppn
Subrahmā1
A devaputta. He visits the Buddha at Veḷuvana and tells him that his heart is full of dismay. The Buddha replies that the only path out of sorrow is by way of wisdom, renunciat …
subāhu →
dppn
Subāhu1
He was the son of a seṭṭhi family of Benares, and was the friend of Yasa. When Yasa and his companions joined the Order Subāhu followed his example, and they all became arahants. V …
sucitti →
dppn
An Asura, one of the Dānaveghasas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259
sudassā →
dppn
A Brahma world; one of the Suddhāvāsā. Five kinds of Anāgāmīs are born there. MN.i.289 DN.ii.52 DN.iii.237
sudassī →
dppn
…those of Akaniṭṭhā. DN.ii.52 MN.i.259 DN.iii.237…
suddhavāsa →
dppn
A Pacceka Brahmā who, with Subrahmā, went to visit the Buddha, but, finding him in meditation during the noonday heat, went to see a certain Brahmā who was infatuated with his own importance.
They to …
suddhāvāsakāyikādevā →
dppn
SuddhāvāsakāyikādevāSuddhāvāsakāyikā
A group of devas, inhabitants of the Suddhāvāsā, who appeared before the Buddha and recited three verses in praise of the Saṅgha. SN.i.26 DN.ii.253f.
suddhāvāsā →
dppn
…Buddha is mentioned as having visited the Suddhāvāsā. DN.ii.50
5heaven
sudhamma →
dppn
Sudhamma1
He lived in Macchikāsaṇḍa, in a monastery (the Ambātakārāma) provided by Citta. Citta used to invite Sudhamma to his house for meals. One day Sāriputta, at the head of several em …
sukkā →
dppn
Sukkā1
A bhikkhunī who was famous as a teacher of Dhamma, to the extent that a spirit went Rājagaha about praising her and exhorting others to listen to her Dhamma. Thig.54–56 SN.i.212 SN. …
suleyyā →
dppn
A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260
sumana →
dppn
Sumana1
A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of having accomplished all that he was aksed to do. Thag.330–334
Sumana2Cūḷasumana
A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of ordaini …
sunakkhatta →
dppn
A Licchavi prince of Vesāli. He was, at one time, a member of the Order and the personal attendant of the Buddha, but was later converted to the views of Korakkhattiya and went about defaming the Budd …
sundarasamudda →
dppn
A monk whose Theragāthā verses tell of how he was tempted by a courtesan. She showed herself to him, decked and adorned and wearing golden slippers, and invited him in with seductive manner. But seein …
suppavāsā →
dppn
SuppavāsāKoliyadhītā
A lay woman who lived in the Koliyan village of Sajjanela, where the Buddha visited her and preached to her on the efficacy…
suppiyā →
dppn
Suppiyā1
The name of the inhabitants of Rājagaha in the time of Kassapa Buddha. At that time Vepulla was called Supassa. SN.ii.192
Suppiyā2
An upāsaka of Benares. Her husban …
suriya →
dppn
A devaputta, the sun or the god of the sun. Once, when he was seized by Rāhu, lord of the Asuras, he invoked the power of the Buddha, and the Buddha enjoined on Rāhu to let him go. This Rāhu did, an …
suriyavaccasā →
dppn
SuriyavaccasāBhaddā
A Gandhabba maiden, daughter of Timbaru.
When she went to dance before Sakka, Pañcasikha saw her and fell in love with her, but she favoured Mātali’s son Sikhaṇḍī.
Later she hea …
sāgala →
dppn
SāgalaSāgalā
A city in India, mentioned in the Vinaya Vin.iii.67 as the residence of Daḷhika.
sākya →
dppn
A tribe in North India, to which the Buddha belonged. Their capital was Kapilavatthu. Mention is also made of other Sākyan settlements - e.g., Cātumā, Khomadussa, Sāmagāma, Devadaha, Sīlavatī, Nagara …
sālavatikā →
dppn
SālavatikāSālavatī
A Kosalan village, given by Pasenadi to the brahmin Lohicca. There the Lohicca Sutta was preached. DN.i.224
Kosala3town
sāmagāma →
dppn
…because, according to the Pāsādika Sutta, DN.iii.117 the Buddha was in the mango grove of the Vedhaññā Sākiyans when the news, as given in…
sāmaṇḍaka →
dppn
SāmaṇḍakaSāmaṇḍakāniSāmañcakāni
A Paribbājaka, mentioned SN.iv.261f. as having visited Sāriputta at Ukkacela and questioned him regarding Nibbāna, and again AN.v.121f. at Nālakagāma, where he que …
sāmuga →
dppn
SāmugaSāpūga
A village of the Koliyans, where Ānanda once stayed, and where he preached to the inhabitants. They were called Sāpūgiyā. AN.ii.194
Koliya3town
sāmā →
dppn
Sāmā1
A bhikkhunī whose Therīgāthā verses speak of how she could not find peace after going to the monastery five times, then later attained the end of suffering. Thig.37–38
Sāmā2</s …
sātapabbata →
dppn
A mountain in the Middle country, the abode of Sātāgira. Many other Yakkas also lived there, three thousand of whom were present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.257
4hill
sāti →
dppn
He was a fisherman’s son and held the false view that, according to the Buddha’s teaching, a man’s consciousness runs on and continues without break of identity. Sāti’s colleagues did their best to ch …
sāvatthī →
dppn
…the Buddha in Sāvatthī were Anāthapiṇḍika, Visākhā, Suppavāsā and Pasenadi.
27.517073, 82.0506191town
sāḷha →
dppn
…an inhabitant of the Suddhāvāsā informed him that the Vajjiputtakas were wrong. He was one of the four appointed on behalf of the Pācinakas…
sāṭimattiya →
dppn
SāṭimattiyaSātimattiya
A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of one who formerly had faith but now has no more, and of wandering for alms, a little here and there. Thag.246–248
tacchakā →
dppn
A class of Nāgas present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.258
tapussa →
dppn
TapussaTapassu
A merchant of Ukkalā. He and his friend, Bhalluka, while on their way to Rājagaha, saw the Buddha at the foot of the Rājāyatana tree, in the eighth week after the Enlightenment. They o …
timbaru →
dppn
A chieftain of the Gandhabbas and father of Suriyavaccasā. DN.ii.266 DN.ii.268
He was present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.258
tissa →
dppn
Tissa1
One of the two chief disciples of Vipassī Buddha. DN.ii.4
Tissa2
A monk who was reborn as a Brahmā with great iddhi-powers. Moggallāna visited him soon after his bir …
todeyya →
dppn
Todeyya1
A Mahāsāla brahmin, mentioned in a list of eminent brahmins gathered together at Icchanankala and Manasākaṭa. DN.i.235…
tusita →
dppn
The fourth of the six deva worlds. AN.i.210
Four hundred years of human life are equal to one day of the Tusita world and four thousand years, so reckoned, is the term of life of a deva born in Tusit …
tuṭṭha →
dppn
A lay disciple of Ñātika who died and was reborn in the Suddhāvāsa, there to attain Nibbāna. SN.v.358 DN.ii.92
tārukkha →
dppn
One of the most eminent great brahmins, contemporary of the Buddha.
He was present at the assemblies of the brahmins in Icchānaṅgala and in Manasākaṭa.
He was the teacher of Bhāradvāja, companion of …
tāvatiṃsā →
dppn
TāvatiṃsāTidasāTidiva
The second of the six deva-worlds, the first being the Cātummahārājika world. Tāvatiṃsā stands at the top of Mount Sineru. Sakka is king of Tāvatiṃsā.
Tāvatiṃsā was also known …
uddaka →
dppn
…a claim.
Again, in the Pāsādika Sutta DN.iii.126–127 the Buddha tells Cunda that when Uddaka said “seeing, he sees not,” he had in mind…
udena →
dppn
Udena1Utena
King of Kosambī. He was the son of Parantapa. Once when be discovered that the women of the court had given five hundred costly robes to Ānanda, he was annoyed, but when in ans …
udāyibhadda →
dppn
UdāyibhaddaUdāyibhaddaka
Son of Ajātasattu. When Ajātasattu, after the death of his father, paid his first visit to the Buddha and saw the Buddha seated amidst the monks in a scene of perfect calm an …
ugga →
dppn
He once visited the Buddha and told him how he rivalled in power and wealth the seṭṭhi Migāra, grandson of Rohana. He was worth one hundred thousand in gold alone, to say nothing of silver. The Buddha …
uggatasarīra →
dppn
A great brahmin. Having made preparations for a great sacrifice, in which numerous animals were to be slaughtered, he visited the Buddha at Jetavana to consult him as to the efficacy of the sacrifice. …
uggāhamāna →
dppn
UggāhamānaSamaṇamaṇḍikāputtaSamaṇamuṇḍikāputta
A Paribbājaka. Once when he was staying near Sāvatthī in Mallikā’s pleasance at the Samayappavādaka hall, the carpenter, Pañcakaṅga, on his way to see t …
ujjenī →
dppn
The capital of Avanti. In the Buddha’s time, Caṇḍapajjota Vin.i.276 was king of Ujjenī and there was friendly intercourse between that city and Māgadha, whose king was Seniya Bimbisāra. After Bimbisār …
ujjhānasaññikā →
dppn
The name given to a group of devas who once visited the Buddha at Jetavana late at night. They charged the Buddha with inconsistency, but later, begging his forgiveness, they were pardoned by him. SN.i.23–25
ukkaṭṭha →
dppn
A town in Kosala, near the Himālaya. It has been given, free from all taxes (as brahmadeyya), to Pokkharasāti by the king of Kosala, in recognition of the former’s skill. It was thickly populated an …
ummāpupphā →
dppn
A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260
upacāla →
dppn
Son of Upacālā and nephew of Sāriputta and Khadiravaniya-Revata. He was ordained by Revata. Thag.43 He is mentioned in the Aṅguttara Nikāya AN.v.133 in a list of very eminent disciples, together with …
upaka →
dppn
Upaka1
An Ājivaka whom the Buddha met on his way between Gayā and the Bodhi Tree, after he set out from Isipatana for the preaching of the First Sermon. Upaka questioned the Buddha on his …
upamañña →
dppn
The family to which Pokkharasāti belonged. He was, therefore, called Opamañña. MN.ii.200
upasamā →
dppn
Upasamā>
A bhikkhunī whose verse is found in the Therīgāthā. Thig.10
upasena →
dppn
…charming (samantapāsādikānaṃ). AN.i.24 He visited the Buddha when the Buddha had enjoined on himself a period of solitude for a…
upavāna →
dppn
A monk who was occasionally the attendant of the Buddha, and who features in a number of discourses. Once when the Buddha was attacked by cramp, Upavāna, with the help of his lay-friend Devahita, obt …
upāli →
dppn
Upāli 1
One of the most eminent of the Buddha’s immediate disciples. He belonged to a barber’s family in Kapilavatthu and entered the service of the Sākiyan princes. When Anuruddha and his …
upāsabha →
dppn
Name of a Pacceka Buddha. MN.iii.69
uruvelā →
dppn
UruvelāSenānigamaUruvelapattana
A locality on the banks of the Nerañjara, in the neighbourhood of the Bodhi-tree at Buddhagayā. MN.i.166 The place chosen by the Bodhisatta for his penances was calle …
uttara →
dppn
Uttara1
A monk whose verses are recorded in the Theragāthā. Thag.121–122
Uttara2
A monk whose verse are recorded in the Theragāthā. Thag.161–162
Uttara3
A *devapu …
vajjī →
dppn
The name of a country and of its people. It was one of the sixteen Great Nations. The inhabitants appear to have consisted of several confederate clans of whom the Licchavī and the Videhā were the chi …
vanasavhaya →
dppn
VanasavhayaVanasaVanasāvhayaTumbavanagaraPavanaVanasāvatthī
A city lying between Vedisa and Kosambī, on the road taken by Bāvarī’s disciples. Snp.1011
24.69943,80.1727292town
vappa →
dppn
Vappa 1
One of the group of five monks who practiced with the Bodhisatta before his Awakening, and who were his first monastic followers. Vappa was disappointed when the Buddha began takin …
varuṇā →
dppn
A class of deities present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta.DN.ii.259 DN.ii.260 They probably form the retinue of Varuṇa.
vasabha →
dppn
A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of one who kills himself and others, and then address a certain Sujampati, saying that a brahmin has color on the inside. Thag.139–140
vasavattī →
dppn
A devaputta, king of the devas of the Parinimmita-vassavatti world. DN.i.219 Because of his generosity and virtue practised in past births, he surpasses the devas of his world in ten things: divine …
vassakāra →
dppn
A brahmin, chief minister of Ajātasattu. He and Sunidha were in charge of the fortifications of Pāṭaligāma, built against the Vajjī. Vin.i.228 Ud.viii.6 DN.ii.72ff.
At Ajātasattu’s suggestion, Vass …
vedehiputta →
dppn
An epithet of Ajātasattu. It means either “son of the lady from Videha” or “son of the wise woman”.
vedhaññā →
dppn
…It was to them that the Pāsādika Sutta was preached. DN.iii.17 From the Sāmagāma Sutta MN.ii.244 it would appear that these Sākiyans lived…
vediyaka →
dppn
VediyakaVediya
A mountain to the north of Ambasaṇḍā, in which was the Indasālaguhā, where the Buddha stayed. The mountain was bathed in radiance when Sakka visited the Buddha on the occasion of the p …
veghanasā →
dppn
A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.261
vepacitti →
dppn
VepacittiSambara
An Asura chieftain, who was present with Namuci (Māra) at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259
Vepacitti was the friend of Rāhu, and when Rāhu seized Candimā and Suriya …
vessāmitta →
dppn
Vessāmitta1
A celebrated sage of old. Vin.i.245 DN.i.104 MN.ii.169 MN.ii.200 AN.iii.224 Vin.i.2451
Vessāmitta2
A Yakkha chief who, with five hundred others of the same name, w …
vesāli →
dppn
A city, capital of the Licchavis. It is not possible to know how many visits were paid by the Buddha to Vesāli, but the books would lead us to infer that they were several. Various Vinaya rules are me …
vesālā →
dppn
The Nāgas of Vesāli who were present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258
veteṇḍu →
dppn
A vassal of the Four Great Kings, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258
veḷuvana →
dppn
Veḷuvana1Veṇuvana
A park near Rājagaha, the pleasure garden of Bimbisāra. When the Buddha first visited Rājagaha, after his Enlightenment, he stayed at the Latthivanuyyāna. Vin.i.35 The da …
veṇhu →
dppn
A deva who was present, with his retinue, at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259 Veṇhu is a Pāḷi form of Viṣṇu.
vicakkanā →
dppn
A class of devas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.261
vimala →
dppn
Vimala1
One of the four friends of Yasa who, following the latter’s example, joined the Order and attained arahantship. Vin.i.18f.
Vimala2
A monk whose Theragāthā verse spea …
visākhā →
dppn
…offered the Migāramātupāsāda in the Pubbārāma to the Saṅgha.
The Buddha accepted a face towel as a special gift from Visākhā but…
viḍūḍabha →
dppn
ViḍūḍabhaViḍūḍabha
Son of Pasenadi and Vāsabhakhattiyā. Both in the Piyajātika Sutta MN.ii.110 and the Kaṇṇakatthala Suttas. MN.ii.127 Viḍūḍabha is spoken of as general.
viṭeṇḍu →
dppn
One of the vassals of the Four Great Kings present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.257
viṭu →
dppn
Vassal of the Four Great Kings present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258
viṭucca →
dppn
Vassal of the Four Great Kings present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258
vāruṇā →
dppn
A class of deities, followers of Varuda, who were present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259
vāsabhagāmaka →
dppn
VāsabhagāmakaVāsabhagāma
A village in Kāsī. It was once the residence of Kassapa Thera. Vin.i.312f.
Kāsī3town
vāsabhagāmī →
dppn
VāsabhagāmīVāsabhagāmika
One of the four Western monks appointed to the committee which considered the Ten Points raised by the Vajjiputtaka at the Second Council. Vin.ii.305
vāsabhā →
dppn
The second queen of King Pasenadi. MN.ii.110
vāsavanesī →
dppn
A class of devas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260
vāseṭṭha →
dppn
Vāseṭṭha1
An old sage held in high esteem for his knowledge. He was one of the originators of the Vedic mantras. Vin.i.245 DN.i.104 MN.ii.164 MN.ii.200
Vāseṭṭha2
A clan, proba …
vāyodevā →
dppn
A class of deities present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259
yakkha →
dppn
A class of non human beings generally described as non-human. They are mentioned with Devas, Rakkhasas, Dānavas, Gandhabbas, Kinnaras, and Mahoragas (? Nāgas).
Elsewhere AN.ii.38 they rank, in progr …
yama →
dppn
The god of death. When beings die they are led before him to be judged according to their deeds. Birth, old age, illness, punishment for crime and death, are regarded as his messengers, sent among men …
yasa →
dppn
Yasa 1
He was the son of a very wealthy treasurer of Benares, and was brought up in great luxury, living in three mansions, according to the seasons and surrounded with all kinds of pleasu …
yasadatta →
dppn
While journeying in the company of Sabhiya, he came to Sāvatthī, where he was present at the discussion between Sabhiya and the Buddha. It was his purpose to try and discover flaws in the Buddha’s arg …
ākoṭaka →
dppn
A deva who visited the Buddha at Veḷuvana accompanied by Asama, Sahali, Ninka, Vetambarī and Mānava-Gāmiya. Ākoṭaka spoke before the Buddha in praise of various teachers of other schools: Pakuddha-K …
ākāsagotta →
dppn
A physician of Rājagaha who lanced the fistula of a monk. Meeting the Buddha, he told him of the lancing, trying to make fun of it. The Buddha, having made inquiries, declared the performance of such …
ākāsānañcāyatanūpagādevā →
dppn
A class of devas born in the Realm of Infinite Space. MN.iii.103 They belong to the Formless world and their life term is twenty thousand kappas. AN.i.267
āpā →
dppn
A class of deities who were present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259
ātumā →
dppn
A town that lay between Kusinārā and Sāvatthī. Once the Buddha, with a large company of bhikkhus, visited the town. At that time there dwelt in it a monk who had been ordained late in life and had for …
āṇi →
dppn
ĀṇiĀṇakaĀṇṇaka
A mutiṅga (kettle-drum) belonging to the Dasārahas. As it grew old and began to split, they fixed in another peg, and this process was continued, until, at last, the original drumhe …
ākāsa →
farkas
tér, űr
ānāpānasati →
farkas
éber jelenlét a légzésben
āsava →
farkas
befolyás, túlcsordulás
dhamma-vicaya →
farkas
a Tan tanulmányozása, kutatása
kāmesu micchācāra →
farkas
paráznaság
pāṇātipāta →
farkas
ölés, élőlények elpuszítása
satipaṭṭhāna →
farkas
az éberség megalapozása
sīlabbata-parāmāsa →
farkas
előírásoktól és szertartásoktól függés
thīna-middha →
farkas
tompaság és tunyaság
upasampadā →
farkas
befogadás, felvétel, magasabb beavatás
yathā-bhūta-ñāṇa-dassana →
farkas
a valóságnak megfelelő tudás; annak tudása és látása, ami van
abbhasama →
ncped
like a cloud; high as the sky
abbhasampilāpa →
ncped
massing together of clouds
abbhokāsa →
ncped
an open space, the open; (a place in) the open air:
abbuḷhasalla →
ncped
with the dart or barb removed
abbūḷhasalla →
ncped
drawn out; pulled out; removed
abhihasati →
ncped
is excited; rejoices in the prospect of
abhihāsana →
ncped
gladdening, delighting.
abhimaṅgalasammata →
ncped
considered auspicious.
abhippasanna →
ncped
well disposed (towards); having faith or confidence (in, loc, sometimes gen.)
abhippasādeti →
ncped
makes well-disposed (towards); makes have confidence (in)
abhippasāreti →
ncped
stretches out towards.
abhivasana →
ncped
clothing, clothes.
abhivasanavaratara →
ncped
the very best of clothing, choice clothes
abhiññā →
ncped
…power or knowledge (five (or six): iddhividhā, dibbasota, paracittavijānana, pubbenivāsānussati, dibbacakkhu, + āsavānam khaye…
abhiṇhasannipāta →
ncped
holding frequent assemblies
abhiṭhāna →
ncped
deadly crime (one of the six great crimes: mātughāta, pitughāta, arahantaghāta, lohituppāda, saṅghabheda, aññasatthāruddesa)
accasarā →
ncped
give offense.
accasarī →
ncped
gave offense.
accharāsaṅghāta →
ncped
finger-snap; a moment.
accāsanna →
ncped
very near; too near; very close.
accāsanne →
ncped
very near; too close
adasaka →
ncped
without a fringe.
addhikaraṇavūpasamana →
ncped
the settling of a case or dispute
adhiccasamuppanna →
ncped
arisen fortuitously, without cause or reason; connected with fortuitous or causeless origination
adhiccasamuppannika →
ncped
one who believes in fortuitous or causeless origination
adhikaraṇasamatha →
ncped
(a method) of settling a case or dispute
adhikasatasahassa →
ncped
more than 100, 000
adhippayāsa →
ncped
particular effort.
adhivāsakajātika →
ncped
enduring or patient by nature.
adhivāsana →
ncped
- endurance; forbearance.
- assent; acceptance (esp. of an invitation).
adhivāsaya →
ncped
adhivāsayat →
ncped
adhivāsayati →
ncped
is patient, waits; bears patiently, endures; assents, gives in to; accepts (an invitation).
adhivāsaye →
ncped
adhivāsayeyya →
ncped
aggapasāda →
ncped
the best trust; trust in the best.
aggappasāda →
ncped
the best trust; trust in the best.
aggarasaparititta →
ncped
completely satisfied with the best flavored foods
aggasavaka →
ncped
chief disciple
aggāsana →
ncped
the first or chief seat
agāravasa →
ncped
household life
ajinasāṭī →
ncped
garment made of skins
ajjasaṭṭhim →
ncped
since six days ago, for six days
ajjhokāsa →
ncped
(from ajjhokāse) the open air.
ajjhokāsagata →
ncped
being in the open air
ajjhāsayaṃ →
ncped
as to the intention, state of mind.
ajjhāvasa →
ncped
ajjhāvasanta →
ncped
(~antī)n.
ajjhāvasat →
ncped
ajjhāvasatha →
ncped
the inside or environs of a house or dwelling.
ajjhāvasathe →
ncped
within a house or dwelling.
ajjhāvasati →
ncped
inhabits; dwells in, lives on (as ruler or owner); esp. agāram ~ati, lives the settled life of a householder.
ajjhāvasaṃ →
ncped
akakkasa →
ncped
not harsh; not rough; smooth
akammāsa →
ncped
spotless; without blemish
akaniṭṭha →
ncped
the name of one of the highest classes of devas, the fifth class of suddhāvāsas.
akantehi →
ncped
unpleasantly; in an undesired way
akantena →
ncped
unpleasantly; in an undesired way
akantika →
ncped
unpleasant
akantiya →
ncped
unpleasant
akasāva →
ncped
without defect
akatupāsana →
ncped
akhīṇāsava →
ncped
in whom the āsavas have not perished, who is not an arhat
akkhuddāvakāsa →
ncped
being a considerable occasion (for …) (?)); of no mean appearance (?)
akkhīṇāsava →
ncped
in whom the āsavas have not perished, who is not an arhat
akkudhasanta →
ncped
unprovoked and calm, mild and un-angered
akkuṭṭhasanta →
ncped
being reviled; or calm when reviled.
alamatthadasatara →
ncped
more competent to see what is beneficial; wiser
alasa →
ncped
lazy, inactive; indolent, idle.
alasajātīka →
ncped
lazy by nature; disposed to laziness
alasaka →
ncped
flatulence.
alābulomasa →
ncped
hairy like a gourd
anadhivāsaya →
ncped
anadhivāsayat →
ncped
analasa →
ncped
diligent; active, energetic.
anapasādetvā →
ncped
anasana →
ncped
not eating, fasting; hunger
anassāsaka →
ncped
not getting one’s breath; unable to breathe.
anatthasaṃhita →
ncped
anatthasaṃhita1
neg. mfn. not connected with the goal; not useful, not profitable; not having meaning
anatthasaṃhita2
neg. mfn. connected with harm, harmful
anavakāsa →
ncped
what is out of the question; an impossibility.
anekasahassa →
ncped
consisting of many thousands
anekasata →
ncped
consisting of many hundreds
anekasārīrika →
ncped
relating to more than one body, connected with many bodies
anikkasāva →
ncped
not free from defect or impurity; impure
aniṭṭha →
ncped
not wished for; unpleasant; undesirable
anokasāri →
ncped
anokasārin →
ncped
anokāsaṃ kata →
ncped
ho has not given the opportunity; who has not consented or given permission
anokāsaṃ kārāpetvā →
ncped
without having consent
antaravāsaka →
ncped
an inner garment, esp. the innermost of the three robes of a bhikkhu
antarāppati →
ncped
an offence committed in the meantime (i.e. before the expiration of a parivāsa or mānatta period)
antimasārīra →
ncped
having his last body
anto-āvasatha →
ncped
anto-āvasatha
masculine the inner part of a dwelling
antokasambu →
ncped
rotten inside
anubhāsati →
ncped
speaks after, repeats; continually speaks.
anumasati →
ncped
touches; takes hold of (to examine); considers, examines.
anupasagga →
ncped
not causing trouble or misfortune
anupasampanna →
ncped
anupasanta →
ncped
anupasaṅkanta →
ncped
anupasaṭṭha →
ncped
free from trouble; free from affliction
anuppiya →
ncped
or ~aṃ ind. (what is) pleasant, flattering; or pleasantly, flatteringly.
anuppiyabhāṇi →
ncped
flattering; saying (only) pleasant things.
anuppiyabhāṇin →
ncped
flattering; saying (only) pleasant things.
anupāyāsa →
ncped
- trouble-free; not bringing annoyance.
- not irritated, at peace; free from trouble or annoyance
anussavappasanna →
ncped
who believes from hearsay or report
anussavasacca →
ncped
depending on tradition for one’s truths; accepting tradition as true
anussāvaka →
ncped
one who proclaims (the kammavācā); one who presents for upasampadā.
anussāvayati →
ncped
causes to be heard; speaks out; proclaims (esp. a kammavācā); presents (someone) for upasampadā; speaks repeatedly (in order to win support)
anussāveti →
ncped
causes to be heard; speaks out; proclaims (esp. a kammavācā); presents (someone) for upasampadā; speaks repeatedly (in order to win support)
anusāsa →
ncped
(someone) for upasampadä; speaks repeatedly (in).
anusāsaka →
ncped
order to win support).
anusāsana →
ncped
advice; instruction.
anusāsanī →
ncped
advice; instruction; admonition.
anusāsanīpāṭiharīya →
ncped
the miracle of teaching (one of the three marvels of the Buddha).
anusāsanīya →
ncped
anusāsat →
ncped
anusāsati →
ncped
teaches, instructs; advises, exhorts; guides, leads (a group); governs, administers.
anusāsayiṃ →
ncped
anusāveti →
ncped
causes to be heard; speaks out; proclaims (esp. a kammavācā); presents (someone) for upasampadā; speaks repeatedly (in order to win support)
anutrāsa →
ncped
free from fear; unafraid
anuvasati →
ncped
inhabits; dwells; stays.
anvaddhamāsaṃ →
ncped
every fortnight
anvaḍḍhamāsaṃ →
ncped
every fortnight
anvāsatta →
ncped
ensnared, entwined (by).
anvāsavati →
ncped
flows after, flows upon, flows continually over
anākappasampanna →
ncped
anāpannasattā →
ncped
pregnant; a pregnant woman.
anāsa →
ncped
lack of expectation; lack of desire
anāsaka →
ncped
not eating; fasting.
anāsakā →
ncped
fasting (as an ascetic practice)
anāsana →
ncped
an unsuitable seat, an unsuitable place for sitting
anāsanna →
ncped
not having approached; not near
anāsannavara →
ncped
best when not near
anāsasāna →
ncped
anāsava →
ncped
free from the āsavas
anāvasa →
ncped
- not a residence, an uninhabited place; a place not fit for staying in.
- not staying, not residing
anāyāsa →
ncped
free from trouble; without distress
apakāsati →
ncped
- draws away; removes; draws back.
- draws back, secedes; alienates oneself
apasabya →
ncped
to the left, placed on the left
apasakkati →
ncped
goes away or aside.
apasammajjati →
ncped
sweeps away; winnows.
apasavya →
ncped
to the left, placed on the left
apasavyato karoti →
ncped
goes round (something or someone) keeping one’s left side towards it or them (a mark of disrespect)
apasavyaṃ karoti →
ncped
goes round (something or someone) keeping one’s left side towards it or them (a mark of disrespect)
apasādana →
ncped
reproach; disparagement.
apasādayati →
ncped
dismisses; rebukes, reproaches; disparages
apasādesi →
ncped
apasādeta →
ncped
(from apasādeti) one who rebukes; one who disparages.
apasādetabba →
ncped
apasādetar →
ncped
(from apasādeti) one who rebukes; one who disparages.
apasādeti →
ncped
dismisses; rebukes, reproaches; disparages
apasādetvā →
ncped
apasādita →
ncped
dismissed; rebuked; disparaged
apasādiyamāna →
ncped
apasāraṇa →
ncped
removing; taking (a ship) out from land (?):
apañjasa →
ncped
going off one’s correct course.
appasacca →
ncped
little learning
appasadda →
ncped
appasadda1
mfn.
- free from noise quiet.
- making little or no noise quiet.
appasadda2
neuter quiet
appasattha →
ncped
with a small caravan
arahat →
ncped
(& f.?) ‘a worthy one’, an arahat; (in Buddhism) one who has realized nibbāna; one in whom the āsavas are destroyed and who is no longer liable to rebirth.
araha(t)2
part. pr. mfn.
ariyaddasa →
ncped
seeing what belongs to the noble ones, what is noble
ariyasacca →
ncped
truth of the noble ones; a sublime truth
ariyavāsa →
ncped
way of living of the noble ones; a sublime state
asabbha →
ncped
unbecoming, vulgar, low; uncivil; indecent, improper.
asaddhiya →
ncped
disbelief; lack of faith
asahānadhammatā →
ncped
the not being liable to fail or be wanting; the having qualities which are not liable to fail (?):
asakāma →
ncped
unwilling, not consenting; discontented; unsatisfied.
asampakampi →
ncped
not shaking, not trembling; unshakeable.
asampakampin →
ncped
not shaking, not trembling; unshakeable.
asampavedhi →
ncped
(~ī)n. not trembling; unshakeable.
asampavedhin →
ncped
(~ī)n. not trembling; unshakeable.
asana →
ncped
asana1
neuter eating; food.
asana2
neuter a shot; a missile, an arrow.
asanivicakka →
ncped
ring of lightning or thunderbolts
asanī →
ncped
thunderbolt; a lightning flash.
asati →
ncped
eats; enjoys
asatthika →
ncped
not traveling with a company or caravans.
asaṃ →
ncped
permanent; eternal
asaṅgahaka →
ncped
lacking kind treatment; not helpful, unsympathetic.
asenāsanaka →
ncped
without lodgings
asenāsanika →
ncped
without lodgings
assasadassa →
ncped
good noble horse
assasammadda →
ncped
thronged with horses
assasanta →
ncped
(~antī)n.
assasati →
ncped
- breathes, breathes in; breathes on; breathes heavily.
- recovers one ’s breath, revives; takes courage; is comforted:
assāsa →
ncped
- breathing; breath.
- breathing freely; ease, relief; comfort, encouragement; self-confidence.
assāsaka →
ncped
wish; aspiration.
assāsaniya →
ncped
comforting; encouraging.
assāsapassāsa →
ncped
breathing in and out; breathing, breath; labored breathing
assāsapatta →
ncped
full of confidence; encouraged
assāsappatta →
ncped
full of confidence; encouraged
assāsati →
ncped
- breathes, breathes in; breathes on; breathes heavily.
- recovers one ’s breath, revives; takes courage; is comforted:
atappa →
ncped
the name of one of the highest classes of devas, the second class of suddhāvāsa devas.
atthasaṃhita →
ncped
connected with the goal; useful, profitable; having meaning
atthavasa →
ncped
reason; motive
atthopasaṃhita →
ncped
connected with the goal, or with what is beneficial
atītasatthuka →
ncped
no longer having a master or teacher
avapakāsati →
ncped
draws back, secedes; alienates oneself
avasajjetvā →
ncped
throwing down (on); putting into; (or hanging on, suspending)
avasarati →
ncped
goes down (to); moves away (to).
avasari →
ncped
avasariṃ →
ncped
avasaṭa →
ncped
gone away; withdrawn
avasādayati →
ncped
makes sink down; disheartens, discourages
avasādeti →
ncped
makes sink down; disheartens, discourages
avasāyi →
ncped
determined; reaching the end.
avasāyin →
ncped
determined; reaching the end.
aveccapasanna →
ncped
having a trust founded in knowledge
aveccapasāda →
ncped
trust founded in knowledge, intelligent faith.
aveccappasanna →
ncped
having a trust founded in knowledge
aveccappasāda →
ncped
trust founded in knowledge, intelligent faith.
aviha →
ncped
(or m.) and ~ā m.pl.
- (m.pl.) the name of one of the highest classes o/devas, the first class of suddhāvāsas.
- (n.) the world of the Aviha devas.
avyayaggamanasa →
ncped
with non-distracted mind; with mind focused
avyayaggamānasa →
ncped
with non-distracted mind; with mind focused
aya →
ncped
(nom. ayo; acc. ayo, ayaṃ; instr. ayasā, ayena; abl. ayasā, ayato) iron; metal.
ayas →
ncped
(nom. ayo; acc. ayo, ayaṃ; instr. ayasā, ayena; abl. ayasā, ayato) iron; metal.
ayasa →
ncped
made of iron
añjasa →
ncped
- (mfn.) straight; direct (of a road); upright (in morals).
- (n. (& m.?)) the direct road or way.
añjasayana →
ncped
the straight course
aññadatthudasa →
ncped
seeing absolutelyl the only seer ( of Brahmā or Tathāgata)
aḍḍhamāsa →
ncped
fortnight; half a month
aḍḍhateḷasa →
ncped
aḍḍhateḷasaaḍḍhaterasa
mfn. twelve and a half
aṇḍasambhava →
ncped
produced from an egg; a bird
aṭṭharasa →
ncped
num. & mfn. 18
aṭṭhasataṃ →
ncped
num. one hundred eight
aṭṭhasaṭṭhi →
ncped
num. sixty eight
aṭṭhasaṭṭhiṃ →
ncped
num. (same as aṭṭhasaṭṭhi)
aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgata →
ncped
- characterised by eight parts (i.e. by observance of the first eight precepts); having eight constituent parts.
- possessed of eight good qualities or of eight faults
aṭṭhikasañña →
ncped
the idea of bones, contemplation of the skeleton (as a meditation exercise).
aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikā →
ncped
chain of bones; a skeleton
aṭṭhādasa →
ncped
num. eighteen
aṭṭhārasaka →
ncped
group of eighteen.
aṭṭhārasama →
ncped
eighteenth
cakkasamārūḷha →
ncped
having mounted their vehicles (in an emergency)
candanamaṇḍitasāragandhika →
ncped
excellent scent because of sandalwood decoration.
candanasāra →
ncped
the essence of sandalwood; the best sandalwood; the pith of sandalwood.
caraṇasampanna →
ncped
perfect in good conduct.
cattārīsachabbassasatāyukā →
ncped
having a lifespan of 640 years.
cattārīsavassasahassāyuka →
ncped
having a lifespan of 40, 000 years.
catuddasa →
ncped
num. fourteen.
catumāsa →
ncped
period of four months; four months.
catumāsā →
ncped
caturaṅgasamannāgata →
ncped
consisting of four parts or aspects; with four factors or aspects.
caṅkamanasālā →
ncped
hall or enclosure for walking about in.
cetasa ceto paricca →
ncped
grasping, comprehending the thoughts (of others) with one’s own thoughts.
cetasa →
ncped
(from ceta(s)) with the ability of thought; thinking, intelligent.
cetavivaraṇasappāya →
ncped
beneficial for clearing the thoughts of obstructions.
chammāsa →
ncped
, ~ā, m.pl, ~anī, n. pl a period of six months; six months.
chamāsa →
ncped
, ~ā, m.pl, ~anī, n. pl a period of six months; six months.
chandasa →
ncped
intr. of chandena
chapaññāsā →
ncped
fifty six.
chapaññāsāṃ →
ncped
chapaṇṇāsa →
ncped
chappaññāsā →
ncped
fifty six.
chappaññāsāṃ →
ncped
chappaṇṇāsa →
ncped
chasahassa →
ncped
numbering six thousand.
chasamannāgata →
ncped
with six parts or six characteristics.
chasattati →
ncped
num. seventy six.
chayojanasatika →
ncped
measuring 600 yojanas.
chinnasassara →
ncped
not making the sound saṃsara?
chāyā →
ncped
- shade; shadow.
- the shadow (e.g. of a measuring-stick) measuring the time; the length of shadow (at the time of a bhikkhu’s upasampadā)
cittasamuṭṭhāna →
ncped
having its origin in thoughts or consciousness; arising from the mind or consciousness.
cittasamādhāna →
ncped
fixing; stilling of thoughts; profound meditation.
cittasaṅkhara →
ncped
mental motive force; mental activity.
cittavipariyāsakata →
ncped
afflicted with delusion of thought.
corasādhāraṇa →
ncped
vulnerable to thieves.
cuddasa →
ncped
num. & mfn.
- (num.) 14
- (mfn.) containing (poems) of 14 verses.
cuddasaka →
ncped
set of 14; containing (poems) of 14 verses.
cuddasama →
ncped
(~a, ī)n the 14th.
cātuddasa →
ncped
, mfn. & masculine
- (n.) the 14th day (of a lunar fortnight)
- (mfn.) on the 14th day (of a lunar fortnight); (m.) the uposatha observance on the fourteenth day (of a lunar fortnight)
cātummāsa →
ncped
cātumāsa →
ncped
period of four months.
cātumāsā →
ncped
cātumāsīnī →
ncped
(from catumasa) (the day of the full moon) which ends a four-month period (of rains residence)
cātuyāmasaṃvara →
ncped
control in regards to the four restraints.
cīrikāsadda →
ncped
the sound of the cricket.
cīriḷikāsadda →
ncped
the sound of the cricket.
cīvara →
ncped
one of the three robes of a bhikkhu (antaravāsaka, uttarāsaṅga and saṅghāti), or one of the five robes of a bhikkhuni (those three plus saṅkacchika and udakasāṭika), especially the *uttara …
cīvarakālasamaya →
ncped
, id. proper time when robe material is given.
cīvarakārasamaya →
ncped
time for making or working on robes.
cīvarapaccāsā →
ncped
the expectation of receiving a robe or material for a robe.
cīvarasaṅkamanīya →
ncped
robe which has to be handed back; a borrowed robe.
dakāsaya →
ncped
(a creature) living in water.
dantakāsāva →
ncped
an ivory colored robe.
dasa →
ncped
num. ten.
dasabala →
ncped
dasabala1
mfn. & masculine possessing ten powers; the one who possesses ten powers, a buddha.
dasabala2
neuter pl. ten powers.
dasabalāni →
ncped
dasaddha →
ncped
five.
dasadhā →
ncped
indeclinable in ten parts, in ten groups, into ten pieces; tenfold.
dasadisā →
ncped
adverb towards the ten directions; in every direction, all around.
dasaha →
ncped
period of ten days.
dasahā →
ncped
adverb within ten days.
dasahāpaṭicchanna →
ncped
concealed for ten days.
dasaka →
ncped
set of ten; a collection of ten, a decad; a section consisting of sets of ten.
dasakanipāta →
ncped
section consisting of sets of ten.
dasakkhattuṃ →
ncped
indeclinable a set of ten; a collection of ten, a decad; a section consisting of sets of ten.
dasama →
ncped
the tenth.
dasamūlaka →
ncped
(what is) based on ten items; (a statement or exposition) concerned with ten items.
dasapada →
ncped
checkered board (for gambling or playing a game)
dasasahassī →
ncped
consisting of 10, 000 (cakkavāḷas)
dasasata →
ncped
num. & mfn. (numbering) one thousand.
dasasatakkhatuṃ →
ncped
thousand times.
dasasikkhāpadika →
ncped
(one) who follows, observes, the ten sikkhāpadas.
dasavagga →
ncped
group of ten; consisting of a group of ten.
dasavaggika →
ncped
forming a group of ten.
dasavassa →
ncped
of ten years’ standing; one who has been ordained for ten years.
dasavassuddesika →
ncped
about ten years old.
dasavassāyuka →
ncped
having a life span of ten years.
dasavāsa →
ncped
following the ten ways of living.
dasā →
ncped
the loose end of a cloth; an edge or border.
daṇḍasatthaka →
ncped
knife with a handle.
devasadda →
ncped
shout of the devas; sound of the devas; thunder.
dhamma →
ncped
-
- how the world of experience works, the processes by which it works and is explained (especially as formulated in cattāri ariyasaccānī and paṭiccasamuppāda), and the possibility and way of transc …
dhammadasa →
ncped
seeing, understanding, dhamma.
dhammaddasa →
ncped
seeing, understanding, dhamma.
dhammasamuppāda →
ncped
an arising of dhammas; an event, a matter.
dhammasandosa →
ncped
defilement of, damage to, dhamma.
dhammasaṅgaha →
ncped
favoring, kind treatment, with dhamma.
dhammasāri →
ncped
following dhamma (?); impelling dhamma (?)
dhammasārin →
ncped
following dhamma (?); impelling dhamma (?)
dhammādāsa →
ncped
the mirror of the dhamma.
dhammūpasaṃhita →
ncped
- connected with the dhamma.
- connected with mental constructs.
dhaññasamavāpaka →
ncped
grain and seeds.
dhurasamādhi →
ncped
proper alignment, evenness of the yoke.
divasa →
ncped
day; day.
divasaṃ →
ncped
during the day.
doḷasa →
ncped
num. twelve.
doḷasaka →
ncped
set of twelve.
duddasa →
ncped
difficult to see; hard to understand.
dukkha →
ncped
- (mfn.)
- painful; unpleasant; bringing pain or distress; uneasy, uncomfortable; not what one wants; wrong.
- (used to characterize all experience) unsatisfactory; bringing distress or troub …
dukkhasamudaya →
ncped
the cause, origin, of dukkha.
dukkhavedanīya →
ncped
entailing painful or unpleasant feelings or experiences.
dukkhavepakka →
ncped
having painful or unpleasant consequences.
dukkhupasamana →
ncped
extinguishing dukkha.
dukūlasandāna →
ncped
with halters of dukūla cloth (?); with coverings of dukūla cloth (?)
dunnikkhasa →
ncped
hard to draw out or extract.
duppasaha →
ncped
hard to overcome; irresistible.
duradhivāsa →
ncped
hard to live in.
durupasaṅkama →
ncped
hard to approach.
durāsada →
ncped
hard or dangerous to approach; difficult to attack; difficult to be met with, unparalleled.
durāvāsa →
ncped
hard to live in
durūpasaṅkama →
ncped
duvūpasamaya →
ncped
hard to calm; hard to settle.
dvayaṃdvayasamāpatti →
ncped
sexual intercourse.
dvemāsa →
ncped
period of two months.
dvepaññāsa →
ncped
num. fifty two.
dvepaṇṇāsa →
ncped
num.
dvimāsa →
ncped
dviyojanasatika →
ncped
measuring 200 yojanas.
dvādasa →
ncped
num. & mfn.
- (num.) twelve.
- (mfn.) in the twelfth.
dvādasaka →
ncped
dvādasaka1
neuter a set of twelve.
dvādasaka2
mf(~ī)n. consisting of twelve.
dvādasaki →
ncped
(~ī)n. consisting of twelve.
dvādasakin →
ncped
(~ī)n. consisting of twelve.
dvādasama →
ncped
(~ī)n. the twelfth.
dvādasamāsika →
ncped
consisting of twelve months.
dvādasamāsiya →
ncped
dvādasanahuta →
ncped
(numbering) 120, 000
dvādasaporisa →
ncped
measuring the height of twelve men.
dvādasapurisa →
ncped
involving twelve men.
dvādasavassa →
ncped
twelve years old.
dvādasayojana →
ncped
extending twelve yojanas.
dvārasālā →
ncped
gatehouse; a room over the gate.
dvāsattati →
ncped
num. seventy two.
dvāsaṭṭhi →
ncped
num. sixty two.
dārumāsaka →
ncped
wooden coin.
dāsa →
ncped
slave.
dāsakammakarā →
ncped
slaves and servants.
dāsakaputta →
ncped
retainer, a vassal.
dāsaporisa →
ncped
slaves and serving-men.
dāsaviya →
ncped
dāsavya →
ncped
slavery; servitude; the condition of being a slave.
dāsidāsa →
ncped
dāsīdāsa →
ncped
male and female slaves.
dūtenūpasamapadā →
ncped
dūtopasampadā →
ncped
ordination by means of a messenger or proxy.
dūtūpasampadā →
ncped
ekacca-asassatika →
ncped
ekacca-asassatika
mfn. believing in the non-eternality of some things
ekasata →
ncped
101 or 100
ekasattati →
ncped
71
ekasaṭṭhi →
ncped
num. 61
ekasālaka →
ncped
containing one hall
ekasārīrika →
ncped
relating to one body; connected with one body
ekato-upasampanna →
ncped
ekato-upasampanna
mfn. ordained in (only) one saṅgha)
ekattasaññi →
ncped
having a notion of unity or identity; (ekattasaññi(n))
ekattasaññi(n)2
mfn. having perceptions or notions of the same nature; (ekattasaññi(n))
ekattasaññin →
ncped
having a notion of unity or identity; (ekattasaññi(n))
ekattasaññi(n)2
mfn. having perceptions or notions of the same nature; (ekattasaññi(n))
ekattavāsa →
ncped
living together
ekādasa →
ncped
num. n., & mf(~ā & ~ī)n.
- (num.) eleven.
- (n.) an eleven; a group of eleven.
- (mfn.) eleventh.
ekādasaka →
ncped
section dealing with a group or groups of eleven.
ekādasama →
ncped
(~ā & ~ī)n. the eleventh.
ekāsana →
ncped
- sitting alone; being alone, being separate.
- one seat, a single seat; the same seat
ekāsanabhojana →
ncped
eating only a single meal (a day); food at only a single meal.
ekāsani →
ncped
eating only at one sitting each day; (or possibly: sitting alone)
ekāsanika →
ncped
one who eats each day only once, only at one sitting
ekāsanin →
ncped
eating only at one sitting each day; (or possibly: sitting alone)
ekūnapaññāsa →
ncped
num. 49
ekūnapaññāsaṃ →
ncped
num. 49
ekūnapaṇṇāsa →
ncped
num. 49
eḷakasamāna →
ncped
like sheep or goats
eḷakasaṃvāsa →
ncped
living like a sheep; a sheep’s life
gahapatimahāsala →
ncped
very wealthy householder.
gambhīrobhāsa →
ncped
gambhīrāvabhāsa →
ncped
appearing deep.
gharāvāsa →
ncped
living in a household; household; family life.
ghasa →
ncped
of ghasati
ghasat →
ncped
of ghasati
ghasati →
ncped
eats; devours; destroys.
ghasāna →
ncped
of ghasati
ghāsa →
ncped
(& n). pasturing; fodder; food; eating.
ghāsacchāda →
ncped
food and clothing.
ghāsacchādaparama →
ncped
having or wanting nothing more than (mere) food and clothing.
ghāsahāraka →
ncped
(one) who fetches or carries fodder.
gilānasālā →
ncped
sick room; an infirmary.
giriaggasamajja →
ncped
festival held at rājagaha.
giñjakāvasatha →
ncped
the brick hall.
gorasa →
ncped
dairy product, milk, and its derivatives.
guhāsaya →
ncped
being in the body.
guḷāsava →
ncped
spirit distilled from sugar or molasses.
ikkāsa →
ncped
or neuter a sticky substance used to bind pigment.
indagopakasañchanna →
ncped
covered with indagopaka; (according to commentaries) covered with red grass
indasagotta →
ncped
who has the same gotra as Inda
issāsa →
ncped
an archer, a bowman.
itihāsa →
ncped
tradition, traditional accounts; history
itihāsapañcama →
ncped
(the vedas) with itihāsa as the fifth
jarasakata →
ncped
an old cart.
jarasālā →
ncped
old hall or shed.
jarāmaraṇasaṅghāta →
ncped
meeting, a joining, of or with old age and death.
jatumāsaka →
ncped
coin made of or marked with lac.
jālāsaṅkhāta →
ncped
(that) which is called a net.
jātasara →
ncped
natural pond or lake.
jīvajīvaka →
ncped
the name of a bird, a sort of a pheasant (or partridge)
jīvitāsā →
ncped
wish for life.
kakkasa →
ncped
hard; harsh; rough; scabrous.
kalasa →
ncped
pot; a water pot.
kalisāsana →
ncped
an instruction, statement influence by anger (?)
kalyāṇasahāya →
ncped
having the companionship of a good man or good men; associating with people of fine qualities
kalyāṇasampavaṅka →
ncped
influenced by a good man or good men; inclining towards, associating with, people of fine qualities
kalyāṇasaṅghatika →
ncped
having good fortune; fortunate in fate
kammāsa →
ncped
- (mfn.) spotted; blemished.
- (n.) a spot; a stain, a blemish.
kammāsakāri →
ncped
making a blemish (on); making blemished
kammāsakārin →
ncped
making a blemish (on); making blemished
kantika →
ncped
desirable; pleasant
kantiya →
ncped
desirable; pleasant
kappāsa →
ncped
raw cotton, cotton wool; cotton thread; cotton cloth, calico.
kappāsapicu →
ncped
cotton; cotton wool.
karuṇāsahagata →
ncped
associated with compassion; accompanied by compassion
kasa →
ncped
kasaka →
ncped
plowman.
kasambu →
ncped
decomposed or rotten matter; refuse.
kasambujāta →
ncped
decomposed; rotten
kasambuka →
ncped
or mfn. rotten matter; (or rotten).
kasambukajāta →
ncped
decomposed; rotten.
kasanta →
ncped
kasat →
ncped
kasati →
ncped
hurts, injures.
kasā →
ncped
whip.
kasāniviṭṭha →
ncped
intent on the whip, aware of the whip (?); entered (the influence of) the whip, under the whip (?).
kasāpetabba →
ncped
making plow.
kasāva →
ncped
an astringent substance; an astringent decoction (from plants); an exudation or gum
kasāya →
ncped
an astringent substance; an astringent decoction (from plants); an exudation or gum
katasāmaṇa →
ncped
who has performed the duties of a sāmana
kathāsallāpa →
ncped
conversation; dialogue
katokāsa →
ncped
having been given the opportunity; having been given permission; having found an opportunity or scope; where space or scope has been made
katupāsana →
ncped
practiced, skilled (esp. in archery)
katāvakāsa →
ncped
having been given the opportunity; having been given consent; having obtained a chance or scope
kañcanasannibhattaca →
ncped
with the skin like gold, golden skinned (one of the 32 characteristics of a mahāpurisa).
kaṇhasappa →
ncped
the black venomous snake Coluber nāga
kaṭhina →
ncped
kaṭhina
neuter a framework (covered with a mat) to which the cloth for making robes was attached while being sewn; esp. kaṭhinaṃ attharati
- spreads or covers the kaṭhina, i.e. makes a robe u …
kaṭhinasamuṭṭhāna →
ncped
the section listing the kaṭhina sikkhāpadas and those sikkhāpadas having a similar origin
khattiyamahāsāla →
ncped
rich khattiya
khaṭakhaṭasadda →
ncped
making a clacking or clattering noise; (n.) a clacking or clattering noise.
kheḷāsaka →
ncped
one who eats spittle; one who eats or uses what ought to be rejected
khipitasadda →
ncped
the sound of sneezing
khurakāsa →
ncped
dragging the hoof, furrowing with the hoof (a trick of horses).
khīṇāsava →
ncped
(one) in whom the āsavas have perished; free from the āsavas, i.e. an arahant
kilāsa →
ncped
kind of leprosy.
kiṭṭhasambādha →
ncped
(or mfn.) an abundance of grain; (or with an abundance of corn; crammed with corn).
kodhasammadasammatta →
ncped
exhilarated with the intoxication of anger
kodhasāmanta →
ncped
close to anger, associated with anger
kokavighāsa →
ncped
wolf’s leavings, the remnants of a wolfs meal.
kokāsakajāta →
ncped
(with opened flowers) like the red lotus.
kukkuṭasampāda →
ncped
no further (from another village) than a cock can walk
kukkuṭasampāta →
ncped
no more than a cock’s flight (from another village)
kukkuṭasampātika →
ncped
no more than a cock’s flight apart
kulappasādaka →
ncped
adding to a family’s faith
kummāsa →
ncped
kind of grain (probably a type of barley or wheat); a porridge or dumpling made from this; a broth or gruel.
kusalupasaṃhita →
ncped
(according to commentary) coming from what is good, resulting from what is good; or perhaps: producing good in the future
kuṭajakasāva →
ncped
an astringent decoction from the kuṭaja tree.
kuṭhārīpāsa →
ncped
of an axe (the ring (?) the blade)
kākoravasadda →
ncped
the sound of cawing crows
kāmūpasaṃhita →
ncped
connected with desire or with sensual pleasure
kārakasaṅgha →
ncped
the saṅgha which performs a formal act; the enacting saṅgha
kāsa →
ncped
kāsa1
masculine a species of grass.
kāsa2
masculine a cough.
kāsaṃ →
ncped
kāsāva →
ncped
yellowish-red cloth or robe (the dress of those outside society, esp. ascetics, bhikkhus, bhikkhīs).
kāsāvakaṇṭha →
ncped
having a yellowish-red throat, i.e. wearing a yellowish-red robe or cloth
kāsāvavattha →
ncped
wearing a yellowish-red robe
kāsāvaṭa →
ncped
bath attendant; a barber.
kāsāya →
ncped
of a yellowish-red color; dyed a reddish color.
kāsāyavasana →
ncped
wearing a yellowish-red robe
kāsāyavattha →
ncped
wearing a yellowish-red robe; wearing yellowish red clothes
kāsāyavatthavasana →
ncped
wearing a yellowish-red robe
kāsāyavāsi →
ncped
wearing a yellowish-red robe
kāsāyavāsin →
ncped
wearing a yellowish-red robe
kāyagatāsati →
ncped
mindfulness centered on the body; (se kāya)
kāyasakkhi →
ncped
one who has (physically) experienced (all) the stages of the jhānas
kāyasakkhin →
ncped
one who has (physically) experienced (all) the stages of the jhānas
kāyasaṅkhāra →
ncped
bodily motive force; physical motion
kāḷasāma →
ncped
black and/or dark brown
kāḷasāmaka →
ncped
black and/or dark brown
kūṭāsakkhi →
ncped
false witness
nabha →
ncped
(nom. ~aṃ, ~o ; acc. ~aṃ ; instr. ~asā ; gen. ~assa ; abl. ~ā, ~asā, ~aso ; loc. ~asi, ~asmiṃ, ~amhi, ~e), the sky, the atmosphere.
nabhas →
ncped
(nom. ~aṃ, ~o ; acc. ~aṃ ; instr. ~asā ; gen. ~assa ; abl. ~ā, ~asā, ~aso ; loc. ~asi, ~asmiṃ, ~amhi, ~e), the sky, the atmosphere.
nakhasā →
ncped
kind of (skin) disease (?)
naravasabha →
ncped
narāsabha →
ncped
leader of men.
natthukaraṇī →
ncped
nasal-dropper.
navasassa →
ncped
the first-fruits of the harvest
nevasaññanāsañña →
ncped
nevasaññanāsaññāyatana →
ncped
- the sphere or stage of neither apperception nor non-apperception, i.e.
- the fourth of the arūpa states of existence; and.
- the fourth arūpajhana or one of the vimokkhas.
nevasaññīnāsaññī →
ncped
(cpd from n’eva saññi nasaññi), possessing neither apperception nor nonapperception.
nevasaññīnāsaññīn →
ncped
(cpd from n’eva saññi nasaññi), possessing neither apperception nor nonapperception.
nibbasana →
ncped
worn out, cast off (of clothes)
niddhantakasāvamoha →
ncped
with impurity and delusion got rid of.
niketasāri →
ncped
keeping to a home; clinging; attached.
niketasārin →
ncped
keeping to a home; clinging; attached.
nikkasava →
ncped
free from defect or impurity
ninnītakasāva →
ncped
with impurities cleaned off.
nipannokasa →
ncped
the place where (someone) lies or is lying down.
nirasassāda →
ncped
not bringing enjoyment; without relish; listless.
nirāsa →
ncped
without desire; without hope or expectation
nirāsasa →
ncped
without desire; without expectation.
nirāsatti →
ncped
free from attachment
nirāsaya →
ncped
without a resting place or resort; without desires; without (wrong) intentions or dispositions
nirāsāsa →
ncped
without desire; without expecatation.
nissayasampanna →
ncped
, ~ā, feminine having a support; having supporters or mentors.
nissinnokasa →
ncped
of nisinna the place where (someone) sits or is sitting or has sat
nivasati →
ncped
nivasati1
pr. 3 sg. clothes; dresses oneself.
nivasati2
pr. 3 sg. passes or spends time; dwells, lives (in), inhabits.
nivāsa →
ncped
- living, dwelling; stay, residence; where one lives, a dwelling-place, a home.
- where one is, a state of existence.
nivāsana →
ncped
dress, clothing; an undergarment; wearing (an (under) garment)
nivāsayati →
ncped
nivāseti →
ncped
of nivāsati puts on (a garment), wears; dresses, clothes oneself (in an (under) garment); makes put on, clothes
niyasa →
ncped
nābhasa →
ncped
celestial, being in the sky.
nālikasaṇḍāsa →
ncped
blowing pipe and tongs.
nāliyasāka →
ncped
nāmarūpa →
ncped
- name and form;
- individual person or identity; interpreted as the mental and physical aspects of an individual.
- esp. in the paṭiccasamuppāda series: with viññāṇa furnishing (the poss …
nānattasaññi →
ncped
having different perceptions or notions.
nānattasaññin →
ncped
having different perceptions or notions.
nānāsaṃvāsaka →
ncped
who belongs to a different community (for carrying out official acts of the saṅgha); who is separated from the saṅgha community.
nārīsahanāmasavhaya →
ncped
called by a feminine name.
nāsacchidda →
ncped
nostril.
nāsacchinna →
ncped
(one) whose nose has been cut or cut off.
nāsanāntika →
ncped
defined by loss or destruction.
nāsayati →
ncped
nāsayi →
ncped
of nāseti
nāsayitvāna →
ncped
of nāseti
nāsā →
ncped
the nose (of a human or animal); the trunk of an elephant.
nāsāpeti →
ncped
of nāseti
nāḷikāsaka →
ncped
kind of (prepared) vegetable.
nāḷiyasāka →
ncped
nīlanibhāsa →
ncped
of dark-blue appearance or luster.
obhāsa →
ncped
obhāsa1
masculine light, luster, radiance; appearance, manifestation.
obhāsa2
masculine intimation.
obhāsana →
ncped
suggestive or lewd speech.
obhāsanta →
ncped
obhāsate →
ncped
speaks to suggestively or lewdly or offensively; insults
obhāsati →
ncped
obhāsati1
pr. 3 sg. speaks to suggestively or lewdly or offensively; insults
obhāsati2
pr. 3 sg. shines forth, is bright; becomes manifest, appears; (perhaps also: shines thro …
obhāsaya →
ncped
making bright, illumining
obhāsayat →
ncped
making bright, illumining
odātanibhāsa →
ncped
appearing white; having a white appearance
odātavasana →
ncped
wearing white clothes (the mark of a householder)
ogha →
ncped
rapid flow of water, a torrent; the torrent or flood of phenomenal life, of saṃsāra; a torrent or flood of evil or passion etc. (often identified with the āsavas).
okasāri →
ncped
frequenting a house; keeping to a refuge
okasārin →
ncped
frequenting a house; keeping to a refuge
okkhāsata →
ncped
hundred cooking pots
okāsa →
ncped
space, room; place, area; occasion, opportunity; possibility, chance.
okāsaṃ karoti →
ncped
makes a space; gives way; gives the opportunity (esp. for speech); allows, permits; consents
okāsaṃ kāreti →
ncped
causes to give an opportunity; obtains consent; gains permission (esp. to speak)
okāsaṃ kārāpeti →
ncped
causes to give an opportunity; obtains consent; gains permission (esp. to speak)
omakacātumāsaṃ →
ncped
for less than four months
omasa →
ncped
piercing, striking, attacking (verbally).
omasanta →
ncped
omasanā →
ncped
stroking in a downwards direction; lowering.
omasati →
ncped
omasati1
pr. 3 sg. hurts; pierces; strikes; strikes in a downward direction; attacks verbally.
omasati2
pr. 3 sg. touches, strokes (in a downward direction).
omasavāda →
ncped
aggressive speech; hurtful speech
opasamika →
ncped
bringing clam, leading to tranquility.
opasāyika →
ncped
(one) who lies by the side of, who keeps near to.
orasa →
ncped
belonging to one’s breast; one’s own; one’s own son, a true or legitimate son.
sa-upasagga →
ncped
sa-upasagga
mfn. causing trouble or misfortune
sa-upāyāsa →
ncped
sa-upāyāsa
mfn.
- bringing trouble, involving annoyance or irritation.
- suffering trouble or irritation
sa-upāyāsaṃ →
ncped
sa-upāyāsaṃ
acc. adv.
sakasāva →
ncped
defective, imperfect; impure
saṃvāsam kappeti →
ncped
lives with; esp. lives as a man and wife, cohabits (with saddhiṃ + instr.)
sukusalasampahaṭṭha →
ncped
polished skilfully, polished by a very skilful worker
sāsava →
ncped
connected with the āsavas ; not free from the āsavas
sāsaṅka →
ncped
provoking fear or apprehension, dangerous.
tacasara →
ncped
of which the essential or strong part is the skin or bark.
takkāsaya →
ncped
disposition to speculation; the store of harmful thoughts.
talasattikā →
ncped
the palm of the hand as a weapon.
tasa →
ncped
trembling, frightened; moving; living.
tasara →
ncped
shuttle.
tasathāvara →
ncped
( ~a, ~ani, m.n.pl.), moving and unmoving beings; trembling and still beings.
tasati →
ncped
tasati1
pr. 3 sg. is thirsty; craves for.
tasati2
pr. 3 sg. trembles, shakes; is afraid.
tassapāpiyasakā →
ncped
proceeding of censure (against a bhikkhu accused of a serious offense who prevaricates or denies the offense; one of the methods of settling a case or dispute)
tassapāpiyasakākamma →
ncped
formal act of the saṅgha authorizing censure.
tassapāpiyasakākammakata →
ncped
dealt with a tassapāpiyasakā formal act of the saṅgha.
taṃdasama →
ncped
with that one as the tenth, consisting of that one and nine others
taṇhāsammudita →
ncped
finding joy in craving.
tedasa →
ncped
num., mfn.
teja →
ncped
- (sg. nom. tejo; acc. tejo, tejaṃ; instr. tejasā, tejena; gen. tejaso, tejassa; loc. tejasmiṃ; pl. nom. tejā; iic tejo-, teja-)
- fire, flame, heat.
- fiery energy; fiercen …
tejas →
ncped
- (sg. nom. tejo; acc. tejo, tejaṃ; instr. tejasā, tejena; gen. tejaso, tejassa; loc. tejasmiṃ; pl. nom. tejā; iic tejo-, teja-)
- fire, flame, heat.
- fiery energy; fiercen …
temāsa →
ncped
period of three months; three months.
tepaññasa →
ncped
num.
tepaññasaṃ →
ncped
num. fifty three.
terasa →
ncped
num., mfn.
- (num.) thirteen.
- (mfn.) containing (a poem of) 13 verses (Theragāthā)
terasaka →
ncped
group of 13
terasama →
ncped
(~ā ~ī)n. the 13th.
teḷasa →
ncped
num., mfn. of terasa
thaṇḍilasāyikā →
ncped
the act of sleeping on the bare ground.
theyyasattha →
ncped
dishonest caravan.
theyyasaṃvāsaka →
ncped
one who lives dishonestly in the saṅgha (claiming status to which he has no right)
theyyasaṅkhātaṃ →
ncped
adverb with dishonest intent, with intent to steal.
tidasa →
ncped
and m.pl.) numbering thirty(-three), (one of) the thirty(-three) gods.
tilasaṅguḷikā →
ncped
sesame cake.
tipakkhavasana →
ncped
garment made of three parts.
titikkhācammasannāha →
ncped
armed with the shield of forbearance.
tiyojanasatika →
ncped
measuring 300 yojanas.
tiṇakaṭṭhapaṇṇakasaṭa →
ncped
tiṇakaṭṭhapaṇṇasaṭa →
ncped
rubbish of (dead) grass, twigs, and leaves.
tiṇasanthara →
ncped
tiṇasantharaka →
ncped
tiṇasanthāra →
ncped
layer of grass as a bed or mat.
tiṇasanthāraka →
ncped
layer of grass as a bed or mat.
tiṇavatthāraka →
ncped
“a covering of grass”, one of the seven adhikaraṇasamatha (method of setting a case or dispute)
tārāsabha →
ncped
the lord of the stars; the moon.
tāsa →
ncped
fear, anxiety, alarm.
tāsayati →
ncped
tāseti →
ncped
of tasati makes tremble; frightens, scares
tūlasannibha →
ncped
cotton-like.
ubbega-uttāsabhayāpanūdana →
ncped
ubbega-uttāsabhayāpanūdana
mfn. driving away alarm and fear
uccasadda →
ncped
making a loud noise, noisy
uccāsadda →
ncped
- (mfn.) making a loud noise, noisy.
- (m.) a loud noise
udakasāṭi →
ncped
bathing cloth
udakupasaṭṭhā →
ncped
let go, handed over (in marriage) with (the pouring of) water
uddhaṃsarāsatti →
ncped
attachment to, devotion to moving on (?)
ujjhānasaññi →
ncped
whose ideas are (based on) complaining or faultfinding; conscious of cause for indignation.
ujjhānasaññika →
ncped
whose ideas are (based on) complaining or faultfinding; conscious of cause for indignation.
ujjhānasaññin →
ncped
whose ideas are (based on) complaining or faultfinding; conscious of cause for indignation.
ukkhāsata →
ncped
hundred cooking pots
ukkāsati →
ncped
coughs; clears one’s throat.
ukkāsitasadda →
ncped
the sound of coughing.
ummasanā →
ncped
stroking upwards; lifting.
ummasati →
ncped
touches; strokes in an upward direction; lifts.
upahaccaparinibbāyi →
ncped
who realizes nibbāna in the latter half of his existence in one of the suddhāvāsas
upahaccaparinibbāyin →
ncped
who realizes nibbāna in the latter half of his existence in one of the suddhāvāsas
upajjhāya →
ncped
- a companion, adviser; teacher.
- the preceptor (of a bhikkhu); an instructor; the sponsor for a bhikkhu’s upasampadā.
uparipāsāda →
ncped
the upper terrace, the flat roof of a mansion
uparivehāsakutī →
ncped
hut with its top story open to the air (?)
upasagga →
ncped
misfortune; trouble.
upasama →
ncped
becoming quite, alleviation, stopping; calmness, peace, tranquility.
upasamaddhiṭṭhāna →
ncped
- (n.) fixing the mind on tranquillity; resolution for calmness.
- (mfn.)fixing the mind on tranquility; resolving for calmness
upasamati →
ncped
becomes calm or quite; ceases; is allayed, is extinguished
upasammati →
ncped
becomes calm or quite; ceases; is allayed, is extinguished
upasampadā →
ncped
- attainment.
- full ordination, admission into the saṅgha.
upasampajja →
ncped
- reaching, attaining; having entered upon.
- being ordained; after ordination
upasampajjati →
ncped
obtains; is ordained, is received into the saṅgha; obtains the upasampadā ordination.
upasampajjituṃ →
ncped
upasampanna →
ncped
possessed of; ordained; who is a member of the saṅgha.
upasampādayati →
ncped
ordains, receives into the saṅgha (with the upasampadā ordination)
upasampādenta →
ncped
(~entī)n.
upasampādesi →
ncped
upasampādesuṃ →
ncped
upasampādeta →
ncped
(from upasampādeti) one who ordains.
upasampādetabba →
ncped
upasampādetar →
ncped
(from upasampādeti) one who ordains.
upasampādeti →
ncped
ordains, receives into the saṅgha (with the upasampadā ordination)
upasampādetvā →
ncped
upasampādita →
ncped
- (mfn.) given ordination, ordained (with the upasampadā ordination).
- (n.) ordaining
upasanta →
ncped
calmed, pacified, at peace; calm, tranquil; ceased, extinguished
upasantapadissa →
ncped
of calm appearance, looking at peace
upasaṃharanta →
ncped
(~antī)n.
upasaṃharati →
ncped
draws together, collects; puts together with, puts in; brings, brings near to, provides; brings about; brings into contact with; brings to bear on, focuses on; brings together (for comparison), sees as similar.
upasaṃharitvā →
ncped
upasaṃhariṃsu →
ncped
upasaṃhasi →
ncped
upasaṃyāti →
ncped
comes in a body towards.
upasaṅgayha →
ncped
taking hold of, clasping.
upasaṅkama →
ncped
upasaṅkamana →
ncped
going to see, visiting; approaching.
upasaṅkamanta →
ncped
(~antī)n.
upasaṅkamat →
ncped
upasaṅkamati →
ncped
approaches; goes to, goes to see, visits.
upasaṅkami →
ncped
upasaṅkamita →
ncped
(from upasaṅkamati) one who approaches, goes to; one who goes to see; visits.
upasaṅkamitabba →
ncped
upasaṅkamitar →
ncped
(from upasaṅkamati) one who approaches, goes to; one who goes to see; visits.
upasaṅkamituṃ →
ncped
upasaṅkamitvā →
ncped
upasaṅkamiṃsu →
ncped
upasaṅkamma →
ncped
upasaṅkanta →
ncped
who has approached, gone to, visited; having approached, gone to
upasaṅkheyya →
ncped
to be reckoned (as).
upasaṭṭha →
ncped
troubled, afflicted, visited by troubles; trouble, affliction
upasāmayati →
ncped
calms, makes settle.
upavasati →
ncped
lives in a state of abstinence, observes (a fast or (the duties of) an uposatha day).
upavāsa →
ncped
tenant; dependant.
upaṭṭhānasālā →
ncped
audience hall, assembly hall
upekkhāsahagata →
ncped
associated with disinterestedness, accompanied by disinterestedness
uposathūpavāsa →
ncped
observance of the duties of the uposatha day
upāhanapappoṭhanasadda →
ncped
the sound of the knocking of sandals
upāsaka →
ncped
lay-follower, a lay-disciple (of the Buddha)
upāsamāna →
ncped
upāsana →
ncped
shooting (arrows); practice (of archery); practicing (a skill).
upāsati →
ncped
sits near, stays near; waits upon, serves, is devoted to; approaches; approaches respectfully.
upāsitar →
ncped
(from upāsati) one who serves, who honors.
upāyāsa →
ncped
trouble, unrest; annoyance, irritation.
upāyāsabahula →
ncped
irritable, easily annoyed
utrāsa →
ncped
trembling; fear; dread
utrāsi →
ncped
(from uttāsa) fearful, very afraid.
utrāsin →
ncped
(from uttāsa) fearful, very afraid.
uttarapāsaka →
ncped
an upper loop or fastening (for hanging a door)
uttarāsaṅga →
ncped
an upper or outer garment
uttasa →
ncped
uttasat →
ncped
uttasati →
ncped
trembles; is fearful (of, acc. and (in commentaries ) abl.)
uttānobhāsa →
ncped
appearing shallow; appearing plain
uttāsa →
ncped
trembling; fear; dread
uttāsava →
ncped
fearful, afraid
uttāsavat →
ncped
fearful, afraid
uttāsayati →
ncped
impales (on a stake)
uttāsi →
ncped
(from uttāsa) fearful, very afraid.
uttāsin →
ncped
(from uttāsa) fearful, very afraid.
uñchāsaka →
ncped
involving eating by means of gleaning or begging
uṭṭhānasampanna →
ncped
abounding in energy; zealous
vāsaṃ kappeti →
ncped
makes one’s dwelling; lives
ācamanasarāvaka →
ncped
dish for holding water (for sipping or washing)
ādānasatta →
ncped
or masculine attached to grasping; or creature of attachment
ādāsa →
ncped
looking-glass; a mirror.
ādāsaka →
ncped
mirror.
ākappasampanna →
ncped
of good deportment or appearance; decorous
ākiñcanasambhava →
ncped
the origin of the state of nothingness.
ākāsa →
ncped
- the ether; air, sky; space; open space.
- a game, playing in the air.
ākāsagata →
ncped
in the air; belonging to the sky or space
ākāsakasiṇa →
ncped
concentration on space, meditation based on space; the meditation object space
ākāsaṅgata →
ncped
in the air; belonging to the sky or space
ākāsaṭṭha →
ncped
living in the sky; being in the sky; being in the air
ākāsānañcāyatana →
ncped
the sphere or stage of the infinity of space, i.e.
- the first of the arūpa states of existence; and.
- the state of the consciousness of the infinity of space, the first arūpajhāna or one of the vimokkhas
ālokasandhi →
ncped
window; an opening to let the light in; shutters
āmasabrahmacāri →
ncped
fellow religious student belonging to the same house or community.
āmasabrahmacārin →
ncped
fellow religious student belonging to the same house or community.
āmasana →
ncped
touching; touch; considering.
āmasati →
ncped
touches, lays hold on; touches on, refers to; considers.
āmisasanthāra →
ncped
the laying out, distribution, of material goods
ānapānasati →
ncped
intentness of mind on one’s breathing in and out
ārakkhasārathi →
ncped
guarding charioteer
āsabha →
ncped
(~ī)n. coming from or produced from a bull; bull-like; belonging to a leader; lordly.
āsada →
ncped
approach; attack, attacking.
āsado →
ncped
āsadā →
ncped
āsajja →
ncped
āsajjana →
ncped
āsajjanaṃ →
ncped
āsana →
ncped
sitting; a place for sitting.
āsanantarikā →
ncped
an interval or seat
āsanapariyanta →
ncped
the last seat
āsandi →
ncped
large or long chair (generally made of basket-work)
āsandika →
ncped
bench; a chair.
āsandipañcama →
ncped
with a chair as the fifth’, four carrying a chair (as a bier)
āsanna →
ncped
- (mfn.) near, near at hand; close together; ~aṃ, adv., near.
- (n.)
- nearness, vicinity; loc. ~e, adv., near, nearby; in the vicinity (of)
āsasāna →
ncped
or aor.
āsatta →
ncped
fixed or fastened to; attached to; intent on (+ loc).
āsatti →
ncped
attachment; clinging to.
āsava →
ncped
- ‘inflowing’, influence (the concerns, attitudes, predispositions, listed as kāma, bhava, avijjā, and sometimes, ditthi, which form an obstacle to the realization of the truth.
- affliction, pain ( …
āsavakhīna →
ncped
with āsavas destroyed; free from the āsavas
āsavakkhaya →
ncped
ending, destruction of the āsavas, arahatship
āsavaṭṭhaniya →
ncped
being a basis or cause of afflictions; being a basis or cause of the āsavas
āsaya →
ncped
resting-place; home, lair, nest; receptacle; the stomach.
āsaṃsa →
ncped
āsaṃsuka →
ncped
full of expectation; hoping.
āsaṅkamāna →
ncped
āsaṅkati →
ncped
suspects; distrusts; fears.
āsādana →
ncped
insult, offensiveness.
āsādanapekkha →
ncped
looking to insult, aiming to be offensive
āsādayati →
ncped
meets, encounters, reaches; approaches with (physical or verbal) violence; strikes against, hits; offends, insults
āsādesi →
ncped
āsādetabba →
ncped
āsādeti →
ncped
meets, encounters, reaches; approaches with (physical or verbal) violence; strikes against, hits; offends, insults
āsādi →
ncped
āsādimhase →
ncped
(or of caus.)
āsādiya →
ncped
āsāvacchedika →
ncped
depending on the disappointment of expectation
āsāḷhi →
ncped
the full-moon day in the month āsāḷha; (iic) the month āsāḷha.
āsāṭikā →
ncped
the egg of a fly or other insect; a nit; vermin.
āvasa →
ncped
āvasanta →
ncped
(~antī)n.
āvasat →
ncped
āvasatha →
ncped
hose, dwelling; lodging; a public rest-house; hostel.
āvasathacīvara →
ncped
household robe (allowed to menstruating bhikkhunīs)
āvasathagāra →
ncped
dwelling; rest-house
āvasathapiṇḍa →
ncped
meal at a public rest-house
āvasati →
ncped
lives in, lives on; inhabits; dwells.
āvasika →
ncped
(from āvasati) living in or on.
āvāsa →
ncped
living, sojourn; dwelling place, inhabited place; residence, esp. a residence or dwelling for bhikkhus.
āvāsakappa →
ncped
residence practice (the practice of several residences holding separate uposathas within the same boundary)
āvāsamacchari →
ncped
selfish about dwellings
āvāsamaccharin →
ncped
selfish about dwellings
āvāsamacchariya →
ncped
selfish, meanness about dwellings
āvāsapaligedhi →
ncped
greedy, selfish about dwellings
āvāsapaligedhin →
ncped
greedy, selfish about dwellings
āvāsaparamparā →
ncped
succession of residences or dwellings
āvāsaparamparāṃ →
ncped
to all the dwellings in succession
āyasa →
ncped
made of iron
āyasakka →
ncped
disgrace, ill-repute, dishonor
āyasakya →
ncped
disgrace, ill-repute, dishonor
āyasampanna →
ncped
provided with an inlet
āyāsa →
ncped
exertion; trouble; weariness, distress.
ūhasati →
ncped
laughs; smiles at (flirtatiously)
ūnadasavassa →
ncped
(one) less than ten years’ standing
ḍasati →
ncped
ṭhitokāsa →
ncped
the place where (someone) stands or is standing or has stood or been placed.
abandonment →
nyana
Abandonment: contemplation of: patinissaggānupassanā is one of the 18 chief kinds of insight; see: vipassanā further ānāpānasati 16.
abhiññā →
nyana
…existences pubbe - nivāsānussati, 5: divine eye dibba-cakkhu, 6: ceasing of all fermentation āsavakkhaya. The stereotype text met…
abodes →
nyana
Abodes: vihāra The 4 Divine abodes: brahma-vihāra The 9 abodes of beings: sattāvāsa
adherence →
nyana
Adherence: parāmāsa clinging or attachment.
adherent →
nyana
Adherent: upāsaka disciple.
adhitthāna →
nyana
Adhitthāna, as a doctrinal term, occurs chiefly in two meanings:
- ‘Foundation’: four ‘foundations or basics’ of an Arahat’s mentality, mentioned and explained in M. 140: the foundatio …
adukkha-m-asukhā vedanā →
nyana
[[adukkha-m-asukhā vedanā]]Adukkha-m-asukhā vedanā: ‘feeling which is neither painful nor pleasant’, i.e. neutral or indifferent feeling; see: vedanā - khandha
akanittha →
nyana
Akanittha: the ‘Great or Non-junior Ones’, i.e. ‘Highest Gods’, are the inhabitants of the 5th and highest heaven of the Pure Abodes suddhāvāsa, cf. avacara deva II Anāgāmī
anattā →
nyana
Anattā: No-self, egolessness, soullessness, impersonality, absence of identity, is the last of the 3 universal characteristics of existence ti-lakkhana. This anattā doctrine, which only is t …
anicca →
nyana
Anicca: Impermanent, transient or, as abstract noun, aniccatā impermanence or change is the first of the three universal characteristics of existence tilakkhana, which is easily observable and …
anupubba-nirodha →
nyana
…sphere of Infinite space ākāsānañcāyatana, the perception of forms rūpa - saññā are extinguished. Having entered the sphere of…
anussati →
nyana
Anussati: ‘recollection’, reflection, meditation, contemplation. The six recollections often described in the Suttas e.g. A. VI, 10, 25; D. 33 are:
1: Recollection of the Buddha, *buddhānussati …
anāgāmī →
nyana
Anāgāmī: T he Non-Returner is a Noble Disciple Ariya-puggala on the 3rd stage of Nobility. There are 5 classes of Non-Returners, as it is said e.g. Pug. 42-46:
A being, through the disappea …
appamāda →
nyana
Appamāda: Alertness, attentiveness, carefulness, non-laxity, earnestness, diligence, vigilance, is considered as the foundation of all advantageous progress.
Just as all the footprints of living …
ariya-puggala →
nyana
Ariya-puggala: or simply Ariya: Noble Ones, noble persons:
The 8, Ariya = Noble Ones are those who have realized one of the 8 stages of Nobility, i.e. the 4 supra-mundane paths magga …
asankhata →
nyana
Asankhata: The Unformed, Unoriginated, Unconditioned, Uncreated & Unconstructed is a name for Nibbāna, the beyond of all becoming and conditionality.
asankhāra-parinibbāyī →
nyana
Asankhāra-parinibbāyī: The one reaching Nibbāna without effort, is one of the five classes of Non-Returners anāgāmī
asankhārika-citta →
nyana
Asankhārika-citta: An Abhidhamma term signifying a ’state of consciousness arisen spontaneously, i. e. without previous deliberation, preparation, or prompting by others; hence: ’unprepared, unpr …
asañña-satta →
nyana
Asañña-satta: The unconscious beings, are a class of divine beings in the fine-material world; see: deva II. There are, Bhikkhus, divine beings known as the unconscious ones. As soon, however, …
association →
nyana
Association: sampayutta-paccaya is one of the 24 conditional relations paccaya. *
Asubha:* Impurity, loathsomeness, foulness, disgust. - In Vis.M VI, it is the cemetery contemplations * …
assāsa-passāsa →
nyana
Assāsa-passāsa: In-and-out-breathing, are bodily constructions kāya - sankhāra, while directed thought and sustained thinking vitakka and vicāra are called verbal constructions *vacī\ …
atappa →
nyana
Atappa: T he unworried, is the name of a class of deities see: deva inhabiting the first of the five Pure Abodes suddhāvāsa, in which the Anāgāmī has his last rebirth.
atta-saññā →
nyana
Atta-saññā: Atta- citta & atta- ditthi: perception, thought, & view of an ego, self or soul is one of the 4 perversions vipallāsa.
attachments →
nyana
Attachments: see: parāmāsa
avacara →
nyana
Avacara: S phere, realm, level or dimension. The 3 levels of existence are: the sense-level kāmāvacara, the fine-material level rūpāvacara, the formless level arūpāvacara. Which things are …
aviha →
nyana
Aviha: Non-falling, immovable yet derivation is uncertain; Sanskrit avrha is one of the five Pure Abodes suddhāvāsa in the fine-material level. For details, see: under Anāgāmī
avijjā →
nyana
Avijjā: I gnorance, nescience, the blindness of not knowing, is synonymous with confusion moha (see mūla ), is the primary & deepest root of all evil and suffering in the world, veiling man’s …
bala →
nyana
Bala: ‘powers’. Among various groups of powers the following five are most frequently met with in the texts: 1 faith saddhā, 2 energy viriya, 3 awareness or mindfulness sati, 4 concentration …
beauty →
nyana
Beauty: deliverance through the perception of: cf. vimokkha II. 3 To hold for beautiful or pure subha what is impure asubha, is one of the 4 perversions see: vipallāsa.
beings →
nyana
Beings: The 9 worlds of: sattāvāsa.
bhavāsava →
nyana
Bhavāsava: ‘fermentation of existence’; see: āsava
bhāvanā →
nyana
Bhāvanā: ‘mental development’ lit. ‘calling into existence, producing’ is what in English is generally but rather vaguely called ‘meditation’. One has to distinguish 2 kinds: development of tranqu …
biases →
nyana
Biases: see: Āsava
breathing →
nyana
Breathing: awareness or mindfulness of in-and-out-breathing ānāpānasati.
buddha-sāsana →
nyana
Buddha-sāsana: see: sāsana
ceto-vimutti →
nyana
Ceto-vimutti: ‘deliverance of mind’. In the highest sense it signifies the fruition of Arahatship see: ariya-puggala and in particular, the concentration associated with it. It is often linked …
citta-vipallāsa →
nyana
Citta-vipallāsa: ‘perversion of mind’; see: vipallāsa
comprehension →
nyana
Comprehension: clear c.: see: sampajañña c. in insight, see: sammasana As an alternative tr. for full understanding, see: pariññā
ego-belief →
nyana
Ego-belief: see: ditthi, sakkāya-ditthi, vipallāsa.
ego-idea →
nyana
Ego-idea or Ego-perception: see: vipallāsa
eka-vokāra-bhava →
nyana
Eka-vokāra-bhava: one-group existence, is the existence of the unconscious beings asañña-satta as they possess only the materiality-group. Cf. catu-vokāra-bhava pañca-vokāra-bhava.
ekāsanik'anga →
nyana
[[ekāsanik’anga]]Ekāsanik’anga: the exercise of eating at one sitting, is one of the ascetic practices; see: dhutānga
fermentations →
nyana
Fermentations: see: āsava.
floods →
nyana
Floods: the 4: ogha are identical with the 4 fermentations āsava.
freedom of will →
nyana
[[freedom of will]]Freedom of will: problem of the: cf. paticcasamuppāda X.
gantha →
nyana
Gantha: ‘ties’.;There are 4 ties: the bodily tie kāyagantha of covetousness abhijjhā of ill-will vyāpāda, of clinging to rule and ritual sīlabbata-parāmāsa of dogmatical fanaticism *idam …
grasping →
nyana
Grasping: cf. parāmāsa, upādāna.
happiness →
nyana
Happiness: feeling of h.: see: sukha - The idea of h. of the world, see: vipallāsa.
hiri-ottappa →
nyana
Hiri-ottappa: ‘moral shame and Fear of Wrongdoing’, are associated with all kammically advantageous consciousness see: Tab. II.
To be ashamed of what one ought to be ashamed of, to be ashamed of …
ignorance →
nyana
*Ignorance: avijjā, further see: paticcasamuppāda 1.
indriya →
nyana
Indriya: ‘abilities’, is a name for 22, partly physical, partly mental, phenomena often treated in the Suttas as well as in the Abhidhamma. They are:
6 Bases āyatana:
- eye: …
influxes →
nyana
Influxes: fermentations, the 4: āsava
intoxicants →
nyana
Intoxicants: see: āsava.
jarā →
nyana
Jarā: ‘old age, decay’, is one of the 3 divine messengers see: deva-dūta. For its conditioning by birth, see: paticcasamuppāda 11.
jhāna →
nyana
…sphere of Infinite space ākāsānañcāyatana and abides therein.
(By ‘perceptions of matter’ rūpa - saññā are meant the…
jāti →
nyana
Jāti: ‘birth’, comprises the entire embryonic process beginning with conception and ending with parturition.
The birth of beings belonging to this or that order of beings, their being born, their …
materiality →
nyana
Materiality: produced through consciousness, kamma, etc.; see: samutthāna - Sensitive c.: pasāda-rūpa
paccaya →
nyana
Paccaya: ‘condition’, is something on which something else, the so-called ‘conditioned thing’, is dependent, and without which the latter cannot be. Many are the ways in which one thing, or one o …
papañca →
nyana
Papañca: Sanskrit prapañca In doctrinal usage, it signifies the expansion, differentiation, ‘diffuseness’ or ‘manifoldness’ of the world; and it may also refer to the ‘phenomenal world’ in gener …
paranimmita-vasavatti-deva →
nyana
Paranimmita-vasavatti-deva: ‘divine beings with power over the productions of others’, constitute a class of divine beings in the sense-sphere kāma-loka. Māra is said to be their ruler. Cf. …
paricchinnākāsa-kasina →
nyana
Paricchinnākāsa-kasina: ‘limited-space kasina’ = space kasina; see: kasina App..
parāmāsa →
nyana
Parāmāsa: ‘adherence’, attachment, ‘misapprehension’, is according to Vis.M XXII a name for wrong views; in that sense it occurs in Dhs. 1174 ff. - See sīlabbata-parāmāsa.
pasāda-rūpa →
nyana
Pasāda-rūpa: ‘sensitive materiality’, is a name for the 5 physical sense-organs responding to sense-stimuli. Cf. āyatana
paticcasamuppāda →
nyana
Paticcasamuppāda: ‘dependent origination’, is the doctrine of the conditionality of all physical and psychical phenomena, a doctrine which, together with that of impersonality anattā, forms the …
patipadā →
nyana
Patipadā: 1. ‘Road’, ’ Path ’; for instance in dukkhanirodha - gāminī - patipadā ‘the road leading to the ceasing of suffering’ = 4th Noble Truth; majjhima - patipadā ‘the Middle Way’ …
patisandhi →
nyana
Patisandhi: lit. ‘reunion, relinking’, i.e. rebirth, is one of the 14 functions of consciousness viññāna-kicca. It is a kamma-resultant type of consciousness and arises at the moment of concep …
pañca-vokāra-bhava →
nyana
Pañca-vokāra-bhava: ‘five-group existence’, is a name for existence in the sense-sphere kāmāvacara or in the fine-material sphere rūpāvacara avacara since all the 5 groups of existence …
permanency →
nyana
Permanency: idea of: see: vipallāsa
personality →
nyana
Personality: s. sakkāya For personality-belief, see: sakkāya ditthi, ditthi, attā, satta, puggala, vipallāsa.
perversions →
nyana
Perversions: the 4: vipallāsa
phala →
nyana
Phala: lit. ‘fruit’. - 1. result, effect often together with hetu cause; 2. benefit e.g. in Sāmañña-phala Sutta, ‘The Results, or Benefits, of Recluseship’; D. 2.
As ’ path -result’, or ’fru …
pleasantness →
nyana
Pleasantness: idea of: see: vipallāsa, subhanimitta.
powers →
nyana
Powers: the 5 spiritual: see: bala - For the 6 higher p., see: abhiññna For the 10 p. of a Buddha, see: dasabala - For the 4 roads to p., see: iddhipāda. For magical p., …
pubbenivāsānussati →
nyana
Pubbenivāsānussati: ‘remembrance of former births’, is one of the higher powers abhiññā, and a factor of threefold knowledge tevijja.
pure abodes →
nyana
[[pure abodes]]Pure abodes: suddhāvāsa
puthujjana →
nyana
Puthujjana: lit.: ‘one of the many folk’, ‘worldling’, ordinary man, is any layman or Bhikkhu who is still possessed of all the 10 mental chains samyojana binding to the round of rebirths, and t …
puñña-kiriya-vatthu →
nyana
Puñña-kiriya-vatthu: ‘bases of meritorious action’. In the suttas, 3 are mentioned consisting of giving generosity; dāna - maya - p of morality sīla - maya - p and of mental de …
pātihāriya →
nyana
Pātihāriya: ‘miracle’, marvel. Three marvels are ascribed to the Buddha: the marvel of magic iddhi - p the marvel of mind-reading ādesanā - p and the marvel of instruction anusāsanī \ …
taints →
nyana
Taints: Āsava
tanhā-kkhaya →
nyana
Tanhā-kkhaya: ‘ceasing of craving’, is identical with ‘ceasing of fermentations’ āsavakkhaya and the attainment of perfect Nobility or Arahatship. Cf. ariya-puggala.
tanhā →
nyana
Tanhā: lit. ‘thirst’: ‘craving’, is the chief root of suffering, and of the ever-continuing cycle of rebirths.;What, o Bhikkhus, is the origin of suffering? It is that craving which gives rise to …
tathāgata-bala →
nyana
Tathāgata-bala: the ‘ten powers of the Perfect One’; see: dasa - bala.
tatra-majjhattatā →
nyana
Tatra-majjhattatā: ‘equanimity, equipoise, mental balance’ lit., ‘remaining here and there in the middle’, is the name for a high ethical quality belonging to the sankhāra - khandha see: *kh …
ti-lakkhana →
nyana
Ti-lakkhana: the ‘3 charactcristies of existence’, or signata, are impermanency anicca, suffcring or misery dukkha see: sacca, dukkhatā no-self anattā.
Whether Perfect Ones appear in th …
āhāra →
nyana
Āhāra: ‘nutriment’, ‘food’, is used in the concrete sense as material food and as such it belongs to derived materiality see: khandha Summary I. In the figurative sense, as ‘foundation’ or susta …
ākāsa dhātu →
nyana
[[ākāsa dhātu]]Ākāsa dhātu: ‘space element’; see above and dhātu
ākāsa-kasina →
nyana
Ākāsa-kasina: ‘space-kasina exercise’; see: kasina
ākāsa →
nyana
…sphere of Infinite space ākāsānañcāyatana. According to Abhidhamma philosophy, endless space has no objective reality being purely…
ākāsānañcāyatana →
nyana
Ākāsānañcāyatana: ‘Sphere of Infinite space’, is identical with the 1st formless absorption; see: jhāna 5.
ānantarika-kamma →
nyana
Ānantarika-kamma: the 5 heinous ‘actions with immediate destiny’ are: Killing father, killing mother, killing an Arahat, wounding a Buddha so he bleeds, creating schism in the Bhikkhu-Sangha. In …
ānāpāna-sati →
nyana
Ānāpāna-sati: Awareness or mindfulness on & by in-and-out-breathing, is one of the most important trainings for reaching mental concentration and the 4 absorptions jhāna. In the Satipatthāna …
āsava →
nyana
Āsava: lit: fermentations, taints, corruptions, intoxicant biases. There is a list of four as in D. 16, Pts.M., Vibh.:
1: The mental fermentation of sense-desire kāmāsava, Ex: ’All is pleasan …
āsavakkhaya →
nyana
Āsavakkhaya: see above.
āyatana →
nyana
*Āyatana:
* 1: Spheres, is a name for the four formless absorptions; see: jhāna 5-8.
2: The 12 sources or bases on which depend the mental processes, consist of five physical sense-organs an …
a →
pts
A-1
the prep. ā shortened before double cons., as akkosati (ā + kruś), akkhāti (ā + khyā), abbahati (ā + bṛh)
Best to be classed here is the a- we call expletive. …
abbhokāsa →
pts
the open air, an open & unsheltered space DN.i.63 (= alagganatthena a. viya DN-a.i.180), DN.i.71 (= acchanna DN-a.i.210), DN.i.89; MN.iii.132; AN.ii.210; AN.iii.92; AN.iv.437, AN.v.65; Snp.p.139 (˚e …
abbhokāsika →
pts
adjective belonging to the open air, one who lives in the open, the practice of certain ascetics. DN.i.167; MN.i.282; AN.iii.220; Vin.v.131, Vin.v.193; Ja.iv.8 (+ nesajjika); Pp.69; Mil.20, Mil.342. …
abbhuggacchati →
pts
to go forth, go out, rise into DN.i.112, DN.i.127; AN.iii.252 (kitti-saddo a.) Pp.36. ger. -gantvā Ja.i.88 (ākāsaṃ), Ja.i.202; Dhp-a.iv.198 aor. -gañchi MN.i.126 (kittisaddo); Ja.i.93
pp *[a …
abbhuta →
pts
Abbhuta1
adj. nt. terrifying, astonishing; strange, exceptional puzzling, extraordinary, marvellous, supernormal Described as a term of surprise & consternation (vimhay;’ āvahass’ adhivaca …
abbhuṃ →
pts
(interj.) alas, terrible, dreadful, awful (excl. of fright & shock) Vin.ii.115 (Bdhgh. explains as “utrāsa-vacanam-etaṃ”); MN.i.448. See also abbhu & abbhuta.
Vedic abhvaṃ, nt. of abhva, see expl …
abbuda →
pts
…Vin.iii.307 (only in Samantapāsādikā; both times as sāsanassa a). 3. a very high numeral, appld. exclusively to the denotation of a…
abbūḷha →
pts
adjective drawn out, pulled (of a sting or dart), fig. removed destroyed. Most freq. in combn. -salla with the sting removed, having the sting (of craving thirst, taṇhā) pulled out DN.ii …
abhi →
pts
Abhi-
I. Meaning
- The primary meaning of abhi is that of taking possession and mastering, as contained in E. coming by and over-coming, thus literally having the function of facing …
abhibhavati →
pts
to overcome, master, be lord over, vanquish, conquer SN.i.18, SN.i.32, SN.i.121 (maraṇaṃ); SN.iv.71 (rāgadose), SN.i.117 (kodhaṃ), SN.i.246, SN.i.249 (sāmikaṃ); Ja.i.56 Ja.i.280; Pv-a.94 (= balīyati, …
abhibhāsana →
pts
enlightenment or delight (“light & delight” trsl.) Thag.613 (= tosana C.).
abhi + bhāsana fr. bhās
abhibhū →
pts
noun adjective overcoming, conquering, vanquishing, having power over, a Lord or Master of (-˚) DN.iii.29; SN.ii.284; Snp.211 (sabba˚), Snp.545 (Māra˚, cp. Mārasena-pamaddana Snp.561), Snp.642
■ O …
abhibhūta →
pts
overpowered, overwhelmed, vanquished DN.i.121; SN.i.137 (jāti-jarā˚); SN.ii.228 (lābhasakkāra-silokena); AN.i.202 (pāpakehi dhammehi); Ja.i.189; Pv-a.14, Pv-a.41 (= pareta), Pv-a.60 (= upagata), …
abhiceteti →
pts
to intend, devise, have in mind Ja.iv.310 (manasā pāpaṃ).
abhi + ceteti
abhihāra →
pts
bringing, offering, gift SN.i.82; Snp.710; Ja.i.81 (āsanâ).
fr. abhiharati
abhikkanta →
pts
adjective noun
- (adj.) lit. gone forward, gone out, gone beyond. According to the traditional expln. preserved by Bdhgh. & Dhp (see e.g. DN-a.i.227 = Kp-a.114 = Vv-a.52) it is used in …
abhilāsa →
pts
desire, wish, longing Pv-a.154.
Sk. abhilāṣa, abhi + laṣ
abhimata →
pts
adjective desired, wished for; agreeable, pleasant C on Thag.91.
BSk. abhimata, e.g. Jtm.211; pp. of abhimanyate
abhinikkhamati →
pts
…life, to retire from the world Snp.64 (= gehā abhinikkhamitvā kāsāya-vattho hutvā Snp-a.117).
abhi + nikkhamati
abhinimanteti →
pts
to invite to (c. instr.), to offer to DN.i.61 (āsanena).
abhi + nimanteti
abhinivesa →
pts
“settling in”, i.e. wishing for, tendency towards (-˚) inclination, adherence; as adj. liking, loving, being given or inclined to DN.iii.230; MN.i.136, MN.i.251; SN.ii.17; SN.iii.10 SN.iii.13, SN.iii …
abhinivisati →
pts
to cling to, adhere to, be attached to Mnd.308, Mnd.309 (parāmasati +)
pp abhiniviṭṭha; cp. also abhinivesa.
abhi + nivisati
abhippasanna →
pts
adjective finding one’s peace in (c. loc.), trusting in having faith in, believing in, devoted to (loc.) Vin.iii.43; DN.i.211 (Bhagavati) SN.i.134; SN.iv.319; SN.v.225, SN.v.378; AN.iii.237, AN.iii.27 …
abhippasāda →
pts
faith, belief, reliance, trust Dhs.12 (“sense of assurance” trsl., + saddhā), Dhs.25, Dhs.96, Dhs.288; Pv-a.223.
abhi + pasāda, cp. BSk. abhiprasāda Avs.12 (cittasyu˚) & vippasāda
abhippasādeti →
pts
to establish one’s faith in (loc.), to be reconciled with, to propitiate Thag.1173 = Vv.21#2 (manaṃ arahantamhi = cittaṃ pasādeti Vv-a.105).
Caus. of abhippasīdati, cp. BSk. abhiprasādayati Divy.68, …
abhippasīdati →
pts
to have faith in DN.i.211 (fut. ˚issati)
pp abhippasanna; Caus. abhippasādeti.
abhi + pasīdati
abhippāsāreti →
pts
to stretch out Vin.i.179 (pāde).
abhi + pasāreti, cp. BSk. abhiprasārayati Divy.389
abhiruci →
pts
delight, longing, pleasure, satisfaction Pv-a.168 (= ajjhāsaya).
Sk. abhiruci, fr. abhi + ruc
abhiruda →
pts
adjective -˚ resounding with (the cries of animals, esp. the song of birds), full of the sound of (birds) Thag.1062 (kuñjara˚), Thag.1113 (mayūra-koñca˚) Ja.iv.466 (adāsakunta˚); Ja.v.304 (mayūra-k …
abhirūpa →
pts
…abhirūpa dassanīya pāsādika (+ paramāya vaṇṇa-pokkharatāya samannāgata), e.g. Vin.i.268; DN.i.47, DN.i.114, DN.i.120;…
abhisamaya →
pts
“coming by completely”, insight into, comprehension, realization clear understanding, grasp, penetration. See on term Kvu trsl. 381 sq
■ Esp. in full phrases: attha˚; grasp of what is proficient …
abhisambhuṇāti →
pts
to be able (to get or reach); only in neg ppr. anabhisambhuṇanto unable DN.i.101 (= asampāpuṇanto avisahamāno vā DN-a.i.268); Mnd.77, Mnd.312.
considered to be a bastard form of abhisambhavati, bu …
abhisambuddha →
pts
- (pass.) realised, perfectly understood DN.iii.273; SN.iv.331; Iti.121 an˚; not understood MN.i.71, MN.i.92, MN.i.114, MN.i.163, MN.i.240
- (med.) one who has come to the realisation of the highe …
abhisambujjhati →
pts
to become wideawake, to awake to the highest knowledge, to gain the highest wisdom (sammāsambodhiṃ) DN.iii.135; Iti.121 aor. -sambujjhi SN.v.433; Pv-a.19. In combn. *abhisambujjhati abh …
abhisameta →
pts
completely grasped or realised, understood mastered SN.v.128 (dhamma a.), SN.v.440 (anabhisametāni cattāri ariyasaccāni, cp. Divy.654 anabhisamitāni c.a.) AN.iv.384 (appattaṃ asacchikataṃ +).
pp. of …
abhisameti →
pts
to come by, to attain, to realise grasp, understand (cp. adhigacchati) Mil.214 (catusaccâbhisamayaṃ abhisameti). frequently in combn. *abhisambujjhati abhisameti; abhisambujjhitvā abhisamet …
abhisaṅga →
pts
I. sticking to, cleaving to, adherence to Ja.v.6; Ne.110 Ne.112; Dhs-a.129 (˚hetukaṃ dukkhaṃ), Dhs-a.249 (˚rasa).
fr. abhi + sañj, cp. abhisajjati & Sk. abhisanga
abhisitta →
pts
- sprinkled over, anointed Snp.889 (manasā, cp. Mnd.298); Mil.336 (amatena loka a.).
- consecrated (King), inaugurated (more freq. in this conn. is avasitta), Vin.iii.44; AN.i.107 (khattiyo khattiye …
abhivissattha →
pts
confided in, taken into confidence MN.ii.52 (variant reading ˚visaṭṭha).
abhi + vissattha, pp. of abhivissasati, Sk. abhiviśvasta
abhiṇhaṃ →
pts
adverb repeatedly, continuous, often MN.i.442 (˚āpattika a habitual offender), MN.i.446 (˚kāraṇa continuous practice); Snp.335 (˚saṃvāsa continuous living together); Ja.i.190; Pp.32; Dhp-a.ii.239; Vv …
accasara →
pts
adjective
- going beyond the limits (of proper behaviour), too self-sure, overbearing, arrogant, proud SN.i.239 (variant reading accayasara caused by prolepsis of foll. accaya); Ja.iv.6 (atisara); …
accasari →
pts
of atisarati to go beyond the limit, to go astray Ja.v.70.
fr. ati + sṛ.
accasarā →
pts
overbearing, pride, selfsurity Vb.358 (+ māyā). Note. In id. p. at Pp.23 we read acchādanā instead of accasarā.
abstr. to accasara
accasārin →
pts
adjective = accasara 1., aspiring too high Snp.8 sq. (yo nâccasārī, opp. to na paccasārī; expld. at Snp-a.21 by yo nâtidhāvi, opp. na ohiyyi).
accaya →
pts
…Snp.102 (catunnaṃ māsānaṃ), Snp.p.110 (rattiyā); Ja.i.253 (ekāha-dvīh˚), Ja.i.291 (katipāh˚ after a few days); Pv-a.47…
accharā →
pts
Accharā1
feminine the snapping of the fingers, the bringing together of the finger-tips:
- (lit.) accharaṃ paharati to snap the fingers Ja.ii.447; Ja.iii.191; Ja.iv.124, Ja.iv.126 Ja. …
acchati →
pts
- to sit, to sit still Vin.i.289; AN.ii.15; Iti.120 (in set carati tiṭṭhati a. sayati, where otherwise nisinna stands for acchati) Vv.74#1 (= nisīdati Vv-a.298); Pv-a.4.
- to stay remain, to lea …
acchera →
pts
adjective = acchariya wonderful, marvellous SN.i.181; Vv.84#13 (comp. accheratara); Pv.iii.5#1 (˚rūpa = acchariyasabhāva Pv-a.197); Sdhp.244, Sdhp.398.
acchādanā →
pts
covering, hiding, concealment Pp.19, Pp.23
■ Note. In id. p. at Vb.358 we read accasarā for acchādanā. Is the latter merely a gloss?
= prec.
accāsanna →
pts
adjective very near, too near Pv-a.42 (na a. n’âtidūra neither too near nor too far, at an easy distance).
ati + asanna
acittaka →
pts
adjective
- without thought or intention, unconscious, unintentional Dhp-a.ii.42.
- without heart or feeling, instr. acittakena (adv.) heartlessly Ja.iv.58 (C. for acetasā).
a + citta2 + ka
adasaka →
pts
adjective see dasā.
addasā →
pts
3rd sg. aor. of *dassati; see *dassati 2 a. Adda & Addayana
addha →
pts
Addha1
(num.) one half, half (˚-) DN.i.166 (˚māsika); AN.ii.160 (-māsa); Ja.i.59 (-yojana); iii. 189 (˚māsa).
= aḍḍha, q.v.
Addha2
adjective soiled, wet; fig. attached …
addhan →
pts
(in compounds addha˚;)
- (of space a path, road, also journey (see compounds & derivations); only in one ster. phrase Ja.iv.384 = Ja.v.137 (pathaddhuno paṇṇarase va cando, gen. for loc. ˚addha …
adhama →
pts
adjective the lowest (lit. & fig.), the vilest, worst Snp.246; (narādhama), 135 (vasalâdhama); Dhp.78 (purisa˚) Ja.iii.151 (miga˚); Ja.v.394 (uttamâdhama), Ja.v.437 (id.), Ja.v.397 Sdhp.387.
Vedic …
adhi →
pts
…cp Fr. sur-nom; ˚vāsāna assent, ˚vāseti to dwell in, give in = consent 2. where: ˚tiṭṭhati (˚ṭṭhāti) to stand by =…
adhibhāsati →
pts
to address, to speak to; aor. ajjhabhāsi Vin.ii.195; SN.i.103; SN.iv.117; Snp.p.87; Pv-a.56, Pv-a.90.
adhi + bhāsati
adhigacchati →
pts
to get to, to come into possession of, to acquire, attain, find; fig. to understand DN.i.229 (vivesaṃ) MN.i.140 (anvesaṃ n’ âdhigacchanti do not find); SN.i.22 (nibbānaṃ); SN.ii.278 (id.); AN.i.162 (i …
adhika →
pts
adjective exceeding, extraordinary, superior, Pp.35; Vv-a.80 (= anadhivara, visiṭṭha); DN-a.i.141, DN-a.i.222; Dpvs.v.32 (an˚); Dhp-a.iii.238 Kp-a.193 (= anuttara); Sdhp.337, Sdhp.447
■ compar …
adhikaraṇa →
pts
- attendance, supervision, management of affairs, administration Pv-a.209.
- relation, reference, reason, cause, consequence DN.ii.59 (-˚: in consequence of); SN.ii.41; SN.v.19. Esp. acc. -ṃ as …
adhimana →
pts
-adj. n. attention, direction of mind, concentration Snp.692 (adhimanasā bhavātha). (adj.) directing one’s mind upon, intent (on) Ja.iv.433 (= pasannacitta); Ja.v.29 (an˚; variant reading ˚māna).
adhi + mano
adhivattha →
pts
adjective inhabiting, living in (c. loc.) Vin.i.28; SN.i.197; Ja.i.223; Ja.ii.385; Ja.iii.327; Pv-a.17. The form adhivuttha occurs at Ja.vi.370.
pp. of adhivasati
adhivāsa →
pts
endurance, forbearance, holding out; only as adj. in dur˚; difficult to hold out Thag.111.
fr. adhi + vas
adhivāsaka →
pts
Adhivāsaka & Adhivāsika
adjective willing, agreeable, enduring, patient Vin.iv.130; MN.i.10, MN.i.526; AN.ii.118 AN.iii.163; AN.v.132; Ja.iii.369 (an˚); Ja.iv.11, Ja.iv.77.
fr. adhivāsa
adhivāsana →
pts
- assent AN.iii.31; Dhp-a.i.33.
- forbearance, endurance MN.i.10; Ja.ii.237 Ja.iii.263; Ja.iv.307; Ja.v.174.
fr. adhi + vas
adhivāsanatā →
pts
patience, endurance, Dhs.1342; Vb.360 (an˚).
abstr. fr. adhivāsana
adhivāseti →
pts
…SN.iv.76; Dhp-a.i.33; Pv-a.17, Pv-a.20, Pv-a.75 and freq. passim
caus adhivāsāpeti to cause to wait Ja.i.254.
Caus. of…
adhivāsika →
pts
Adhivāsaka & Adhivāsika
adjective willing, agreeable, enduring, patient Vin.iv.130; MN.i.10, MN.i.526; AN.ii.118 AN.iii.163; AN.v.132; Ja.iii.369 (an˚); Ja.iv.11, Ja.iv.77.
fr. adhivāsa
adhiṭṭhāna →
pts
- decision, resolution, self-determination, will (cp. on this meaning Cpd. 62; DN.iii.229 (where 4 are enumerated, viz. paññā˚, sacca˚ cāga upasama˚); Ja.i.23; Ja.v.174; Pts.i.108; Pts.ii.171 sq., …
adho →
pts
adverb below, usually combd. or contrasted with uddhaṃ “above” and tiriyaṃ “across”, describing the 3 dimensions
■ uddhaṃ and …
adinna →
pts
past participle that which is not given, freq. in phrase adinn’ ādāna (BSk. adattādāna Divy.302 seizing or grasping that which is not given to one i.e. stealing, is the 2nd of the ten qua …
adāsa →
pts
kind of bird Ja.iv.466.
prob. = adaṃsa, from ḍasati to bite, cp. dāṭhā tooth; lit meaning “toothless” or “not biting”
agga →
pts
Agga1
adjective noun
- (adj.)
- of time: the first, foremost Dpvs.iv.13 (saṅgahaṃ first collection). See cpds
- of space: the highest, topmost, Ja.i.52 (˚sākhā)
- of qual …
agghanaka →
pts
adjective (-˚) having the value of, equal to, worth Vin.iv.226; Ja.i.61 (satasahass˚), Ja.i.112; DN-a.i.80 (kahāpaṇ˚); Dhp-a.iii.120 (cuddasakoṭi˚); Mhvs.26, Mhvs.22; Mhvs.34, Mhvs.87
■ f. *-ikā …
agghati →
pts
intr. to be worth, to have the value of (acc.), to deserve Ja.i.112 (satasahassaṃ; aḍḍhamāsakaṃ); Ja.vi.174, Ja.vi.367 (padarajaṃ); Dhp-a.iii.35 (maṇin nâgghāma); Mhvs.32, Mhvs.28. Freq. in stock phr …
aggi →
pts
fire.
- fire, flames, sparks; conflagration Vin.ii.120 (fire in bathroom); MN.i.487 (anāhāro nibbuto f. gone out for lack of fuel); SN.iv.185, SN.iv.399 (sa-upādāno jalati provided with fuel blazes …
agha →
pts
Agha1
neuter evil, grief, pain, suffering, misfortune SN.i.22; MN.i.500 (roga gaṇḍa salla agha); AN.ii.128 (id.); Ja.v.100; Thig.491; Sdhp.51
■ adj. painful, bringing pain Ja.vi.507 (a …
agāra →
pts
…1. kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati “to shave off hair & beard, put on the yellow…
ahe →
pts
indeclinable exclamation of surprise or bewilderment: alas! woe etc., perhaps in cpd. ahevana a dense forest (lit. oh! this forest, alas! the forest (i.e. how big it is) Ja.v.63 (uttamāhevanandaho, …
ahāsa →
pts
absence of exultancy, modesty Ja.iii.466 (= an-ubbillāvitattaṃ C.).
a + hāsa, cp. Sk. ahāsa & aharṣa
ajja →
pts
Ajja & Ajjā
adverb to-day, now Snp.75 Snp.153, Snp.158, Snp.970, Snp.998; Dhp.326; Ja.i.279; Ja.iii.425 (read bahutaṃ ajjā; not with Kern, Toev. s. v. as “food”); Pv.i.11#7 (= idāni Pv-a.59); Pv-a …
ajjhapara →
pts
SN.v.218: substitute variant reading accasara (q.v.).
ajjhatta →
pts
adjective noun that which is personal, subjective, arises from within (in contrast to anything outside, objective or impersonal); as adv. & ˚interior, personal, inwardly (opp.; bahiddhā bāhira etc o …
ajjhokāsa →
pts
the open air, only in loc. ajjhokāse in the open Vin.i.15; SN.i.212; Dhp-a.iv.100.
adhi + okāsa
ajjhosita →
pts
hanging on, cleaving to, being bent on, (c. loc.) SN.ii.94 (+ mamāyita); AN.ii.25 (diṭṭha suta muta +); Mnd.75 Mnd.106, Mnd.163 = Nd ii under nissita; Thig.470 (asāre = taṇhāvasena abhiniviṭṭha Thag …
ajjhosāya →
pts
being tied to, hanging on, attached to only in phrase a. tiṭṭhati (+ abhinandati, same in Divy MN.i.266; SN.iv.36 sq.; SN.iv.60, SN.iv.71 sq.; Mil.69. See also ajjhosa.
ger. o …
ajjhācāra →
pts
- minor conduct (conduct of a bhikkhu as to those minor rules not included in the Pārājikas or Saṃghādisesas) Vin.i.63 (see note in Vin. Texts, i.184.
- flirtation Vin.iii.128 (in the Old Cy as ex …
ajjhāpīḷita →
pts
harassed, overpowered, tormented Pv-a.180 (khuppipāsāya by hunger & thirst).
adhi + ā + pīḷita
ajjhāsaya →
pts
intention, desire, wish, disposition, bent DN.ii.224 (adj.: intent on, practising); Ja.i.88, Ja.i.90; Ja.ii.352; Ja.v.382; Dhs-a.314, Dhs-a.334; Pv-a.88, Pv-a.116, Pv-a.133 (adj. dān˚ intent on o …
ajjhāsayatā →
pts
desire, longing Pv-a.127 (uḷār˚ great desire for c. loc.).
abstr. to ajjhāsaya
ajjhāvasatar →
pts
one who inhabits DN.i.63 (agāraṃ).
n. ag. to ajjhāvasati
ajjhāvasati →
pts
to inhabit (agāraṃ a house; i.e. to be settled or live the settled life of a householder DN.ii.16; MN.i.353; Vin.iv.224; Ja.i.50; Pp.57; Mil.348
pp ajjhāvuttha (q.v.).
adhi …
ajjhāvuttha →
pts
inhabited, occupied (of a house) Vin.ii.210; Ja.i.145; Ja.ii.333; Pv-a.24 (˚ghara); fig. (not) occupied by Snp-a.566 (= anosita).
cp. Sk. adhyuṣita; pp. of ajjhāvasati
ajjā →
pts
Ajja & Ajjā
adverb to-day, now Snp.75 Snp.153, Snp.158, Snp.970, Snp.998; Dhp.326; Ja.i.279; Ja.iii.425 (read bahutaṃ ajjā; not with Kern, Toev. s. v. as “food”); Pv.i.11#7 (= idāni Pv-a.59); Pv-a …
akkha →
pts
Akkha1
the axle of a wheel DN.ii.96; SN.v.6; AN.i.112; Ja.i.109, Ja.i.192; Ja.v.155 (akkhassa phalakaṃ yathā; C.: suvaṇṇaphalakaṃ viya, i.e. shiny, like the polished surface of an axle …
akkhi →
pts
the eye MN.i.383 (ubbhatehi akkhīhi); Snp.197, Snp.608; Ja.i.223, Ja.i.279; Ja.v.77; Ja.vi.336; Pv.ii.9#26 (akkhīni paggharanti: shed tears, cp. Pv-a.123); Vv-a.65 (-īni bhamanti, my eyes swi …
akkhāna →
pts
telling stories, recitation; tale, legend DN.i.6 (= DN-a.i.84: Bhārata-Rāmāyanādi); DN.iii.183; MN.i.503; MN.iii.167; Sdhp.237
■ preaching, teaching Mnd.91 (dhamm˚;). The 5th Veda J …
akkosa →
pts
shouting at, abuse, insult, reproach, reviling Snp.623; Mil.8 (+ paribhāsa); Snp-a.492 Thag-a.256; Pv-a.243; Dhp-a.ii.61.
- -vatthu always as dasa a˚\ …
akkosaka →
pts
adjective one who abuses, scolds or reviles, + paribhāsaka AN.ii.58; AN.iii.252; AN.iv.156; AN.v.317; Pv-a.251.
from last
akkosati →
pts
to scold, swear at, abuse, revile Ja.i.191; Ja.ii.416; Ja.iii.27; Dhp-a.i.211; Dhp-a.ii.44. Often combined with paribhāsati, e.g. Vin.ii.296; Dhp-a.iv.2; Pv-a.10
aor *[a …
akkuṭṭha →
pts
adjective noun
- (adj.) being reviled, scolded, railed at Snp.366 (= dasahi akkosavatthūhi abhisatto Snp-a.364); Ja.vi.187.
- (nt.) reviling, scolding, swearing at; in combination *akkuṭṭha-vandi …
alasa →
pts
adjective idle, lazy, slack, slothful, languid SN.i.44, SN.i.217; Snp.96 (= jāti-alaso Snp-a.170); Ja.iv.30; Dhp.280 (= mahā-alaso Dhp-a.iii.410). Opp. analasa vigorous energetic SN.i.44; DN.iii …
alasatā →
pts
sloth, laziness; only in neg. analasatā zeal, industry Vv-a.229.
abstr. fr. alasa
alaṃ →
pts
indeclinable emphatic particle
- in affirmative sentences: part. of assurance emphasis = for sure, very much (so), indeed, truly. Note. In connection with a dat. or an infin. the latter only app …
alla →
pts
adjective (only ˚-)
- moist, wet MN.iii.94 (-mattikā -puñja a heap of moist clay; may be taken in meaning 2).
- fresh (opp. stale), new; freshly plucked, gathered or caught, viz.
- *-kusam …
alola →
pts
adjective undisturbed, not distracted (by desires), not wavering: of firm resolution, concentrated Snp.65 (= nillolupa Cnd.98; = rasavisesesu anākula Snp-a.118).
a + lola
amama →
pts
adjective not egotistical, unselfish Snp.220 (+ subbata), Snp.777; Ja.iv.372 (+ nirāsaya); Ja.vi.259 (= mamāyana-taṇhā-rahita C.); Pv.iv.1#34 (= mamaṃkāravirahita Pv-a.230); Mhvs.1, Mhvs.66, comb …
amata →
pts
Amata1
neuter
- The drink of the gods, ambrosia, water of immortality, (cp BSk. amṛta-varṣa “rain of Ambrosia” Jtm.221).
- A general conception of a state of durability & non-change a …
ambala →
pts
at Ja.ii.246 (˚koṭṭhaka-āsana-sālā) for ambara1 (?) or for ambaka2 (?), or should we read kambala˚?.
ambila →
pts
adjective sour, acid; one of the 6 rasas or tastes, viz. a., lavaṇa, tittaka, kaṭuka kasāya, madhura (see under rasa): thus at Mil.56. Another enumeration at Cnd.540 & Dhs.629
■ Ja …
amha →
pts
…Snp-a.392 reads asmanā pāsāṇena).
- -maya made of stone, hard Dhp.161 (= pāsāṇa˚ Dhp-a.iii.151).
Sk. aśman, see…
amājāta →
pts
adjective born in the house, of a slave Ja.i.226 (dāsa, so read for āmajāta, an old mistake, expld. by C. forcibly as “āma ahaṃ vo dāsī ti”!). See also āmāya.
amā + jāta; amā adv. “at hom …
amāyāvin →
pts
adjective without guile, not deceiving, honest DN.iii.47 (asaṭha +), DN.iii.55 (id.), DN.iii.237; Dhp-a.i.69 (asaṭhena a.).
a + māyāvin, cp. amāya
anabhisambhuṇamāna →
pts
adjective not obtaining, unable to get or keep up DN.i.101 (= asampāpuṇanto avisahamāno vā DN-a.i.268).
ppr. med. of an + abhisambhuṇāti
anabhāva →
pts
the utter cessation of becoming. In the oldest Pali only in adj. form anabhāvaṃ kata or gata. This again found only in a string of four adjectives together expressing the most utter destruction. They …
anasana →
pts
not eating, fasting, hunger DN.iii.75 & in same context at Snp.311 (= khudā Snp-a.324).
an + asana, cp. Sk. an-aśana
anasitvāna →
pts
without eating, fasting Ja.iv.371.
ger. of an + aśati
anassana →
pts
imperishableness, freedom from waste Ja.iv.168.
a + nassana, naś; cp. Sk. naśana
anassāsika →
pts
adjective not consoling, discouraging not comforting MN.i.514; SN.ii.191.
an + assāsa + ika; cp. Sk. āśvāsana & BSk. anāśvāsika Divy.207
anassāvin →
pts
adjective not intoxicated, not enjoying or finding pleasure in Snp.853 (sātiyesu a. = sātavatthusa kāmaguṇesu taṇhasanthavavirahita Snp-a.549).
an + assāvin; cp. assāva + āsava
anaya →
pts
misfortune, distress Mil.277, usually combd. with vyasana (as also in BSk, e.g. Jtm.215; Vin.ii.199; SN.iv.159; AN.v.156; Mil.292; Vv-a.327 Sdhp.362.
a + naya
anikkasāva →
pts
adjective not free from impurity, impure, stained Dhp.9 = Thag.969 = Ja.ii.198 = Ja.v.50; Dhp-a.i.82 (= rāgâdīhi kasāvehi sakasāva).
a + nikkasāva, cp. nikasāva
anna →
pts
“eating”, food, esp. boiled rice, but includes all that is eaten as food, viz. odana, kummāsa, sattu, maccha, maṃsa (rice gruel, flour, fish, meat) Mnd.372 = Mnd.495. Anna is spelt *[aṇṇa](/define/aṇṇ …
anoka →
pts
houselessness, a houseless state, fig freedom from worldliness or attachment to life, singleness SN.v.24 = AN.v.232 = Dhp.87 (okā anokaṃ āgamma). adj. homeless, free from attachment SN.i.176; Dhp.87 ( …
anta →
pts
Anta1
- end, finish, goal SN.iv.368 (of Nibbāna); Snp.467; Ja.ii.159. antaṃ karoti to make an end (of) Snp.283, Snp.512; Dhp.275, cp. antakara, ˚kiriyā
■ loc. ante at the end of, …
antalikkha →
pts
the atmosphere or air DN.ii.15; AN.iii.239; AN.iv.199; Snp.222, Snp.688; Dhp.127; Mil.150 = Pv-a.104; Pv.i.3#1 (= vehāyasa-saññita a Pv-a.14); Kp-a.166.
- -ga going through the air AN.i.215.
- …
antamaso →
pts
adverb even Vin.iii.260; Vin.iv.123; DN.i.168; MN.iii.127; AN.v.195; Ja.ii.129; DN-a.i.170; Snp-a.35; Vv-a.155.
orig. abl. of antama, *Sk. antamaśah; cp. BSk. antaśah as same formation fr. anta, …
antara →
pts
adjective Primary meanings are “inside” and “in between” as adj. “inner”; in prep. use & in compounds “inside, in between”. Further development of meaning is with a view of contrasting the (two) sides …
antaraṭṭhaka →
pts
adjective only in phrases rattisu antaraṭṭhakāsu and antaraṭṭhake hima-pātasamaye (in which antara functions as prep. c. loc., according to antara II. b.) i.e. in the nights (& in the time of the …
antarāyikin →
pts
adjective noun one who meets with an obstacle, finding difficulties Vin.iv.280 (an˚ = asati antarāye).
cp. antarāyika
antima →
pts
adjective last, final (used almost exclusively with ref. to the last & final reincarnation thus in combn. with deha & sarīra;, the last body) DN.ii.15; Dhp.351; Iti.50 (antimaṃ dehaṃ dhār …
anto →
pts
indeclinable prep. inside, either c. acc. denoting direction = into, or c. loc. denoting place where = in. As prefix (˚-) in, within, inside, inner (see compounds)
- prep c. acc. anto nivesanaṃ g …
anu →
pts
Anu1
indeclinable prep. & pref
A.
As prep. anu is only found occasionally, and here its old (Vedic) function with acc. is superseded by the loc. Traces of …
anubhavana →
pts
experiencing, suffering; sensation or physical sensibility (cf. Cpd. 229, 2321) Ne.28 (iṭṭhâniṭṭh-ânubhavana-lakkhanā vedanā “feeling is characterised by the experiencing of what is ple …
anubhāsati →
pts
to speak after, to repeat DN.i.104; Mil.345; DN-a.i.273.
anu + bhāsati
anuga →
pts
(-˚) adjective suffix following or followed by, going after, undergoing, being in or under standing under the influence of Snp.332 (vasa˚; in the power of), Snp.791 (ejā˚; = abhibhūta Snp.527), 1 …
anugacchati →
pts
to go after, to follow, to go or fall into (w. acc.) Kp-a.223; Pv-a.141 (˚gacchanto) aor. -gamāsi Vin.i.16, & anvagā Mhvs.7, Mhvs.10; 3rd pl *[anvagū](/define/anvag …
anuhasati →
pts
to laugh at, to ridicule DN-a.i.256.
anu + hasati
anukūla →
pts
adjective favourable, agreeable, suitable, pleasant Vv-a.280; spelt anukula at Sdhp.297, Sdhp.312.
anuloma →
pts
adjective “with the hair or grain”, i.e. in natural order, suitable, fit, adapted to, adaptable straight forward DN.ii.273 (anānuloma, q.v.) SN.iv.401; Pts.ii.67, Pts.ii.70; Dhp-a.ii.208
■ nt. dire …
anumajjati →
pts
- to strike along, to stroke, to touch DN-a.i.276 (= anumasati).
- to beat, thresh fig. to thresh ont Ja.vi.548; Mil.90
pass anumajjīyati Mil.275 (cp. p. 428).
anu + majjati
anumasati →
pts
to touch DN.i.106 (= anumajjati DN-a.i.276).
anu + masati
anunāsika →
pts
adjective nasal; as tt. g. the sound ṃ; in -lopa apocope of the nasal ṃ Vv-a.114 Vv-a.253, Vv-a.275, Vv-a.333.
anu + nāsā + ika
anupahata →
pts
Anupahata1
thrown up, blown up Mil.274.
anu + pa + hata, pp. of anu + pa + han
Anupahata2
adjective not destroyed, not spoilt Dhp-a.ii.33 (˚jivhapasāda) …
anupasaṅkamati →
pts
Anupasaṅkamati1
to go along up to (c. acc.) Pv-a.179.
anu + pa + saṃkamati
Anupasaṅkamati2
not to go to. not to approach Dhp-a.ii.30 (+ apayirupāsati).
an + upasank˚
anupasaṇṭhapanā →
pts
not stopping, incessance, continuance Pp.18 (but id. p. at Vb.357 has anusansandanā instead); cp. anupabandhanā.
an + upasaṇṭhapanā
anupañcāhaṃ →
pts
adverb every five days Pv-a.139 (+ anudasāhaṃ).
anu + pañcā + ahaṃ
anupiya →
pts
(anuppiya) adjective flattering, plessant, nt. pleasantness, flattery, in -bhāṇin one who flatters I iii.185; Ja.ii.390; Ja.v.360; and -bhāṇitar id. Vb.352.
anu + piya
anuposathikaṃ →
pts
see anvaḍḍhamāsaṃ.
anupubba →
pts
adjective following in one’s turn, successive, gradual, by and by, regular Vin.ii.237 (mahāsamuddo a˚-ninno etc.); DN.i.184; Snp.511; Ja.v.155 (regularly formed, of ūrū). Cases adverbially: *[anupubb …
anupāyāsa →
pts
see upāyāsa.
anurūpa →
pts
adjective suitable, adequate, seeming, fit, worthy; adapted to, corresponding, conform with (-˚ Ja.i.91; Ja.vi.366 (tad˚); Pv-a.61 (ajjhāsaya˚ according to his wish), Pv-a.128 (id.), Pv-a.78, Pv- …
anusandhi →
pts
connection, (logical) conclusion, application DN-a.i.122 (where 3 kinds are enumerated, viz. pucchā˚, ajjhāsayā˚, yathā˚); Ne.14 (pucchato; Hard., in Index “complete cessation”?!). Esp. freq in (Jā …
anusatthar →
pts
instructor, adviser Ja.iv.178 (ācariya +). Cp anusāsaka.
n. ag. to anu + sās, cf. Sk. anuśāsitṛ & P. satthar
anusatthi →
pts
admonition, rule, instruction Ja.i.241; Mil.98, Mil.172, Mil.186 (dhamma˚), Mil.225, Mil.227, Mil.347.
Sk. anuśāsti, anu + śās, cp. anusāsana
anusavati →
pts
at SN.ii.54 (āsavā na a.; variant reading anusayanti) & iv. 188 (akusalā dhammā na a.; variant reading anusenti) should preferably be read anusayati: see anuseti 2.
anusiṭṭha →
pts
instructed, admonished, advised; ordered, commanded MN.ii.96; Ja.i.226; Pv.ii.8#11; Mil.284, Mil.349.
Vedic anuśiṣṭa, pp. of anusāsati
anussarati →
pts
to remember, recollect, have memory of (acc.), bear in mind; be aware of DN.ii.8, DN.ii.53, DN.ii.54 (jātito etc.); SN.iii.86 sq. (pubbenivāsaṃ), SN.v.67 (dhammaṃ a. anuvitakketi), 303 (kappasahassaṃ) …
anussati →
pts
remembrance, recollection, thinking of, mindfulness. A late list of subjects to be kept in mind comprises six anussati-ṭṭhānāni, viz. Buddha˚, Dhamma˚, Saṅgha˚ sīla˚, cāga˚, devatā˚; i.e. prope …
anusāsaka →
pts
adviser, instructor, counsellor Ja.ii.105; Mil.186, Mil.217, Mil.264. Cp. anusatthar.
fr. anusāsati
anusāsana →
pts
advice, instruction, admonition DN.iii.107; AN.i.292 (˚pāṭihāriya cp. anusāsanī); Mil.359.
Vedic anuśāsana, fr. anu + śās
anusāsanī →
pts
instruction, teaching, commandment, order SN.v.108; AN.ii.147; AN.iii.87 AN.v.24 sq., AN.v.49, AN.v.338; Ja.v.113; Thig.172, Thig.180; Pv.iii.7#6 Thag-a.162; Vv-a.19, Vv-a.80, Vv-a.81.
- *-[pāṭi …
anusāsati →
pts
- to advise, admonish, instruct in or give advice upon (c. acc.) to exhort to Vin.i.83; DN.i.135; DN.ii.154; Dhp.77, Dhp.159 (aññaṃ); Ja.vi.368; Cp.i.10#3; Pv.ii.6#8; Pv-a.148
grd anusāsiya V …
anuttara →
pts
adjective “nothing higher”, without a superior, incomparable, second to none, unsurpassed, excellent, preeminent Snp.234 (= adhikassa kassaci abhāvato Kp-a.193), 1003; Dhp.23, Dhp.55 (= asadisa appaṭ …
anuvasati →
pts
to live with somebody, to dwell, inhabit Ja.ii.421. Caus. -vāseti to pass, spend (time) Ja.vi.296
pp -vuttha (q.v.).
anu + vasati
anuvattin →
pts
adjective following, acting according to or in conformity with (-˚), obedient Ja.ii.348 (f. ˚inī), Ja.iii.319 (id.); Dhp.86 (dhamma˚); Vv.15#5 (vasa˚ = anukūlabhāvena vattana sīla Vv-a.71); Dhp-a.i …
anuvicarati →
pts
to wander about, stroll roam through, explore DN.i.235; Ja.ii.128; Ja.iii.188; Pv-a.189 (= anupariyāti)
caus -vicāreti to think over (lit. to make one’s mind wander over), to meditate ponder (cp …
anuvicarita →
pts
reflected, pondered over, thought out SN.iii.203 (manasā); DN-a.i.106 (= anucarita).
pp. of anuvicāreti
anuvuttha →
pts
living with, staying, dwelling Ja.ii.42 (cira˚); Ja.v.445 (id.).
pp. of anuvasati, cf. Sk. anūṣita
anuvāsana →
pts
an oily enema, an injection Mil.353.
fr. anuvāseti
anuvāseti →
pts
to treat with fragrant oil, i.e. to make an injection or give an enema of salubrious oil Mil.169; grd. -vāsanīya ibid.; pp. -vāsita Mil.214.
anu + vāseti, Caus. of vāsa3 odour, perfume
anuḍasati →
pts
to bite Ja.vi.192.
anu + ḍasati
anvaḍḍhamāsaṃ →
pts
adverb every fortnight, twice a month MN.ii.8; Vin.iv.315 (= anuposathikaṃ) Dhp-a.i.162; Dhp-a.ii.25.
anu + aḍḍha + māsa
anvāhata →
pts
struck, beaten; perplexed Dhp.39 (˚cetasa).
pp. of anu + ā + han
anvāsanna →
pts
endowed with, possessed of, attacked by, Ud.35 (doubtfull; variant reading ajjhāpanna) = AN.iv.356 which has anvāsatta.
pp. of anu + ā + sad
anvāsatta →
pts
clung on to, befallen by (instr.), attached to AN.iv.356 (variant reading anvāhata), cp. Ud.35 (anvāsanna q.v.) See also foll.
pp. of anu + ā + sañj, cp. anusatta = Sk. anusakta
anvāsattatā →
pts
being attacked by, falling a prey to (instr.), attachment to Dhp-a.i.287 (in same context as anvāsatta AN.iv.356 & anvāsanna Ud.35).
abstr. fr. anvāsatta
anvāya →
pts
undergoing, experiencing, attaining; as prep. (c. acc.) in consequence of, through after DN.i.13 (ātappaṃ by means of self-sacrifice), DN.i.97 (saṃvāsaṃ as a result of their cohabitation); Ja.i.56 (b …
anāsaka →
pts
adjective fasting, not taking food SN.iv.118. f. -ā [cp. Sk. anāśaka nt.] fasting, abstaining from food Dhp.141 (= bhatta-paṭikkhepa Dhp-a.iii.77).
an + āsaka
anāsakatta →
pts
fasting Snp.249 (= abhojana Snp-a.292).
abstr. of anāsaka
anāsasāna →
pts
adjective not longing after anything Snp.369 (Snp-a.365 however reads anāsayāna & has anāsasāna as variant reading Cp. also vv.ll. to āsasāna. Expld by kañci rūpâdi-dhammaṃ nâsiṃsati Snp\ …
anāsava →
pts
adjective free from the 4 intoxications (see āsava) Vin.ii.148 = Vin.ii.164; DN.iii.112; Snp.1105, Snp.1133; Dhp.94, Dhp.126, Dhp.386; Cnd.44; Iti.75; Pp.27, Dhs.1101 Dhs.1451; Vb.4 …
anāvuttha →
pts
adjective not dwelt in DN.ii.50.
an + āvuttha, pp. of āvasati
anāvāsa →
pts
adjective noun uninhabited, an uninhabited place Vin.ii.22, Vin.ii.33; Ja.ii.77.
an + āvāsa
anāyasa →
pts
adjective void of means, unlucky, unfortunate Vv.84#5 (= natthi ettha āyo sukhan ti anāyasaṃ Vv-a.335).
an + āya + sa, or should we read anāyāsa?
anāyāsa →
pts
adjective free from trouble or sorrow, peaceful Thag.1008.
an + āyāsa
anītiha →
pts
adjective not such and such, not based on hearsay (itiha), not guesswork or (mere) talk AN.ii.26; Thag.331 (cp. MN.i.520); Snp.1053 (= Cnd.49, Cnd.151); Ja.i.456; Ne.166 (cp. Iti.28).
an + ītīha, th …
anūhata →
pts
adjective not rooted out, not removed or destroyed Thag.223 = Cnd.97#4; Dhp.338 (= asamucchinna Dhp-a.iv.48).
pp. of an + ūhaññati, ud + han
apakassati →
pts
to throw away, remove Snp.281 (variant reading BB & Snp-a ava˚; expld. by niddhamati & nikkaḍḍhati Snp-a.311)
ger apakassa Sn.ii.198 = Mil.389. See also *[apakāsat …
apakāsati →
pts
at Vin.ii.204 is to be read as apakassati and interpreted as “draw away, distract, bring about a split or dissension (of the Sangha)”. The variant reading on p. Vin.ii.325 just …
apalāsin →
pts
adjective either “not neglectful, pure, clean” (= apalāpin fr. palāsa chaff cp. apalāyin at Ja.v.4), or “not selfish, not hard, generous (as inferred from combn. with amakkhin & amaccharin) …
apalāyin →
pts
adjective not running away, steadfast, brave, fearless Cnd.13 (abhīru anutrāsin apalāyin as expln. of acchambhin and vīra); Ja.iv.296; Ja.v.4 (where C gives variant “apalāpinī ti pi pāṭho …
apara →
pts
adjective another, i.e. additional, following next, second (with pron. inflexion, i.e. nom. pl apare) DN.iii.190 (˚pajā another, i.e. future generation) Snp.791, Snp.1089 (n’); Ja.i.59 (aparaṃ divasaṃ …
aparaṇṇa →
pts
…AN.iv.112 (tila-mugga-māsā˚; opp. sāli-yavaka etc.); Cnd.314 (aparaṇṇaṃ nāma sūpeyyaṃ); Ja.v.406 (˚jā = hareṇukā pea);…
apasakkati →
pts
to go away, to go aside Ja.iv.347 (variant reading for apavattati); Vv-a.101; Pv-a.265 (aor ˚sakki = apakkami).
apa + sakkati
apasavya →
pts
adjective right (i.e. not left), contrary Ud.50 (T. has niṭṭhubhitvā abyāmato karitvā; vv ll. are apabhyāmāto, abhyāmato & C. apasabyāmato) where C. explains apasabyāmato karitvā by apasabyaṃ katvā “w …
apasāda →
pts
putting down, blame, disparagement MN.iii.230.
fr. apa + sad
apasādeti →
pts
- to refuse, decline Vin.iv.213, Vin.iv.263; Ja.v.417 (= uyyojeti).
- to depreciate blame, disparage Vin.iii.101; MN.iii.230 (opp. ussādeti) DN-a.i.160
pp *[apasādita](/defin …
apasādita →
pts
blamed, reproached, disparaged SN.ii.219; Snp-a.541.
pp. of apasādeti
apavattati →
pts
to turn away or aside, to go away Ja.iv.347 (variant reading apasakkati).
apa + vṛt, cp. Lat. āverto
apavyāma →
pts
disrespect, neglect, in phrase apayvāmato (apaby˚) karoti to treat disrespectfully, to insult, defile SN.i.226 (variant reading abyāmato; C. explains apabyāmato karitvā abyāmato …
apeta →
pts
adjective gone away; (med.) freed of, rid of, deprived of (instr., abl. or ˚-) Dhp.9 (damasaccena); Pv-a.35 (dukkhato); usually ˚-in sense of “without, -less”, e.g. apeta-kaddama free from mud st …
api →
pts
indeclinable both prep. & conj., orig meaning “close by”, then as prep. “towards, to, on to on” and as adv. “later, and, moreover”.
- (prep. pref.)
- prep. c. loc.: api ratte later on in the n …
appa →
pts
adjective small, little, insignificant, often in the sense of “very little = (next to) nothing” (so in most compounds); thus expld. at Vv-a.334 as equivalent to a negative part. (see *[a …
appamatta →
pts
Appamatta1
adjective see appa.
appa + matta
Appamatta2
adjective not negligent, i.e. diligent, careful, heedful, vigilant, alert zealous MN.i.391–MN.i.92; …
appamaññā →
pts
boundlessness, infinitude, as psych. t. t. appld. in later books to the four varieties of philanthropy, viz mettā karuṃā muditā upekkhā i.e. love, pity, sympathy desinterestedness, and as …
appamāda →
pts
thoughtfulness, carefulness, conscientiousness, watchfulness, vigilance, earnestness, zeal DN.i.13 (: a. vuccati satiyā avippavāso DN-a.i.104); DN.iii.30 DN.iii.104 sq., DN.iii.112, DN.iii.244, DN.ii …
appasāda →
pts
see pasāda.
appatissa →
pts
(& appaṭissa) adjective not docile, rebellious, always in combn. with agārava AN.ii.20; AN.iii.7 sq., AN.iii.14 sq., AN.iii.247, AN.iii.439. Appatissa-vāsa an unruly state anarchy Ja.ii. …
appaṭivāṇitā →
pts
not being hindered, non-obstruction, free effort; only in phrase “asantuṭṭhitā ca kusalesu dhammesu appaṭivāṇitā ca padhānasmiṃ” (discontent with good states and the not shrinking back in the strug …
appesakkha →
pts
adjective of little power, weak, impotent SN.ii.229; Mil.65; Sdhp.89.
acc. to Childers = Sk. *alpa + īśa + ākhya, the latter fr. ā + khyā “being called lord of little”; Trenckner on Mil.65 (see …
appita →
pts
adjective
- fixed, applied, concentrated (mind) Mil.415 (mānasa) Sdhp.233 (citta).
- brought to, put to, fixed on Ja.vi.78 (maraṇamukhe); visappita (an arrow to which) poison (is) applied, so rea …
appossukka →
pts
adjective unconcerned, living at ease, careless, “not bothering”, keeping still, inactive Vin.ii.188; MN.iii.175, MN.iii.176; SN.i.202 (in stock phrase appossukka tuṇhībhūta saṅkasāya “living at eas …
apāhata →
pts
driven off or back, refuted, refused Snp.826 (˚smiṃ = apasādite vade Snp-a.541).
pp. of apa + hṛ.
apāya →
pts
“going away” viz.
- separation, loss Dhp.211 (piya˚ = viyoga Dhp-a.iii.276).
- loss (of property) DN.iii.181, DN.iii.182; AN.ii.166; AN.iv.283; Ja.iii.387 (atth˚).
- leakage, out flow (of water) …
arahant →
pts
adjective noun Before Buddhism used as honorific title of high officials like the English ʻHis Worship’; at the rise of Buddhism applied popularly to all ascetics (Dial. iii.3–6). Adopted by the Bu …
arañña →
pts
forest DN.i.71; MN.i.16; MN.iii.104; SN.i.4, SN.i.7, SN.i.29, SN.i.181, SN.i.203 (mahā); AN.i.60 (˚vanapatthāni); AN.ii.252; AN.iii.135, AN.iii.138; Snp.39, Snp.53, Snp.119; Dhp.99, Dhp.329, Dhp.330; …
ariya →
pts
adjective noun
- (racial) Aryan DN.ii.87.
- (social) noble, distinguished, of high birth.
- (ethical) in accord with the customs and ideals of the Aryan clans, held in esteem by Aryans, gene …
asabala →
pts
adjective unspotted DN.ii.80 = DN.iii.245.
a + sabala
asabbha FIXME double →
pts
Asabbhin = asabbha
Ja.i.494, more freq. in compounds as asabbhi˚; e.g.
asabbha →
pts
adjective not belonging to the assembly-room, not consistent with good manners; impolite, vile, low, of base character Ja.iii.527 (mātugāma); Dhp.77 = Ja.iii.367 = Thag.994; Mil.221; Dhp-a.i.256; Th …
asabbhin →
pts
Asabbhin = asabbha
Ja.i.494, more freq. in compounds as asabbhi˚; e.g.
asabha →
pts
asacca →
pts
adjective not true, false Ja.v.399.
a + sacca
asaddha →
pts
adjective not believing, without faith DN.iii.252, DN.iii.282.
a + saddha
asaddhamma →
pts
evil condition, sin, esp. sexual intercourse; usually mentioned as a set of several sins, viz. as 3 at Iti.85; as 4 at AN.ii.47; as 7 at DN.iii.252, DN.iii.282; as 8 at Vin.ii.202.
a + sat + dhamma …
asadisa →
pts
adjective incomparable, not having its like Dhp-a.ii.89; Dhp-a.iii.120 (˚dāna).
a + sadisa
asagguṇa →
pts
bad quality, vice Sdhp.382 (˚bhāvin, the a˚ belongs to the whole cpd.). Asankita & iya;
a + sagguṇa
asahana →
pts
adjective not enduring, non-endurance, inability Ja.iii.20; Pv-a.17.
a + sahana
asahāya →
pts
adjective one who is without friends; who is dependent on himself Mil.225.
a + sahāya
asajjamāna →
pts
adjective not clinging, not stuck, unattached Snp.38, Snp.71 (cp. Cnd.107) Dhp.221 (nāmarūpasmiṃ a. = alaggamana Dhp-a.iii.298).
ppr. med. of a + sajjati, sañj
asajjhaya →
pts
non-repetition Dhp.241 (cp. Dhp-a.iii.347).
a + sajjhāya
asajjittho →
pts
asakka →
pts
adjective impossible Ja.v.362 (˚rūpa).
a + sakka; Sk. aśakya
asakkhara →
pts
adjective not stony, free from gravel or stones, smooth Ja.v.168; Dhp-a.iii.401 (opp. sasakkhara).
a + sakkhara
asakkuṇeyya →
pts
adjective impossible, unable to Ja.i.55; Kp-a.185 and passim.
grd. of a + sakkoti
asakyadhītā →
pts
not a true Buddhist nun Vin.iv.214.
a + sakyadhītā
asama →
pts
Asama1
adjective unequal, incomparable Ja.i.40 (+ appaṭipuggala); Sdhp.578 (+ atula). Esp. freq. in cpd -dhura lit. carrying more than an equal burden, of incomparable strength, very …
asamaggiya →
pts
lack of concord, disharmony Ja.vi.516 (so read for asāmaggiya).
abstr. fr. a + samagga
asamapekkhana →
pts
-ā (f.) lack of consideration SN.iii.261; Dhs.390, Dhs.1061, Dhs.1162.
fr. a + sam + apekkhati
asamaṇa →
pts
at Pp.27 is to be read assamaṇa (q.v.).
asambādha →
pts
adjective unobstructed Snp.150 (= sambādha-virahita Kp-a.248); Ja.i.80; Thag-a.293.
a + sambādha
asamiddhi →
pts
misfortune, lack of success Ja.vi.584.
a + samiddhi
asamijjhanaka →
pts
adjective unsuccessful, without result, fruitless; f. -ikā Ja.iii.252.
a + samijjhana + ka
asammodiya →
pts
disagreement, dissension Ja.vi.517 (= asamaggiya C.).
a + sammodiya
asammosa →
pts
absence of confusion DN.iii.221 = Dhs.1366.
a + sammosa cp. B.Sk. asammoṣadharman epithet of the Buddha; Divy.49 etc
asamosaraṇa →
pts
not coming together, not meeting, separation Ja.v.233.
a + samosaraṇa
asampajañña →
pts
lack of intelligence DN.iii.213; Dhs.390, Dhs.1061, Dhs.1162, Dhs.1351.
a + sampajañña
asampakampiya →
pts
adjective not to be shaken, not to be moved Snp.229 (= kampetuṃ vā cāletuṃ vā asakkuṇeyyo Kp-a.185).
grd. of a + sampakampeti
asampāyanto →
pts
unable to solve or explain Snp.p.92.
ppr. of a + sampāyati
asamāhita →
pts
adjective not composed, uncontrolled, not firm Iti.113 (opp. susamāhita); Dhp.110, Dhp.111; Pp.35.
a + samāhita
asana →
pts
Asana1
neuter stone, rock Ja.ii.91; Ja.v.131.
Vedic aśan(m)
Asana2
neuter eating, food; adj. eating Ja.i.472 (ghatâsana epithet of the fire; Ja.v.64 (id.) Usually in neg. for …
asandhitā →
pts
absence of joints, disconnected state Ja.vi.16.
a + sandhi + tā
asani →
pts
orig. a sharp stone as hurling-weapon thence in mythol. Indra’s thunderbolt thunder-clap, lightning Ja.i.71, Ja.i.167; Ja.ii.154; Ja.iii.323; Mil.277; Vv-a.83.
- -aggi the fire …
asannata →
pts
adjective not bent or bending Sdhp.417.
a + sannata
asantanto →
pts
Asantasaṃ & ˚anto
adjective fearless, not afraid Snp.71, Snp.74; Ja.iv.101; Ja.vi.306; Cnd.109.
ppr. of a + santasati
asantasaṃ →
pts
Asantasaṃ & ˚anto
adjective fearless, not afraid Snp.71, Snp.74; Ja.iv.101; Ja.vi.306; Cnd.109.
ppr. of a + santasati
asanthava →
pts
dissociation, separation from society, seclusion Snp.207.
a + santhava
asanto →
pts
Asat (Asanto)
not being, not being good, i.e. bad, not genuine (cp. asa); freq., e.g. Snp.94 Snp.131, Snp.881, Snp.950; Dhp.73, Dhp.77, Dhp.367; Iti.69 (asanto nirayaṃ nenti). See also *[asaddhamma]( …
asantuṭṭha →
pts
not contented with, greedy, insatiate, unhappy Snp.108. Cp. next.
pp. of a + santussati
asantuṭṭhitā →
pts
dissatisfaction, discontentment DN.iii.214 (so read for tutth˚ = AN.i.95.
abstr. fr. asantuṭṭhita = asantuṭṭha
asantāsin →
pts
adjective fearless, not trembling, not afraid Snp.850; Dhp.351; Cnd.109; Dhp-a.iv.70.
a + santāsin, cp. asantāsaṃ
asanāti →
pts
to eat, to consume (food) Ja.i.472; Ja.v.64; Ja.vi.14 (Esb. note: read asnāti; C. paribhuñjati).
see asati
asapatta →
pts
adjective noun (act.) without enmity, friendly (med.) having no enemy or foe, secure peaceful DN.ii.276; Snp.150 (= vigata-paccatthika, mettavihārin Kp-a.249); Thig.512.
a + sapatta = Sk. sapatna
asapattī →
pts
without co-wife or rival in marriage SN.iv.249.
a + sapattī
asappurisa →
pts
low, bad or unworthy man MN.iii.37; Snp-a.479 (= anariya Snp.664).
a + sappurisa, cp. asat
asat →
pts
Asat (Asanto)
not being, not being good, i.e. bad, not genuine (cp. asa); freq., e.g. Snp.94 Snp.131, Snp.881, Snp.950; Dhp.73, Dhp.77, Dhp.367; Iti.69 (asanto nirayaṃ nenti). See also *[asaddhamma]( …
asati →
pts
*Asati
(& Asanāti q.v.) to eat; imper. asnātu Ja.v.376; fut. asissāmi Thag.223; Snp.970
ppr med asamāna Ja.v.59; Snp.239. ger. asitvā Mil.167; & *a …
asatiyā →
pts
adverb heedlessly, unintentionally Ja.iii.486.
instr. of a + sati
asatta →
pts
adjective not clinging or attached, free from attachment Snp.1059; Dhp.419; Cnd.107, Cnd.108; Dhp-a.iv.228.
pp. of a + sajjati
asattha →
pts
noun adjective absence of a sword or knife, without a knife, usually combd. with adaṇḍa in var. phrases see under daṇḍa. Also at Thag.757 (+ avaṇa).
a + sattha
asayaṃvasin →
pts
adjective not under one’s own control, i.e. dependent DN.ii.262; Ja.i.337.
a + sayaṃ + vasiṃ
asayha →
pts
adjective impossible, insuperable Ja.vi.337. Usually in cpd. -sāhin conquering the unconquerable, doing the impossible, acchieving what has not been achieved before Thag.536; Pv.ii.9#22 (Angīrasa); …
asañña →
pts
adjective unconscious, -sattā unconscious beings Name of a class of Devas DN.i.28 (cp. DN-a.i.118 and BSk. asaṃjñika-sattvāḥ Divy.505).
a + saññā
asaññata →
pts
adjective unrestrained, intemperate, lacking self-control Iti.43 = Iti.90; Snp.662 = Dhp.307.
a + saññata, pp. of saṃ + yam
asaññin →
pts
adjective unconscious DN.i.54 (˚gabbhā, cp. DN-a.i.163); iii.111, iii.140, iii.263; Iti.87; Snp.874.
a + saññin
asaṃhārima →
pts
adjective = asaṃhāriya (?) Vin.iv.272.
asaṃhāriya →
pts
adjective not to be destroyed or shattered Iti.77; Thag.372; Cnd.110.
grd. of a + saṃharati
asaṃhīra →
pts
adjective immovable, unconquerable, irrefutable Vin.ii.96; SN.i.193; AN.iv.141 AN.v.71; Snp.1149 (as epithet of Nibbāna, cp. Cnd.110); Ja.i.62; Ja.iv.283 (˚citta unfaltering); Dpvs.iv.12.
= asaṃhāriy …
asaṃsaṭṭha →
pts
adjective not mixed or mixing, not associating, not given to society MN.i.ai4; SN.i.63; Snp.628 = Dhp.404 (= dassana-savana-samullāpa paribhogakāya-saṃsaggānaṃ abhāvena Snp-a.468 = Dhp-a.iv.173). …
asaṃvara →
pts
absence of closing or restraint, no control Dhs.1345.
a + saṃvāra
asaṃvata →
pts
adjective unrestricted, open Ja.vi.306.
pp. of + saṃvuṇati, cp. saṃvuta
asaṃvindaṃ →
pts
not finding, not knowing Thag.717.
ppr. a + saṃvindati
asaṃvuta →
pts
adjective not restrained Dhs.1345, Dhs.1347.
pp. of a + saṃvuṇāti, cp. saṃvata
asaṃvāsa →
pts
adjective deprived of co-residence, expelled from the community Vin.iv.213, Vin.iv.214.
a + saṃvāsa
asaṃṭhita →
pts
adjective not composed, unsettled, fickle Iti.62, Iti.94.
a + saṇṭhita
asaṅga →
pts
adjective not sticking to anything, free from attachment, unattached Thig.396 (˚mānasa, = anāsattacitta Thag-a.259); Mil.343. Cp. next.
a + sanga
asaṅgita →
pts
adjective not sticking or stuck, unimpeded, free, quick Ja.v.409.
fr. asanga, a + sangita, or should we read asangika?
asaṅkheyya →
pts
adjective incalculable, innumerable, nt. an immense period AN.ii.142; Mil.232 (cattāri a.), Mil.289; Dhp-a.i.5, Dhp-a.i.83, Dhp-a.i.104.
a + sankheyya, grd. of saṃ- khyā
asaṅkita →
pts
Asaṅkita & ˚iya
adjective not hesitating, not afraid, not anxious, firm, bold Ja.i.334 (˚iya), Ja.v.241; Sdhp.435, Sdhp.541.
a + sankita, pp. of śaṅk
asaṅkiya →
pts
Asaṅkita & ˚iya
adjective not hesitating, not afraid, not anxious, firm, bold Ja.i.334 (˚iya), Ja.v.241; Sdhp.435, Sdhp.541.
a + sankita, pp. of śaṅk
asaṅkuppa →
pts
adjective not to be shaken; immovable; steady, safe (Ep. of Nibbāna) Snp.1149 (cp. Cnd.106); Thag.649.
a + sankuppa, grd. of kup
asaṅkusaka →
pts
adjective [a + sankusaka, which is distorted from Sk. sankasuka splitting, crumbling, see Kern,
Toevoegselen
p. 18 not contrary Ja.vi.297 (˚vattin, C. appaṭilomavattin, cp. Ja trsln.vi.143).
asaṭha →
pts
adjective without guile, not fraudulent, honest DN.iii.47, DN.iii.55, DN.iii.237; Dhp-a.i.69.
a + saṭha
asecanaka →
pts
adjective unmixed, unadulterated, i.e. with full and unimpaired properties, delicious, sublime, lovely MN.i.114; SN.i.213 (a. ojava “that elixir that no infusion needs Mrs Rh. D.) = Thig.55 (expl<su …
asekha →
pts
Asekha & Asekkha
adjective & noun not requiring to be trained, adept, perfect, m. one who is no longer a learner, an expert; very often meaning an Arahant (cp B.Sk. aśaikṣa occurring only in phrase ś …
asekkha →
pts
Asekha & Asekkha
adjective & noun not requiring to be trained, adept, perfect, m. one who is no longer a learner, an expert; very often meaning an Arahant (cp B.Sk. aśaikṣa occurring only in phrase ś …
asevanā →
pts
not practising, abstinence from Snp.259 (= abhajanā apayirupāsanā Kp-a.124).
a + sevanā
asi →
pts
sword, a large knife DN.i.77 (= DN-a.i.222); MN.ii.99; AN.i.48 = (asinā sīsaṃ chindante); AN.iv.97 (asinā hanti attānaṃ); Ja.iv.118 (asi sunisito), Ja.iv.184; Ja.v.45 (here meaning “sickle”), Ja.v.47 …
asita →
pts
Asita1
having eaten, eating; (nt.) that which is eaten or enjoyed, food MN.i.57; AN.iii.30, AN.iii.32 (˚pīta-khāyita etc.); Pv-a.25 (id.); Ja.vi.555 ˚(āsana having enjoyed one’s food, sa …
asman →
pts
stone, rock; only in instr. asmanā Snp-a.362.
Vedic aśman; the usual P. forms are amha and asama2
asmasati →
pts
to trust, to rely on Ja.v.56 (Pot. asmase).
spurious form for the usual assasati = Sk. āśvasati
asmiye →
pts
pres. med. of aś to eat, in sense of a fut. “I shall eat” Ja.v.397, Ja.v.405 (C. bhuñjissāmi). The form is to be expld. as denom. formn. fr
■ āśa food, = aṃsiyati and with me …
asnāti →
pts
to eat; imper asnātu Ja.v.376.
Sk. aśnāti to eat, to take food; the regular Pāli forms are asati (as base) and asanāti
assaka →
pts
Assaka1
(-˚) with a horse, having a horse; an’ without a horse Ja.vi.515 (+ arathaka).
assa3 + ka
Assaka2
adjective not having one’s own, poor, destitute MN.i.4 …
assamaṇa →
pts
not a true Samaṇa Vin.i.96; Snp.282; Pp.27 (so read for asamaṇa); Pp-a.207
■ f assamaṇī Vin.iv.214.
a + samaṇa
assasati →
pts
- to breathe, to breathe out, to exhale Ja.i.163; Ja.vi.305 (gloss assāsento passāsento susu ti saddaṃ karonto); Vism.272. Usually in combn. with passasati to inhale …
assattha →
pts
Assattha1
the holy fig-tree, Ficus, Religiosa the tree under which the Buddha attained enlightenment i.e. the Bo tree Vin.iv.35; DN.ii.4 (sammā-sambuddho assatthassa mūle abhisambuddho); …
assavanīya →
pts
adjective not pleasant to hear Sdhp.82.
a + savanīya
assavati →
pts
to flow Ja.ii.276 (= paggharati C.). Cp. also āsavati.
ā + sru
assādeti →
pts
to taste SN.ii.227 (lābha-sakkārasilokaṃ); Vism.73 (paviveka-sukha-rasaṃ); Dhp-a.i.318.
Denom. fr. assāda
assāraddha →
pts
variant reading at Iti.111 for asāraddha.
assāsa →
pts
- (lit.) breathing, esp. breathing out (so Vism.272), exhalation, opp. to passāsa inhalation, with which often combd. or contrasted; thus as cpd. assāsa-passāsa mea …
assāsaka →
pts
adjective noun
- (cp. assāsa 1) having breath, breathing, in an˚; not able to draw breath Vin.iii.84; Vin.iv.111.
- (cp. assāsa2) (m. & nt.) that which gives comfort & relief, confiden …
assāseti →
pts
to console, soothe, calm, comfort, satisfy Ja.vi.190, Ja.vi.512; Dhp-a.i.13.
Caus. of assasati
assāsika →
pts
adjective only in neg. an˚; not able to afford comfort, giving no comfort or security. MN.i.514 MN.iii.30 Ja.ii.298 (= aññaṁ assāsetuṁ asamatthaṭāya na assāsika). cp. Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit anāśvā …
assāvin →
pts
adjective only in an˚; not enjoying or finding pleasure, not intoxicated Snp.853 (sātiyesu a. sāta-vatthusa kāmaguṇesu taṇhā-santhava-virahita Snp-a.549) See also āsava.
ā + sru
asu →
pts
pronoun pron. dẹmonstr “that”, that one, usually combd. with yo (yaṃ), e.g. asu yo so puriso MN.i.366; yaṃ aduṃ khettaṃ SN.iv.315. nom. sg. m. asu SN.iv.195; Mil.242; f. *[ …
asubha →
pts
adjective impure, unpleasant, bad, ugly, nasty; nt. ˚ṃ nastiness, impurity. Cp. on term and the Asubha-meditation, as well as on the 10 asubhas or offensive objects Dhs. trsl. 70 and Cpd. 121 n. …
asura →
pts
fallen angel, a Titan pl. asurā the Titans, a class of mythological beings. Dhpāla at Pv-a.272 & the C. on Ja.v.186 define them as kāḷakañjaka-bhedā asurā. The are classed with other similar infer …
asādhāraṇa →
pts
adjective not general, not shared, uncommon, unique Vin.iii.35 Kp.viii.9; Ja.i.58, Ja.i.78; Mil.285; DN-a.i.71; Sdhp.589, Sdhp.592.
a + sādhāraṇa cp. asādhāraṇa Divy.561
asāhasa →
pts
absence of violence, meekness, peaceableness DN.iii.147 (asāhase rata fond of peace); acc as adv. asāhasaṃ without violence, not arbitrarily Ja.iii.319 instr. asāhasena id. Ja.vi.280; Dhp.257 (= amu …
asāmapāka →
pts
adjective one who does not cook (a meal) for himself (a practice of ascetics) DN-a.i.270.
a + sāma + pāka
asāra →
pts
noun adjective that which is not substance, worthlessness; adj. worthless, vain, idle Snp.937 (= asāra nissāra sārâpagata Mnd.409); Dhp.11, Dhp.12 (cp. Dhp-a.i.114 for interpretation).
a + sāra
asāraddha →
pts
adjective not excited, cool AN.i.148 = Iti.119 (passaddho kāyo a.; variant reading assāraddha).
a + sāraddha
asāraka →
pts
adjective unessential, worthless, sapless, rotten Thag.260; Ja.ii.163 = Dhp-a.i.144.
a + sāraka
asāta →
pts
adjective disagreeable Vin.i.78 (asātā vedanā, cp. asātā vedanā M Vastu I 5); Snp.867; Ja.i.288, Ja.i.410; Ja.ii.105; Dhs.152, Dhs.1343.
a + sāta, Sk. aśāta, Kern’s interpretation & etymology of asā …
asīti →
pts
number 80 (on symbolical meaning & freq. application see; aṭṭha1 B 1 c, where also most of the ref’s In addition we mention the foll.:) Ja.i.233 (˚hattha 80 hands, i.e. 80 cubits deep); J …
ati →
pts
indeclinable adv. and prep of direction (forward motion), in primary meaning “on and further”, then “up to and beyond”.
I. in abstr position
adverbially (only as ttg.): in excess, extremel …
atibrūheti →
pts
to shout out, roar, cry Ja.v.361 (= mahāsaddaṃ nicchāreti).
ati + brūheti, bṛh2, but by C. taken incorrectly to brū; cp. Sk. abhi-bṛṇhayati
aticca →
pts
gerundive
- passing beyond, traversing, overcoming, surmounting Snp.519, Snp.529, Snp.531 Used adverbially = beyond, in access, more than usual exceedingly Snp.373, Snp.804 (= vassasataṃ atikkamitvā …
atidūra →
pts
adjective very or too far Vin.i.46; Ja.ii.154; Pv.ii.9#65 = Dhp-a.iii.220 (vv.ll. suvidūre); Pv-a.42 (opp. accāsanna).
ati + dūra
atikkamati →
pts
- to go beyond, to pass over, to cross, to pass by.
- to overcome, to conquer, to surpass, to be superior to
■ Ja.iv.141; Dhp.221 (Pot. ˚eyya overcome);
■ Pv-a.67 (maggena: passes by).
grd *at …
atikkanta →
pts
passed beyond, passed by, gone by, elapsed; passed over, passing beyond, surpassing Ja.ii.128 (tīṇi saṃvaccharāni); Dhp-a.iii.133 (tayo vaye passed beyond the 3 ages of life); Pv-a.55 (māse ˚e after …
atipāta →
pts
attack, only in phrase pāṇātipāta destruction of life, slaying, killing, murder DN.i.4 (pāṇātipātā veramaṇī, refraining from killing, the first of the dasasīla or decalogue); DN-a.i.69 (= pāṇavadha …
atireka →
pts
adjective surplus, too much; exceeding, excessive, in a high degree extra Vin.i.255; Ja.i.72 (˚padasata), Ja.i.109; Ja.i.441 (in higher positions); Mil.216; Dhs-a.2; Dhp-a.ii.98.
- *-[cīvara](/def …
atisara →
pts
adjective transgressing, sinning Ja.iv.6; cp. atisāra.
fr. atisarati; cp. accasara
atisarati →
pts
to go too far, to go beyond the limit, to overstep, transgress, aor. accasari (q.v.) Snp.8 sq (opp. paccasari; C. atidhāvi); Ja.v.70 and atisari Ja.iv.6. ger …
ativasa →
pts
adjective being under somebody’s rule, dependent upon (c. gen.) Dhp.74 (= vase vattati Dhp-a.ii.79).
ati + vasa fr. vas
attan →
pts
atta (the latter is the form used in compn.)
I. Inflection
- of attan- (n. stem); the foll. cases are the most freq:
■ acc. attānaṃ DN.i.13, DN.i.18 …
attha →
pts
Attha1
(also aṭṭha, esp. in combinations mentioned under 3) masculine & neuter
- interest, advantage, gain; (moral) good blessing, welfare; profit, prosperity, well-b …
atthi →
pts
to be, to exist.
pres Ind. 1st sg. asmi Snp.1120, Snp.1143; Ja.i.151; Ja.iii.55 and amhi MN.i.429; Snp.694; Ja.ii.153; Pv.i.10#2; Pv.ii.8#2.
■ 2 …
atīta →
pts
adjective noun
- (temporal) past, gone by (cp. accaya 1)
- adj.; atītaṃ addhānaṃ in the time which is past SN.iii.86; AN.iv.219; AN.v.32
■ Pv.ii.12#12 (atītānaṃ, scil. attabhāvāuaṃ par …
- adj.; atītaṃ addhānaṃ in the time which is past SN.iii.86; AN.iv.219; AN.v.32
ava →
pts
Ava˚
prefix
I. Relation between ava & o
Phonetically the difference between ava & o is this, that; ava is the older form, whereas o represents a later development. Histor …
avabhāsa →
pts
Only in cpd. gambhīrāvabhāso DN.ii.55, looking deep. Same cpd. at AN.ii.105 Pp.46 has obhāsa.
later form of obhāsa
avabhāsaka →
pts
(-˚) adjective shining, shedding light on, illuminating Sdhp.14.
fr. avabhāsa
avacchedaka →
pts
…after the manner of cutting off mouthfuls (of food) Vin.ii.214 Vin.iv.196; cp. āsāvacchedika whose hope or longing has been cut off…
avahasati →
pts
to laugh at, deride, mock Ja.v.111 (aññamaññaṃ); Pv-a.178
aor avahasi Ja.iv.413.
ava + has
avahāra →
pts
taking, acquiring, acquisition Vin.v.129 (pañca avahārā, viz. theyya˚, pasayha˚, parikappa˚ paṭicchanna˚, kusa˚).
fr. avaharati
avakārin →
pts
adjective (-˚) despising, degrading, neglecting Vb.393 sq. (an˚). Avakasa & okasa;
fr. avakāra
avakāsa →
pts
Avakāsa & okāsa
- “appearance”: akkhuddâvakāso dassanāya not little (or inferior) to behold (of appearance) DN.i.114; ariyāvakāsa appearing noble or having the app. of an Aryan Ja.v.87; katâvakāsa pu …
avapakāsati →
pts
is a doubtful compd. of kassati, the combd. ava + pa occurring only in this word. In all likelihood it is a distortion of vavakassati (vi + ava + kass …
avasa →
pts
adjective powerless Sdhp.290. Avasata & Osata;
a + vasa
avasarati →
pts
to go down, to go away (to) Snp.685 (variant reading BB. T. avaṃsari).
ava + sṛ.
avasaṭa →
pts
Avasaṭa & Osaṭa
withdrawn, gone away; one who has left a community & gone over to another sect, a renegade Vin.iv.216, Vin.iv.217 (= titthāyatanaṃ saṃkata).
Sk. apasṛta, cp. also samavasṛta, pp. of …
avassana →
pts
not bleating Ja.iv.251.
a + vassana, Sk. vāsana of vāś to bleat
avasseti →
pts
to lean against, to depend on, find shelter in (loc.) Ja.ii.80 (aor. avassayiṃ = vāsaṃ kappesiṃ C.). pp. avassita.
ava + ā + śri, for the usual *apāśrayati; see *[apasseti] …
avassuta →
pts
adjective
- (lit.) flowing out or down, oozing, leaking Ja.iv.20.
- (fig.) (cp. anvāssava & āsava) filled with desire lustful (opp.; anavassuta, q.v.) Vin.ii.236; SN.iv.70, SN.iv.184 (an˚); AN. …
avasāna →
pts
(-˚) neuter stopping ceasing; end, finish, conclusion Ja.i.87 (bhattakicc-âvasāne at the end of the meal); Pv-a.76 (id.).
for osāna
avasāya →
pts
stopping, end, finish Thig.12 (= avasānaṃ niṭṭhānaṃ Thag-a.19). But the id. p. at Dhp.218 has anakkhāte.
fr. avaseti
avaṃ →
pts
adverb the prep. ava in adv. use, down, downward; in C. often expld. by adho. Rarely absolute, the only passage found so far being Snp.685 (avaṃ sari he went down, variant …
avecca →
pts
adverb certainly, definitely, absolutely, perfectly, expld. by Bdhgh. as acala (on DN.ii.217), or as paññāya ajjhogahetvā (on Snp.229); by Dhp. as apara-paccaya-bhāvena (on Pv.iv.1#25)
…
avedha →
pts
adjective not to be hurt or disturbed, inviolable unshakable, imperturbable Snp.322 (˚dhamma = akampanasabhāva Snp-a.331).
a + vedha, grd. of vidh (vyadh) to pierce, Sk. avedhya
aviddasu →
pts
adjective ignorant, foolish Snp.762 (= bāla Snp-a.509); Dhp.268 = Cnd.514 (= aviññū Dhp-a.iii.395); Pv-a.18 (so read for avindasu). Avinasaka (ika)
a + viddasu
avijjā →
pts
ignorance; the main root of evil and of continual rebirth (see paṭicca-samuppāda, cp. SN.ii.6, SN.ii.9, SN.ii.12; Snp.p.141 & many other passages) See on term; Cpd. 83 n. 3, 18 …
avikampamāna →
pts
adjective not hesitating, not wavering, not doubting Ja.iv.310 (= anosakkamāna C.; Kern takes it at this passage as a + vikalpamāna, see
Toevoegselen
s.v., but unnecessarily), Ja.vi.176 (= nirāsa …
avināsaka →
pts
Avināsaka (˚ika)
adjective not causing destruction AN.iii.38 (˚ika); Ja.v.116 (= anāsaka C.).
a + vināsa + ka
avināsana →
pts
adjective imperishable Dpvs.iv.16.
a + vināsana
avināsika →
pts
Avināsaka (˚ika)
adjective not causing destruction AN.iii.38 (˚ika); Ja.v.116 (= anāsaka C.).
a + vināsa + ka
avippavāsa →
pts
adjective noun thoughtfulness, mindfulness, attention; adj. not neglectful, mindful, attentive eager Vin.v.216; Snp.1142 (cp. Cnd.101: anussatiyā bhāvento); DN-a.i.104 (appamādo vuccati satiyā avippa …
avissāsaniya →
pts
adjective not to be trusted, untrustworthy Ja.iii.474.
a + visāsana + iya, ika
avisāhaṭa →
pts
adjective imperturbed Dhs.15, Dhs.24, Dhs.287, Dhs.570. (˚mānasata).
a + visāhaṭa
aya FIXME double →
pts
Ayo & Aya
neuter iron. The nom. ayo found only in set of 5 metals forming an alloy of gold (jātarūpa), viz ayo, loha (copper), tipu (tin), *sīsa …
ayasa →
pts
ill repute, disgrace Mil.139, Mil.272; Dāvs i.8.
a + yasa, cp. Sk. ayaśaḥ
ayaṃ →
pts
pronoun demonstr. pron. “this, he”; f. ayaṃ; nt. idaṃ & imaṃ “this, it” etc. This pron. combines in its inflection two stems, viz. as˚; (ayaṃ in nom. m. & f.) & im˚; (id in nom. nt.).
I. Form …
ayo →
pts
Ayo & Aya
neuter iron. The nom. ayo found only in set of 5 metals forming an alloy of gold (jātarūpa), viz ayo, loha (copper), tipu (tin), *sīsa …
añhamāna →
pts
eating, taking food; enjoying: only SS at Snp.240; all MSS at Snp.239 have asamāna. Snp-a.284 explains by āhārayamāna.
Sk. aśnāna, ppr. med. of aśnāti, aś to eat
añja →
pts
adverb suddenly, lit. with a pull or jerk pull on! go on! gee up! Ja.i.192.
orig. imper. of añjati1; cp. Sk. anjasā (instr.) quickly, Goth. anaks
añjali →
pts
extending, stretching forth, gesture of lifting up the hands as a token of reverence (cp. E. to “tender” one’s respect), putting the ten fingers together and raising them to the head (Vv-a.7: dasanak …
añjalikā →
pts
the raising of the hands as a sign of respectful salutation Vv.1#5 (explained at Vv-a.24 as dasanakha-samodhāna samujjalaṃ añjaliṃ sirasi paggaṇhantī guṇa-visiṭṭhānaṃ apacayānaṃ akāsiṃ).
= añjali
añjasa →
pts
straight, straightforward (of a road) DN.i.235; Ja.i.5; Thig.99; Vv.50#20 (cp. Vv-a.215); Vv-a.84 (akuṭila); Mhvs.25, Mhvs.5; Mil.217; Sdhp.328, Sdhp.595. Cp pañjasa.
Sk. āñjasa (?). Cp. ārjava = P …
añjati →
pts
Añjati1
See añja, añjaya, añjali, añjasa.
= Sk. ṛñjati, ṛjyati to stretch, pull along, draw out, erect; cp. Sk. ṛju straight, caus. irajyati; Gr. ὀρέγω Lat. rego, rectus = erect. See also …
añjaya →
pts
adjective straight Ja.iii.12 (vv.ll. ajjava & and ājjava better?) expld by C. as ujuka, akuṭila. See also ajjava. Should we assume misreading for añjasa?
from añjati1
añña →
pts
pronoun another etc
A. By itself
- other not the same, different, another, somebody else (opp oneself) Vin.iii.144 (aññena, scil. maggena, gacchati to take a different route); Snp.459, Sn …
aññadatthu →
pts
adverb part. of affirmation = surely, all-round absolutely (ekaṃsa-vacane nipāto DN-a.i.111) only, at any rate DN.i.91; DN.ii.284; Snp.828 (na h’ aññadatth’ atthi pasaṃsa-lābhā, expld. …
aḍḍha →
pts
…two and a half Vv-a.66 (māsā); Ja.i.49, Ja.i.206, Ja.i.255 (˚sata 250). Cp. next.
- -teyya = ˚tiya 2 1/2; Vin.iv.117; Ja.ii.129 (˚sata);…
aṃsa →
pts
Aṃsa1
- the shoulder AN.v.110; Snp.609. aṃse karoti to put on the shoulder, to shoulder Ja.i.9.
- a part (lit. side) (cp. ˚āsa in koṭṭhāsa and expln of …
aṃsi →
pts
corner, edge (= aṃsa2 Vv.78#2 (= aṃsa-bhāga Vv-a.303).
cp. Vedic aśri, aśra, aśani; Gr. α ̓́κρος pointed, α ̓́κρις, also ὀςύς sharp: Lat. ācer sharp. Further connections in Walde Lat …
aṅga →
pts
- (lit.) a constituent part of the body, a limb, member; also of objects: part, member (see cpd. ˚sambhāra); uttam˚aṅga the reproductive organ Ja.v.197; also as “head” at Thag-a.209. Usually in cp …
aṅgulika →
pts
finger Ja.iii.13 (pañc˚); Ja.v.204 (vaṭṭ˚ = pavāḷ˚ ankurasadisā vaṭṭangulī Ja.v.207). See also pañcangulika. Anguli & Anguli;
= angulī
aṅkusa →
pts
hook, a pole with a hook, used
- for plucking fruit off trees, a crook Ja.i.9 (˚pacchi hook & basket); Ja.v.89 = Ja.vi.520 (pacchikhanitti˚), Ja.vi.529 (= phalānaṃ gaṇhanatthaṃ ankusaṃ)
- to drive …
aṭṭa →
pts
Aṭṭa1
a platform to be used as a watchtower Vin.i.140; DN-a.i.209.
cp. see aṭṭaka
Aṭṭa2
lawsuit, case, cause Vin.iv.224; Ja.ii.2, Ja.ii.75; Ja.iv.129 (˚ṃ …
aṭṭha →
pts
Aṭṭha1
num. card, eight, decl. like pl. of adj. in-a A. The number in objective significance, based on natural phenomena: see compounds ˚angula, ˚nakha, ˚pada, ˚pāda B. The number in …
aṭṭhi →
pts
Aṭṭhi˚1
in combn. with katvā: to make something one’s attha, i.e. object, to find out the essence or profitableness or value of anything to recognise the natu …
babbhara →
pts
imitation of a confused rumbling noise MN.i.128
■ Cp. also P. mammana and sarasara.
onomat., cp. Sk. balbalā-karoti to stammer or stutter, barbara = Gr. βάρβαρος stuttering, …
baddha →
pts
Baddha1
- bound, in bondage MN.i.275; SN.i.133; SN.iv.91; Snp.957 (interpreted as “baddhacara by Mnd.464); Dhp.324.
- snared, trapped Ja.ii.153 Ja.iii.184; Ja.iv.251, Ja.iv.414.
- made f …
bahi →
pts
adverb outside
- (adv.) Ja.i.361 (˚dvāre-gāma a village outside the city gates); Pv.i.10#2; Dhp-a.iii.118; Pv-a.24, Pv-a.61.
- (prep.) with acc. (direction to) Ja.i.298 (˚gāmaṃ) with loc. ( …
bahiddhā →
pts
adverb outside (adv. & prep.) DN.i.16; DN.ii.110; SN.i.169; SN.iii.47, SN.iii.103 SN.iv.205; SN.v.157; Vin.iii.113 (˚rūpa opp. ajjhatta-rūpa Snp.203; Vb-a.260 (kāye); Dhp-a.i.211 (c. gen); Dhp-a.i …
bahu →
pts
adjective to strengthen, cp. upabrūhana, paribbūḷha much, many, large, abundant; plenty; in compound also very, greatly (˚-) instr. sg. bahunā Dhp.166; nom. pl bahavo Vin.iii.90; Dhp.307, & *bahū …
bahula →
pts
adjective much, abundant, nt. abundance (˚-); full of, rich in, fig. given to, intent on, devoted to DN.ii.73; SN.i.199, SN.i.202; AN.iii.86 (pariyatti˚), AN.iii.432 (āloka˚); AN.iv.35; Iti.27, Iti.3 …
bahūtaso →
pts
adverb in abundance Ja.iii.484 (where C. expln with bahūtaso is faulty and should perhaps be read pahūtaso), Ja.vi.538.
der. fr. bahūta, cp. Sk. prabhūtaśaḥ
bala →
pts
Bala1
neuter
- strength power, force DN.ii.73; AN.i.244; Thag.188; Dhp.109 (one of the 4 blessings, viz. āyu, vaṇṇa, sukha, bala; cp Dhp-a.ii.239); Pv.i.5#12 (= kāya-bala Pv-a.30); Pv …
balasata →
pts
see palasata.
bali →
pts
- religious offering, oblation DN.ii.74 (dhammika); AN.iv.17, AN.iv.19; Snp.223; Mhvs.36, Mhvs.88 (particularly to subordinate divinities, cp. Mvu. translation 263) Dhp-a.ii.14 (variant reading ˚k …
bandhati →
pts
to bind etc.
I. Forms
imper bandha DN.ii.350; pl. bandhantu Ja.i.153.
pot bandheyya SN.iv.198; Vin.iii.45
fut bandhayissati Mhvs.24.6;
aor abandhi Ja.iii. …
bhabba →
pts
adjective
- able, capable, fit for (-˚ or with dat. or inf.); abhabba unfit, incapable Vin.i.17; SN.iii.27 (dukkha-kkhayāya); SN.iv.89 (id.) Pp.12, Pp.13; Vism.116 (bhikkhu), neg. Iti.106 (antakir …
bhadda →
pts
Bhaddaa & Bhadrab
adjective
- auspicious lucky, high, lofty, august, of good omen reverend (in address to people of esteem), good, happy fortunate DN.ii.95a; SN.i.1 …
bhaga →
pts
luck, lot, fortune, only in cpd. dub˚; (adj.) unhappy, unpleasant uncomfortable Iti.90; DN-a.i.96 (˚karaṇa)
■ bhaga (in verse “bhagehi ca vibhattavā” in exegesis of word “Bhaga …
bhajati →
pts
to associate with (acc.), keep companionship with, follow, resort to; to be attached to (acc.), to love. Freq. syn. of sevati. The Dhtp & Dhtm mark the fig. meaning (bhaj2</su …
bhasati →
pts
to bark (of dogs) Ja.iv.182 (aor. bhasi; so read for T. bhusi)
pp bhasitaṃ (as n.) bark ibid. (mahā-bhasitaṃ bhasi, read for bhusita) See also bhusati.
cp. Epic Sk. bhaṣate
bhasita →
pts
bhatta →
pts
feeding, food, nourishment, meal Dhp.185; Pp.28, Pp.55; Ja.ii.15; Ja.v.170 (bhatta-manuñña-rūpaṃ for bhattaṃ-); Vism.66 (where 14 kinds enumerated, i.e. sangha˚ uddesa˚ etc.); Sdhp.118
■ ucchiṭṭh …
bhava →
pts
“becoming”, (form of) rebirth, (state of) existence, a “life.” There are 3 states of existence conventionally enumerated as kāma˚ rūpa˚, arūpa˚; or sensual existence, deva-corporeal, formless exist …
bhaya →
pts
fear, fright, dread AN.ii.15 (jāti-maraṇa˚); DN.iii.148, DN.iii.182; Dhp.39, Dhp.123, Dhp.212 sq., Dhp.283; Mnd.371, Mnd.409; Pp.56; Vism.512; Kp-a.108; Snp-a.155; Dhp-a.iii.23. There are some len …
bhaṅga →
pts
…into disruption), quoted & expld at Vism.640 sq.; Vb-a.27 (˚khaṇa); Sdhp.48 Sdhp.78 (āsā˚). Cp. vi˚. Bhangana &…
bhaṇati →
pts
to speak, tell, proclaim (the nearest synonym is katheti: see Cnd. s.v. katheti Dhp.264; Pp.33, Pp.56; Dhp-a.ii.95
ppr bhaṇanto Snp.397. Pot. bhaṇe Snp.113 …
bheda →
pts
- breaking, rending, breach, disunion, dissension Vism.64 sq. (contrasted with ānisaṃsa), Vism.572 sq (with ref. to upādāna & bhava); Vb-a.185 (id.); Sdhp.66, Sdhp.457, Sdhp.463
■ mithu˚; bre …
bhikkhu →
pts
an almsman, a mendicant, a Buddhist monk or priest, a bhikkhu.
■ nom. sg. bhikkhu freq. passim; Vin.iii.40 (vuḍḍhapabbajita); AN.i.78 (thera bh., an elder bh.; and nava bh. …
bhindati →
pts
to split, break, sever destroy, ruin. In two bases: *bhid (with der. *bhed) *bhind;
- *bhid: aor. 3rd sg. abhida (= Sk abhidat) DN.ii.107; Ja.iii.29 (see als …
bhisikā →
pts
small bolster Vin.ii.148 (vātapāna˚ a roll to keep out draughts); Kp-a.50 (tāpasa˚ variant reading Kk kapala-bhitti, see Appendix to Indexes on Sutta Nipāta & Pj.).
fr. bhisi1
bhittika →
pts
adjective having a wall or walls Ja.iv.318 (naḷa ˚ā paṇṇasālā); Ja.vi.10 (catu˚ with 4 walls).
fr. bhitti
bhojana →
pts
food, meal, nourishment in general Ja.ii.218; Ja.iv.103, Ja.iv.173; Ja.i.178; Ja.iv.223; Snp.102 Snp.128, Snp.242, Snp.366, Snp.667; Dhp.7, Dhp.70; Pp.21, Pp.55; Mil.370 Vism.69, Vism.106; Sdhp.52, Sd …
bhojaneyya →
pts
Bhojaniya, Bhojanīya, Bhojaneyya
what may be eaten, eatable food; fit or proper to eat
■ bhojaniya: food Vin.iv.92 (five foods: odana rice, kummāsa gruel, sattu meal flour, …
bhojaniya →
pts
Bhojaniya, Bhojanīya, Bhojaneyya
what may be eaten, eatable food; fit or proper to eat
■ bhojaniya: food Vin.iv.92 (five foods: odana rice, kummāsa gruel, sattu meal flour, …
bhojanīya →
pts
Bhojaniya, Bhojanīya, Bhojaneyya
what may be eaten, eatable food; fit or proper to eat
■ bhojaniya: food Vin.iv.92 (five foods: odana rice, kummāsa gruel, sattu meal flour, …
bhusati →
pts
Bhusati, Bhussati
to bark DN-a.i.317 (bhusati vv.ll. bhussati & bhūsati); Dhp-a.i.171, Dhp-a.i.172
■ See also bhasati & bhukka;
pp bhusita.
perhaps a legitimate form fo …
bhussati →
pts
Bhusati, Bhussati
to bark DN-a.i.317 (bhusati vv.ll. bhussati & bhūsati); Dhp-a.i.171, Dhp-a.i.172
■ See also bhasati & bhukka;
pp bhusita.
perhaps a legitimate form fo …
bhutta →
pts
- (Pass.) eaten, being eaten Snp.p.15; Dhp.308; impers. eating Vin.iv.82 (bhuttaṃ hoti). Also -geha eating house Ja.v.290, and in phrase yathā-bhuttaṃ bhuñjatha “eat according to eating,” i.e. …
bhāga →
pts
- part, portion, fraction, share Vin.i.285; Snp.427 (sahassa-bhāgo maraṇassa = sahassaṃ bhāgānaṃ assā ti Snp-a.387; a thousand times a share of death, i.e. very near death, almost quite dead), Snp. …
bhāgin →
pts
adjective sharing in, partaking of (with gen.), endowed with; getting, receiving AN.ii.80; AN.iii.42 (āyussa vaṇṇassa etc.); Ja.i.87 (rasānaṃ) Mil.18 (sāmaññassa); Vism.150 (lābhassa); Dhp-a.ii.90 Vb …
bhāra →
pts
- anything to carry, a load Vin.iii.278 (Bdhgh; dāru˚ a load of wood) bhāraṃ vahati to carry a load AN.i.84; Vv-a.23
■ garu˚ a heavy load, as “adj.” “carrying a heavy load” Ja.v.439 (of a w …
bhāsa →
pts
- -sakuṇa a bird of prey, a vulture [Abhp. 645, 1049]; as one of the lucky omens enumerated (under the so-called mangala-kathā) at Kp-a.118 (with variant reading SS. cāta˚ & vā …
bhāsaka →
pts
adjective (-˚) speaking DN-a.i.52 (avaṇṇa˚; uttering words of blame).
fr. bhāṣ
bhāsana →
pts
speaking, speech Dhtm.162; Sdhp.68.
fr. bhāṣ
bhāsati →
pts
Bhāsati1
to speak, to say, to speak to, to call MN.i.227, Snp.158 Snp.562, Snp.722; Dhp.1, Dhp.246, Dhp.258; also bhāsate Snp.452
pot bhāseyya Vin.ii.189; Snp.451, Snp.930; Snp-a.46 …
bhāsita →
pts
spoken, said, uttered AN.v.194; Mil.28; Dhp-a.iv.93
■ (nt.) speech, word Dhp.363; MN.i.432. Usually as su˚ & dub˚; (both adj. & nt.) well & badly spoken, or good & bad speech Vin.i.172; MN.ii.250 …
bhāsā →
pts
…bhāsā); MN-a.i.1 (Sīhaḷa˚); Vb-a.388 (18 dialects of which 5 are mentioned; besides the Māgadhabhāsā).
cp….
bhāti →
pts
to shine (forth), to appear DN.ii.205; Vv.35#2; Ja.ii.313
pp bhāta: see *vi*˚.
bhā Dhtp.367, Dhtm.594: dittiyaṃ; Idg. *bhé, cp. Sk. bhāḥ nt. splendour, radiance, …
bhāva →
pts
- being, becoming, condition, nature; very rarely by itself (only in later & C. literature, as e.g. Ja.i.295 thīnaṃ bhāvo, perhaps best to be translated as “women’s character,” taking bhāva = attabhā …
bhāṇa →
pts
reciting or preaching, in pada˚; reciting the verses of the Scriptures Dhp-a.ii.95 (variant reading paṭibhāna), Dhp-a.iii.345; Dhp-a.iv.18.
- -vāra a section of the Scriptures …
bhāṇaka →
pts
Bhāṇaka1
adjective noun speaking; (n.) a reciter, repeater, preacher (of sections of the Scriptures), like Aṅguttara˚; Vism.74 sq.; Dīgha˚; DN-a.i.15, DN-a.i.131; Ja.i.59 Vism.36, Vi …
bhīmala →
pts
adjective terrifying, horrible, awful Ja.v.43 (T. bhīmūla, but read bhīmala; C. explains by bhiṃsanaka-mahāsadda).
fr. bhīma
bhīru →
pts
adjective noun
- fearful, i.e. having fear, timid, afraid, shy, cowardly Sdhp.207 (dukkha˚); usually in neg. abhīru not afraid, without fear, combined with *[anutrāsin](/define/a …
bhūmaka →
pts
…Dhp-a.i.414; pañca˚; pāsāda a palace with 5 stories Ja.i.58, Ja.i.89; satta˚; with 7 stories (pāsāda) Dhp-a.ii.1, Dhp-a.ii.260. The…
bhūmika →
pts
…Dhp-a.i.414; pañca˚; pāsāda a palace with 5 stories Ja.i.58, Ja.i.89; satta˚; with 7 stories (pāsāda) Dhp-a.ii.1, Dhp-a.ii.260. The…
bhūnaha →
pts
destroyer of beings Snp.664 (voc. bhūnahu, explained by Snp-a.479 as “bhūti-hanaka vuddhi-nāsaka”; vv.ll. bhūnahaṭa bhūnahoṭa, bhūhata, all showing the difficulty of the archaic word); Ja.v.266 (pl …
bhūri →
pts
Bhūri1
feminine the earth; given as name for the earth (paṭhavi) at Pts.ii.197; see also def. at Dhs-a.147. Besides these only in 2 doubtful compounds, both resting on demonology, viz. *b …
bhūta →
pts
grown, become; born, produced; nature as the result of becoming. The (exegetical) definition by Bdhgh of the word bhūta is interesting. He (at MN-a.i.31) distinguishes the foll. 7 …
bila →
pts
Bila1
neuter a hole, den, cave AN.ii.33 = SN.iii.85; Thag.189 Mnd.362; Ja.i.480; Ja.ii.53; Ja.vi.574 (= guhā C.); Mil.151 Sdhp.23
■ kaṇṇa˚; orifice of the ear Vism.195; vammīka˚; ant …
bodhi →
pts
Bodhi1
feminine (supreme knowledge, enlightenment, the knowledge possessed by a Buddha (see also sambodhi & sammā-sambodhi) MN.i.356; MN.ii.95 = DN.iii.237 (saddho h …
brahma →
pts
Brahma & Brahmā
I. Brahman
neuter [cp. Vedic bráhman nt. prayer; nom. sg bráhma]
- the supreme good; as a buddhistic term used in a sense different from the brahmanic (save in controvers …
brahmacariya →
pts
term (not in the strictly Buddhist sense) for observance of vows of holiness, particularly of chastity: good & moral living (brahmaṃ cariyaṃ brahmāṇaṃ vā cariyaṃ = brahmacariyaṃ Kp-a.151); esp. in Bu …
brahmattara →
pts
…magnificent. C. explains by suvaṇṇa- pāsāda.
brahmā →
pts
Brahma & Brahmā
I. Brahman
neuter [cp. Vedic bráhman nt. prayer; nom. sg bráhma]
- the supreme good; as a buddhistic term used in a sense different from the brahmanic (save in controvers …
brāhmaṇa →
pts
…DN.i.119 sq., DN.i.136 (mahāsālā), DN.i.150 (˚dūta), DN.i.247; DN.iii.44 sq., DN.iii.61, DN.iii.83 sq., DN.iii.94 sq. (origin of), DN.iii.147…
buddha →
pts
Buddha1
adjective
- understood SN.i.35 = SN.i.60 (su-dub-buddha very difficult to understand)
- having attained enlightenment, wise AN.iv.449; Pv-a.16 (buddh’ ādayo), Pv-a.60 (= ari …
bujjhati →
pts
to be awake, to be enlightened in (acc.), to perceive, to know, recognise, understand DN.ii.249; SN.i.74, SN.i.198; Dhp.136, Dhp.286; Thag.146; Ja.iii.331; Ja.iv.49 Ja.iv.425; Mil.165, Mil.348 (pot. b …
byasana →
pts
see vyasana.
byābādheti →
pts
to injure, hurt, oppress SN.v.393 (na kiñci byābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā).
Denom. fr. byābādha
byāsatta →
pts
attached to, clinging to, in cpd. -mānasa possessed with longing Dhp.47 (= sampatte vā asampatte vā lagga-mānasa Dhp-a.i.361), Dhp.287 (cp. Dhp-a.iii.433; lagganatāya sattamānasa).
pp. of vy + …
bāhira →
pts
adjective
- external, outside (opp. abbhantara inside) outer, foreign DN.ii.75; AN.iv.16; Dhp.394 (fig. in meaning of 2); Ja.i.125 (antara˚ inside & outside); Ja.i.337 (out o …
bāhu →
pts
the arm Ja.iii.271 (bāhumā bāhuṃ pīḷentā shoulder to shoulder); Vism.192. -ṃ pasāreti to stretch out the arm (cp. bāhaṃ) Pv-a.112 pacchā-bāhuṃ (cp. bāhaṃ) Pv-a.4 (gāḷha-bandhanaṃ bandhāpetvā) …
bāhā →
pts
- the arm AN.ii.67 = AN.iii.45 (˚bala); Vin.ii.105; Ja.iii.62; Ja.v.215 (˚mudu). pacchā-bāhaṃ arm(s) behind (his back) DN.i.245 (gāḷhabandhanaṃ baddha). bāhaṃ pasāreti to stretch out the arm DN. …
bāla →
pts
…the 4 summer months (gimha-māsā) Kp-a.192; -suriya the newly risen sun Ja.v.284; Pv-a.137, Pv-a.211. 3. a child; in wider…
bīja →
pts
- seed, germ, semen, spawn. Used very frequently in figurative sense: see on similes J.P.T.S. 1907, 116
■ DN.i.135 (˚bhatta seed-corn food); DN.iii.44 (the five kinds: see below under ˚gāma) …
ca →
pts
(indef. enclitic particle)
- Indefinite (after demonstr. pron. in the sense of kiṃ = what about? or how is it? cp. kiṃ) = ever, whoever what-ever, etc. [Sk. kaśca, Gr. ὁς τε, Lat: quisque Goth. h …
cakka →
pts
…good Ja.v.112 (patirāpadesavāsādino kusala-cakkassa bhañjanī C.); -bheda breaking peace or concord, sowing discord…
cakkavāka →
pts
the ruddy goose (Anas Casarca Ja.iii.520; Ja.iv.70 sq. (Name of Ja No. 451); Pv.ii.12#3; Mil.364, Mil.401
■ f. cakkavākī Ja.iii.524; Ja.vi.189 = Ja.vi.501.
Vedic cakravāka, cp. kṛkavāku, to sound …
cakkhu →
pts
the eye (nom. sg. cakkhuṃ) Vin.i.34; SN.i.115; MN.iii.134 etc.)
I. The eye as organ of sense
- psychologically cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā “seeing visible object (shape with the eye” (Nd ii.on …
calaka →
pts
Calaka1
masculine a camp marshal, adjutant DN.i.51≈(in list of various occupations); AN.iv.107 sq.
Calaka2
neuter a piece of meat thrown away after having been chewed Vin.ii.1 …
camasa →
pts
ladle or spoon for sacrificing into the sacred fire Ja.vi.528#24 = Ja.vi.529#4 (unite ca with masa, cp. Ja.vi.529#9 and n. 4: aggijuhana-kaṭacchu-sankhātimasañca [for camasañ ca] variant reading B<s …
candana →
pts
sandal (tree wood or unguent, also perfume) Vin.i.203; AN.i.9, AN.i.145 AN.i.226; AN.iii.237; Dhp.54; Ja.v.420 (tree, m.); Mil.382; Dhp-a.i.422; Dhp-a.iv.189 (˚pūjā); Vv-a.158 (agalu˚ with aloe & s …
candimā →
pts
or feminine? the moon. By itself only in similes at Dhp.208 Dhp.387 (at end of pada) & in “abbhā mutto va candimā MN.ii.104 = Dhp.172 = Thag.871; Dhp.382 = Thag.873; Pts.i.175
■ Otherwise only in co …
cara →
pts
noun adjective
- the act of going about, walking; one who walks or lives (usually -˚): oka˚ living in water MN.i.117; Ja.vi.416; antara˚ SN.iv.173; eka˚ solitary Snp.166; saddhiṃ˚ a companion Snp.4 …
catukka →
pts
Catukka1
neuter
- a tetrad, a set of four, consisting of four parts: ˚pañcakajjhānā (pl.) the fourfold & the fivefold system of meditation Dhs-a.168; see compounds
- a place where four …
catur →
pts
base of numeral four
- As num. adj. nom. & acc. m cattāro (Dhp.109; Ja.iii.51) and caturo (Snp.84, Snp.188), f. catasso (Snp.1122), nt. cattāri (Snp.227); gen. m. catunnaṃ (Snp.p.102), (f. catassa …
ce →
pts
conditional particle “if,” constructed either with Indicative (ito ce pi yojanasate viharati even if he lived 100 y. from here DN.i.117) or Conditional (tatra ce tumhe assatha kupitā DN.i.3), or Poten …
cela →
pts
cloth, esp. clothes worn, garment, dress AN.i.206; Pv.ii.12#7 (kañcanā˚ for kañcana˚); Pv.iii.9#3 (for veḷa); dhāti˚ baby’s napkin Ja.iii.539. In simile of one whose clothes are on fire (āditta˚ + ād …
cetanā →
pts
…death Dhp-a.i.20; āhār’ āsā cetanā intention consisting in deśire for food Vism.537. Pv-a.8, Pv-a.30 (pariccāga˚ intention to give);…
cetasa →
pts
Cetasa1
Name of a tree, perhaps the yellow Myrobalan Ja.v.420.
Cetasa2
adjective only in-˚: sucetasa of a good mind, good-hearted SN.i.4 = SN.i.29, SN.i.46 = SN.i.52; paraph …
ceteti →
pts
Cinteti & ceteti
Forms
-
cint:
pres cinteti
pot cinteyya;
ppr cintento & cintayanto (Snp.834)
aor cintesi, 3rd pl. cintesuṃ (Ja.i.149), acintayuṃ (Snp.258)
ger ci …
cha →
pts
Cha & Chaḷ
(cha in composition effects gemination of consonant, e.g. chabbīsati = cha + vīsati, chabbaṇṇa cha + vaṇṇa, chaḷ only before vowels in compound chaḷanga, chaḷ-abhiññā) the number six.
…
chada →
pts
anything that covers, protects or hides, viz. a cover, an awning DN.i.7≈ (sa-uttara˚ but ˚chadana at DN.ii.194)
■ a veil in phrase vivaṭacchada “with the veil lifted” thus …
chambhin →
pts
adjective immovable, rigid; terrified, paralysed with fear SN.i.219; MN.i.19; Ja.iv.310 (variant reading jambhī, here with ref. to one who is bound (stiff with ropes (pāsasatehi chambhī) which is howe …
chambhita →
pts
Only in der. chambhitatta (nt.) the state of being stiff, paralysis, stupefaction consternation, always combined with other expressions of fear, viz. uttāsa SN.v.386; bhaya Ja.i.345 (where spelled cha …
chanda →
pts
- impulse, excitement; intention, resolution, will desire for, wish for, delight in (c. loc.). Explained at Vism.466 as “kattu-kāmatāy” adhivacanaṃ; by Dhtp.587 & Dhtm.821 as; chand = icchāyaṃ …
chandasā →
pts
metrics, prosody Mil.3.
see chando
chaḷ →
pts
Cha & Chaḷ
(cha in composition effects gemination of consonant, e.g. chabbīsati = cha + vīsati, chabbaṇṇa cha + vaṇṇa, chaḷ only before vowels in compound chaḷanga, chaḷ-abhiññā) the number six.
…
chindati →
pts
to cut off, to destroy, to remove, both lit. (bandhanaṃ, pāsaṃ, pasibbakaṃ, jīvaṃ, gīvaṃ, sīsaṃ hatthapāde, etc.) and fig. (taṇhaṃ, mohaṃ, āsavā saṃyojanāni, vicikicchaṃ, vanathaṃ, etc.) Freq. in …
chinna →
pts
cut off, destroyed Vin.i.71 (acchinna-kesa with unshaven hair); MN.i.430; DN.ii.8 (˚papañca); Ja.i.255; Ja.ii.155; Ja.iv.138; Dhp.338; Pv.i.11#2 (variant reading for bhinna), Pv.i.11#6; Dhp-a.iv.48. …
chādana →
pts
covering. clothing, often combined with ghāsa˚; food & clothing (q.v.) Ja.ii.79 (vattha˚) Pv.i.10#7 (bhojana˚); Pv.ii.1#7 (vattha˚); Pv-a.50 (= vattha) Dhp-a.iv.7
■ As adj. Ja.vi.354 (of the tha …
cinteti →
pts
Cinteti & ceteti
Forms
-
cint:
pres cinteti
pot cinteyya;
ppr cintento & cintayanto (Snp.834)
aor cintesi, 3rd pl. cintesuṃ (Ja.i.149), acintayuṃ (Snp.258)
ger ci …
citta →
pts
Citta1 & Citra
adjective variegated, manifold, beautiful; tasty, sweet, spiced (of cakes), Ja.iv.30 (geṇḍuka); Dhp.171 (rājaratha); Vv.47#9; Pv.ii.11#2 (aneka˚); Pv.iv.3#13 (pūvā = madhurā …
ciṅgulaka →
pts
(& ˚ika) masculine neuter
- a kind of plant Snp.239 (= kaṇavīra-pupphasaṇṭhāna-sīsa Snp-a.283).
- a toy windmill, made of palm-leaves, etc. (DN-a.i.86: tālapaṇṇādīhi kataṃ vātappahārena paribb …
cora →
pts
thief, a robber Vin.i.74, Vin.i.75, Vin.i.88, Vin.i.149; SN.ii.100, SN.ii.128 = AN.ii.240; SN.ii.188 (gāmaghāta, etc.); SN.iv.173; MN.ii.74 = Thag.786; AN.i.48; AN.ii.121 sq.; AN.iv.92, AN.iv.278; Snp …
cuddasa →
pts
fourteen Ja.i.71; Ja.vi.8; Mil.12; Dhp-a.iii.120, Dhp-a.iii.186.
contracted fr. catuddasa, Sk. caturdaśa, cp. catur
cumbati →
pts
to kiss Ja.ii.193; Ja.v.328; Ja.vi.291, Ja.vi.344; Vv-a.260. Cp. pari˚. Culla & cula;
Sk. cumbati. Dhtp.197 defines as “vadanasaṃyoge”
cāga →
pts
- abandoning, giving up, renunciation. Vin.i.10 SN.iii.13 SN.iii.26 SN.iii.158 MN.i.486 AN.i.299 More frequently as
- liberality, generosity, munificence (n.) generous munificent (adj.): sīlasampann …
cāraka →
pts
(cārika) adjective wandering about, living, going, behaving, always-˚, like ākāsa˚, niketa˚, pure˚ (see pubbangama), vana˚, -f. cārikā journey, wandering esp. as cārikaṃ carati to go on alms-pilg …
cārin →
pts
(only-˚) adjective walking, living, experiencing; behaving, acting, practising.
- lit. asanga˚ SN.i.199 akāla˚ Snp.386; ambu˚ Snp.62; vihangapatha˚ Sdhp.241; sapadāna˚ MN.i.30; Snp.65; pariyanta˚ S …
cāru →
pts
adjective charming, desirable pleasant, beautiful Ja.vi.481; Mil.201; Sdhp.428, Sdhp.512; Vv-a.36 (= vaggu), sucāru SN.i.181; Pv.ii.12#12 (= suṭṭhumanorama).
- -dassana lovely …
cātur →
pts
Cātur˚
(and cātu˚) consisting of four. Only in compounds viz.
- -(r)anta (adj.) “of four ends,” i.e. covering or belonging to the 4 points of the compass, all-encircling, Ep of the earth: Ja.ii. …
cāṭu →
pts
pleasant, polite in -kammatā politeness, flattery Mil.370 (cp. Sk. cāṭukāra); cāṭu-kamyatā Vb.246; Vism.17, Vism.23, Vism.27; Kp-a.236.
cp. cāru
cīvara →
pts
the (upper) robe of a Buddhist mendicant C. is the first one of the set of 4 standard requisites of a wandering bhikkhu, vir. c˚, piṇḍapāta alms-bowl, *[senāsana](/define/senās …
cūḷanikā →
pts
only in phrase sahassi cūḷanikā lokadhātu “the system of the 1,000 lesser worlds” (distinguished from the dvi-sahassī majjhimakā & the ti-sahassī mahāsahassi lokadhātu) AN.i.227; Cnd.235, Cnd.2#b. …
daddabha →
pts
heavy, indistinct noise, a thud Ja.iii.76 (of the falling of a large fruit), variant reading duddabhayasadda to be regarded as a Sk. gloss = dundubhyaśabda. See also dabhakka.
onomatop.
dadhi →
pts
sour milk, curds junket Vin.i.244 (in enumn of 5-fold cow-produce, cp gorasa); DN.i.201 (id.); MN.i.316; AN.ii.95; Ja.ii.102 Ja.iv.140; Mil.41, Mil.48, Mil.63; Dhs.646, Dhs.740, Dhs.875; …
dadāti →
pts
to give, etc.
I. Forms
The foll. bases form the Pāli verb-system: dā, dāy, dadā & di.
- Bases dā & (reduced); da
- dā˚: fut. dassati Ja.i.113, Ja.i.279 Ja.i …
dahara →
pts
adjective small, little delicate, young; a young boy, youth, lad DN.i.80, DN.i.115; SN.i.131; SN.ii.279 (daharo ce pi paññavā); MN.i.82; MN.ii.19 MN.ii.66; AN.v.300; Snp.216, Snp.420 (yuvā +), Snp.57 …
daka →
pts
Vin.iii.112; SN.iii.85; AN.ii.33 = Cnd.420 B3 (: the latter has udaka, but Mnd.14 daka).
dakkha →
pts
Dakkha1
adjective dexterous skilled, handy, able, clever DN.i.45, DN.i.74, DN.i.78; DN.iii.190 (+ analasa) MN.i.119; MN.iii.2; SN.i.65; Cnd.141 (+ analasa & sampajāna); Ja.iii.247; DN-a …
dakkhita →
pts
consecrated, dedicated Ja.v.138. Cp dikkhita.
Vedic dīkṣita pp. of dīkṣ, Intens to daśayati: see dakkha1
dakkhiṇā →
pts
gift, a fee, a donation; a donation given to a “holy” person with ref. to unhappy beings in the Peta existence (“Manes”), intended to induce the alleviation of their sufferings; an intercessional, exp …
dama →
pts
adjective noun (& of a nt.; damo the instr. damasā) taming, subduing; self-control, self-command moderation DN.i.53 (dānena damena saṃyamena = Iti.15 expl. at DN-a.i.160 as indriya-damena uposat …
danta →
pts
dasa →
pts
Dasa1
the number ten; gen dasannaṃ (Dhp.137); instr. dasahi (Kp iii.) & dasabhi (Vin.i.38). In compounds (-˚) also as ḷasa (soḷasa 16) rasa (terasa 13; pannar˚ 15; aṭṭhār˚ 18).
I. *M …
dasaka →
pts
decad, decade, a decennial Ja.iv.397; Dhs-a.316. khiḍḍā˚; the decad of play Vism.619; cakkhu etc. sense-decads Vism.553; Comp. 164, 250; kāya˚ Vism.588.
dasana →
pts
tooth Dāvs v.3 (d.dhātu, the tooth relic of the Buddha).
Sk. daśana to ḍasati
dasika →
pts
Dasika1
adjective (-˚) to be seen, to behold, being of appearance, only in dud˚; or frightful app., fierce, ugly Si.94 & id. p. (q.v. under okoṭimaka); Ja.i.504 (kodha, anger); Pv-a.24 …
dassa →
pts
(-˚) to see or to be seen, perceiving, perceived Snp.1134 (appa˚ of small sight, not seeing far, knowing little = paritta-dassa thoka-dassa Cnd.69). Cp. akkha˚ a judge Mil.114. -su˚; easily perc …
dassana →
pts
- Lit. seeing, looking; noticing; sight of, appearance, look. Often equivalent to an infinitive “to see,” esp. as dat. dassanāya in order to see, for the purpose of seeing (cp. dassana-kāma = da …
dassanīya →
pts
…in formula abhirūpa d. pāsādika paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgəta to express matchless physical beauty: DN.i.114; SN.ii.279;…
dassati →
pts
*Dassati1
to see, to perceive.
- (pres.) base dakkh [Sk. drakṣ]: pres.
- dakkhati Cnd.428 (= passati), 1st dakkhāmi ibid. (= passāmi) second dakkhasi SN.i.11 …
dassin →
pts
(-˚) adjective seeing, finding, realizing, perceiving. Only in compounds, like attha˚ Snp.385; ananta SN.i.143; ādīnava˚ Sdhp.409; ekanga˚ Ud.69; jātikkhaya˚ Snp.209; Iti.40; ñāṇa˚ Snp.478 (= sacchik …
dassu →
pts
enemy, foe; robber, in dassukhīla robber-plague DN.i.135, DN.i.136 (= corakhīla DN-a.i.296).
Sk. dasyu, cp. dāsa
dasā →
pts
& dasa; (nt.) unwoven thread of a web of cloth, fringe, edge or border of a garment DN.i.7 (dīgha˚ long-fringed, of vatthāni); Ja.v.187; Dhp-a.i.180 Dhp-a.iv.106 (dasāni)
■ *[sadasa](/define/sa …
daṇḍa →
pts
ra; (on ṇ: l cp. guṇa: guḷa etc.) to *del as in Sk. dala, dalati. Cp. Lat. dolare to cut, split, work in wood; delere to destroy; Gr.δαίδαλον work of art; Mhg. zelge twig; zol a stick Possibly also …
daṭṭha →
pts
bitten Ja.i.7; Mil.302; Pv-a.144.
pp. of daśati, see ḍasati
deha →
pts
body AN.ii.18; Pv-a.10 Pv-a.122. Usually in foll. phrases: hitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ SN.i.60; Pv.ii.9#56; pahāya m. d. SN.i.27, SN.i.30; jahati d MN.ii.73; ˚ṃ nikkhipati Pv.ii.6#15; (muni or khīṇāsavo a …
desanā →
pts
- discourse, instruction, lesson SN.v.83, SN.v.108; Ja.iii.84; Pp.28; Ne.38; Vism.523 sq (regarding Paṭiccasamuppāda); Pv-a.1, Pv-a.2, Pv-a.9, Pv-a.11; Sdhp.213.
- Freq. in dhamma˚; moral inst …
deva →
pts
god, a divine being; usually in pl. devā the gods. As title attributed to any superhuman being or beings regarded to be in certain respects above the human level. Thus primarily (see 1a) …
devasika →
pts
adjective daily Ja.v.383; DN-a.i.296 (˚bhatta = bhattavetena); Dhp-a.i.187 sq., -nt. ˚ṃ as adv daily, every day Ja.i.82, Ja.i.149, Ja.i.186; Vv-a.67, Vv-a.75; Dhp-a.i.28; Dhp-a.ii.41.
Der. fr. divasa
deyya →
pts
adjective
- to be given (see below)
- deserving a gift, worthy of receiving alms Ja.iii.12 (a˚); Mil.87 (rāja˚) -nt. a gift offering Vin.i.298 (saddhā˚).
- -dhamma a gift, …
dhaja →
pts
flag, banner; mark, emblem, sign, symbol Vin.i.306 (titthiya˚: outward signs of); Vin.ii.22 (gihi˚); SN.i.42 SN.ii.280; AN.ii.51; AN.iii.84 sq. (panna˚); MN.i.139 (id.) AN.iii.149 (dhamma); Ja.i.52 (\ …
dhamma →
pts
…made (built) of the Dh. (pāsāda) SN.i.137;
- -yanta the (sugar-) mill of the Dh. (fig.) Mil.166. *…
dhana →
pts
dharati →
pts
to hold, bear, carry, wear; to hold up, support; to bear in mind, know by heart; to hold out, endure, last continue, live Snp.385 (take to heart, remember); Dhp-a.ii.68
ppr dharamāṇa living, last …
dharaṇa →
pts
adjective bearing, holding, comprising Vv-a.104 (suvaṇṇassa pañcadasa˚ nikkha holding, i.e. worth or equal to 15 parts of gold)
■ f. -ī bearing, i.e. pregnant with Snp.26 (of cows: *godharaṇiyo …
dhañña →
pts
Dhañña1
neuter grain, corn. The usual enumn comprises 7 sorts of grain, which is however not strictly confined to grain-fruit proper (“corn”) but includes, like other enum …
dhona →
pts
adjective noun
- purified MN.i.386; Snp.351, Snp.786, Snp.813, Snp.834 (= dhutakilesa Snp-a.542); Ja.iii.160 (˚sākha = patthaṭasākha Com.; variant reading BB vena˚); Mnd.77 = Mnd.176 (: dhonā vucca …
dhura →
pts
- a yoke, a pole, the shaft of a carriage Ja.i.192 (purima-sakaṭa˚) Ja.i.196; Cp.ii.8, Cp.ii.4.
- (fig.) a burden, load, charge, office, responsibility Snp.256 (vahanto porisaṃ dh ˚ṃ “carrying a hu …
dhāreti →
pts
to hold, viz.
- to carry, bear, wear, possess; to put on, to bring give DN.i.166≈(chavadussāni etc.); Vin.i.16 = DN.i.110 (telapajjotaṃ); DN.ii.19 (chattaṃ to hold a sunshade over a person); Pv-a.4 …
dhātu →
pts
element. Closely related to dhamma in meaning B 1b, only implying a closer relation to physical substance. As to its gen. connotation cp. Dhs. trsl. p. 198.
- a primary element, of whic …
dhūpana →
pts
incensing, fumigation; perfume, incense, spice Ja.iii.144; Ja.iv.236; Pv.iii.5#3 (sāsapa˚). Dhupayati & Dhupayati;
Sk. dhūpana
dibba →
pts
adjective of the next world, divine, heavenly, celestial, superb magnificent, fit for exalted beings higher than man (devas, heroes, manes etc.), superhuman, opp. mānusaka human. Freq. qualifying the …
dina →
pts
day Sdhp.239 -duddinaṃ darkness Dāvs v.50 (d. sudinaṃ ahosi, cp.i.49, cp.i.51); also as f. duddinī Vin.i.3.
Sk. dina; Lat. nun-dinae (*noven-dinom); Oir. denus; Goth. sin-teins; cp. divasa
dirasaññu →
pts
adjective one who has little common-sense Ja.vi.206, Ja.vi.207 Ja.vi.213, Ja.vi.214. Com. explains wrongly on p. Ja.vi.209 with “one who possesses two tongues” (of Agni), but has equivalent nippañña …
disatā →
pts
Disatā1
feminine direction, quarter, region, part of the world Ja.iv.359; Pv.ii.9#21 (kiṃ disataṃ gato “where in the world has he gone?”); Vv.ii.3#2 (sādisatā the circle of the 6 direction …
disā →
pts
point of the compass, region quarter, direction, bearings. The 4 principal points usualy enumerated are puratthimā (E) pacchimā (W) dakkhiṇā (S) uttarā (N …
diva →
pts
- heaven Ja.iv.134 (˚ṃ agā); Ja.v.123 (˚ṃ patta); Pv-a.74 (˚ṃ gata)
- day Snp.507 (rattindivaṃ night day); Vv-a.247 (rattindiva one night & one day, i.e. 24 hrs.); Dhp-a.ii.8 (divā-divassa so ea …
divasa →
pts
nt. only in expression satta divasāni 7 days or a week Ja.iv.139; Mil.15) a day AN.i.206 (˚ṃ atināmeti); Ja.iii.52 (uposatha˚); Pv-a.31 (yāva sattadivasā a week long), Pv-a.74 (sattamo divaso) Usu …
divā →
pts
adverb by day SN.i.183; MN.i.125; Dhp.387; DN-a.i.251; Pv-a.43, Pv-a.142, Pv-a.206 (= divasa-bhāge) Often combined & contrasted with rattiṃ (or ratto) by night; e.g. divārattiṃ by day & by ni …
diṭṭha →
pts
Diṭṭha1
- seen; a˚ not seen DN.i.222 (a˚ + avedita asacchikata); MN.i.3 sq. (diṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhato sañjānāti); Snp.147 (diṭṭhā vā ye vā addiṭṭhā), Snp.995 (na me diṭṭho ito pubbe na ssuto… Sat …
diṭṭhi →
pts
view, belief, dogma, theory, speculation, esp. false theory, groundless or unfounded opinion
- The latter is rejected by the Buddha as pāpa˚; (AN.iv.172) and pāpikā d. (opp bhaddikā: AN.v.212 sq …
domanassa →
pts
distress, dejectedness, melancholy, grief. As mental pain (cetasikaṃ asātaṃ cet. dukkhaṃ SN.v.209 = Cnd.312; cp DN.ii.306; Ne.12) opp. to dukkha physical pain: see *[dukkha](/defin …
donī →
pts
Donī1
feminine
- a (wooden) trough, a vat, tub SN.ii.259; AN.i.253; AN.v.323; Ja.i.450; Mil.56-tela˚ an oil vat AN.iii.58 (āyasā made of iron & used as a sarcophagus).
- a trough-shap …
du →
pts
Du˚1
(& before vowels dur˚) indeclinable
- syllable of exclamation (= duḥ “bad, woe” (beginning the word du (j)-jīvitaṃ) Dhp-a.ii.6, Dhp-a.ii.10 = Pv-a.280, cp. Ja.iii.47; Bdhgh’s …
dukkha →
pts
…vā Snp.67 = kāyikaṃ sātāsātaṃ). Bdhgh. usually paraphrases d. with vaṭṭadukkha e.g. at Snp-a.44, Snp-a.212, Snp-a.377, Snp-a.505 …
dussa →
pts
Dussa1
neuter woven material, cloth, turban cloth; (upper) garment, clothes Vin.i.290 Vin.ii.128, Vin.ii.174; Vin.iv.159. DN.i.103; SN.v.71; MN.i.215; MN.ii.92; AN.v.347; Snp.679; Pv.i.10# …
dvaya →
pts
adjective noun
- twofold Snp.886 (saccaṃ musā ti dvayadhammaṃ); Dhp.384; Pv.iv.1#29 (dvayaṃ vipākaṃ = duvidhaṃ Pv-a.228)- advaya single AN.v.46
- false, deceitful Vin.iii.21-nt. a duality, a p …
dvi →
pts
number two.
A. Meanings
I. Two as unit
- with objective foundation:
- denoting a combination (pair, couple) or a repetition (twice). In this conn. frequent both objective …
dāma →
pts
bond, fetter, rope; chain, wreath, garland SN.iv.163 (read dāmena for damena), SN.iv.282, (id.); AN.iii.393 (dāmena baddho); Snp.28 (= vacchakānaṃ bandhanatthāya katā ganthitā nandhipasayuttā rajjuban …
dāna →
pts
- giving, dealing out, gift; almsgiving liberality, munificence; especially a charitable gift to a bhikkhu or to the community of bhikkhus, the Sangha (cp. deyyadhamma & yañña). As such it constitute …
dāra →
pts
Dāra & Dārā
feminine a young woman, esp. married woman, wife. As; dārā f. at Cnd.295 (d. vuccati bhariyā & Iti.36; f. also dārī maiden, young girl Pv.i.11#5. Otherwise as dāra (coll-masc.): Dh …
dāraka →
pts
(young) boy, child, youngster; a young man. f. dārikā girl (see next) Vin.i.83; Ja.i.88 (dārake ca dārikāyo boys & girls); Ja.ii.127; Ja.vi.336; Pv.i.12#7 (= bāla˚ Pv-a.65) Dhp-a …
dārā →
pts
Dāra & Dārā
feminine a young woman, esp. married woman, wife. As; dārā f. at Cnd.295 (d. vuccati bhariyā & Iti.36; f. also dārī maiden, young girl Pv.i.11#5. Otherwise as dāra (coll-masc.): Dh …
dāsa →
pts
… ■ In phrase dāsā ca kammakarā “slaves & labourers” Vin.i.243, Vin.i.272; Vin.ii.154; as dāso kammakaro “a…
dāsabya →
pts
Dāsavya & Dāsabya
neuter the condition of a slave, slavery, serfdom DN.i.73; MN.i.275 (b) Ja.i.226; DN-a.i.168 (b), DN-a.i.213; Dhp-a.iii.35; Pv-a.112, Pv-a.152.
cp. Sk. dāsya
dāsabyatā →
pts
Err:509
dāsaka →
pts
Err:501
dāsavya →
pts
Dāsavya & Dāsabya
neuter the condition of a slave, slavery, serfdom DN.i.73; MN.i.275 (b) Ja.i.226; DN-a.i.168 (b), DN-a.i.213; Dhp-a.iii.35; Pv-a.112, Pv-a.152.
cp. Sk. dāsya
dāsī →
pts
…Ja.ii.127;
- -dāsā (pl.) maid& man-servants Dhp-a.i.187; freq. to cpd. d-d-paṭiggahaṇa slave-trading DN.i.5≈(cp….
dāyajja →
pts
inheritance Vin.i.82; DN.iii.189; AN.iii.43; Ja.i.91; Vism.43 sq.; dowry Ja.iii.8
■ (adj.) one who inherits Vin.iii.66 (pituno of the father).
- -upasampadā, lit. the Upasa …
dāṭhā →
pts
large tooth, fang, tusk; as adj. (-˚) having tusks or fangs DN.ii.18 (susukkha˚); Ja.i.505 (uddhaṭa-dāṭho viya sappo); Ja.iv.245 (nikkhanta˚); Dhp-a.i.215; Pv-a.152 (kaṭhina˚); Sdhp.286.
- *-[āv …
dīgha →
pts
adjective noun
- (adj.) long DN.i.17; MN.i.429; SN.i.104 (˚ṃ addhānaṃ); Snp.146, Snp.633 (opp. rassa); Dhp.60 Dhp.409; Pv.i.10#11 (˚ṃ antaraṃ all the time); Pv.ii.9#55 (id.) Thag.646 (˚m-antare); D …
dīna →
pts
adjective poor, miserable, wretched; base, mean, low DN.ii.202 (?) (˚māna; variant reading ninnamāna) Ja.v.448; Ja.vi.375; Pv.ii.8#2 (= adānajjhāsaya Pv-a.107), Pv.iv.8#1; Mil.406; Pv-a.120 (= kapaṇ …
dīpa →
pts
Dīpa1
a lamp Ja.ii.104 (˚ṃ jāleti to light a l.); Dhp-a.ii.49 (id.), Dhp-a.ii.94 (id.)
dūra →
pts
adjective far distant, remote, opp. āsanna (Ja.ii.154) or santika (Dhs.677; Vism.402)
■ Pv-a.117. Often in compounds (see below), also as dūri˚; e.g. dū …
eka →
pts
adjective noun masculine one. Eka follows the pron. declension i.e. nom. pl. is eke (e.g. Snp.43, Snp.294, Snp.780 etc.)
- “one” as number, either with or without contrast to two or more; often al …
ekaccika →
pts
adjective single, not doubled (of cloth, opp. to diguṇa) Ja.v.216 (˚vasana = eka-paṭṭa-nivattha).
fr. ekacca
ekamantaṃ →
pts
adverb on one side, apart, aside Vin.i.47, Vin.i.94 = Vin.ii.272; DN.i.106; Snp.p.13 (expld. at Snp-a.140 as follows: bhāvana-puṃsaka-niddeso, ek’okāsaṃ ekapassan ti vuttaṃ hoti, bhummat …
ekanta →
pts
adjective one-sided, on one end, with one top, topmost (˚-) usually in function of an adv. as ˚-meaning “absolutely, extremely, extraordinary, quite” etc.
- (lit.) at one end, only in ˚lomin a wo …
ekaso →
pts
adverb singly, one by one Ja.iii.224 (an˚).
Sk. ekaśaḥ
ekato →
pts
adverb
- on the one side (opp. on the other) Ja.iii.51; Ja.iv.141.
- together Ja.ii.415; Ja.iii.57 (vasanto), Ja.iii.52 (sannipatanti) Ja.iii.391; Ja.iv.390; Dhp-a.i.18. ekato karoti to put toge …
ekaṃsa →
pts
Ekaṃsa1
adjective belonging to one shoulder, on or with one shoulder; only in phṛase ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsangaṃ karoti to arrange the upper robe over one shoulder (the left) Vin.i.46; Vin.ii.188 …
ekādasa →
pts
number eleven Vin.i.19
■ num. ord. ekādasama the eleventh Snp.111, Snp.113.
Sk. ekādaśa
gabbha →
pts
- interior, cavity (loc. gabbhe in the midst of: angāra˚ Ja.iii.55); an inner room, private chamber, bedroom, cell. Of a Vihāra Vin.ii.303; Vin.iii.119; Vin.iv.45; Vv-a.188; Vv-a.220
■ Ja.i.90 …
gabbita →
pts
adjective proud, arrogant Ja.ii.340 (˚bhāva = issariya); Ja.iii.264 (˚sabhāva = dittasabhāva); Sum. V. on DN.iii.153 (= avamata).
gaha →
pts
Gaha1
a house, usually in compounds (see below). Ja.iii.396 (= the layman’s life; Com. geha).
- -kāraka a house-builder, metaph. of taṇhā (cp. kāya as geha) Dhp.153, …
gahapati →
pts
…Pv-a.22
- -mahāsāla a householder of private means (cp. above 1a) usually in combination with khattiya˚,…
gala →
pts
the throat Ja.i.216, Ja.i.264 Ja.iii.26; Ja.iv.494; Ja.i.194 (a dewlap); Pv-a.11, Pv-a.104.
- -agga the top of the throat Sdhp.379;
- -ajjhoharaniya able to be swallowed (of s …
gama →
pts
˚Gama
- adj. going, able to go; going to, leading to; in vihangama going in the air Snp.221, Snp.606; Thag.1108; Ja.i.216 (cp. gamana); aghasi˚ id. Vv.16#1 (= vehāsaṃ Vv-a.78); nabhasi˚ going on clo …
gamana →
pts
- (nt.) the fact or the state of going, movement, journey, walk; (-˚) striving for, the leading of, pursuit AN.ii.48 sq. (gamanena na pattabbo lokass’ anto = one cannot walk to the end of the world) …
gambhīra →
pts
- adjective deep, profound, unfathomable, well founded, hard to perceive difficult
- lit. of lakes: Dhp.83; Pv.ii.1#19 (= agādha) Pp.46; of a road (full of swamps) Ja.i.196
- fig of knowledge …
gandha →
pts
gantha →
pts
(in BB often misspelt gandha)
- a bond, fetter, trammel; always fig. and usually referring to and enumerated as the four bodily ties, or knots (kāya˚, see under kāya): SN.v.59 = Dh …
ganthati →
pts
Ganthati & Gantheti
- to tie, knot, bind, fasten together: kathaṃ mittāni ganthati “how does he bind friends” SN.i.214; Snp.185; mālaṃ ganthamāna tying a garland Vv.38#1 (ganthento Vv-a.173). Of m …
gantheti →
pts
Ganthati & Gantheti
- to tie, knot, bind, fasten together: kathaṃ mittāni ganthati “how does he bind friends” SN.i.214; Snp.185; mālaṃ ganthamāna tying a garland Vv.38#1 (ganthento Vv-a.173). Of m …
garahati →
pts
to reproach, to blame, scold, censure, find fault with: agarahiyam mā garahittha “do not blame the blameless” SN.i.240; DN.i.161 (tapaṃ to reject, disapprove of); DN.iii.92, DN.iii.93 (aor. garahi, gr …
garu →
pts
- adj.
- lit. heavy, opp. lahu light, applied to bhāra, a load SN.iii.26; Ja.i.196 (= bhārika); Ja.vi.420; Dhp-a.i.48; Sdhp.494 (rūpagarubhāra the heavy load of “form”). Compa …
garuka →
pts
somewhat heavy.
- lit. Ja.i.134 (of the womb in pregnancy); Dhp.310; Mil.102. Usually coupled & contrasted with; lahuka, light: in def. of sense of touch Dhs.648; similarly w. si …
gata →
pts
gone, in all meanings of gacchati (q.v.) viz.
- literal. gone away, arrived at, directed to (c. acc.), opp ṭhita: gate ṭhite nisinne (loc. abs.) when going standing, sitting down (cp. gacchati 1) DN …
gaḷagaḷāyati →
pts
to roar, to crash, to thunder; deve gaḷagaḷāyate (loc. abs.) in a thunderstorm, usually as deve vassante deve g˚; amidst rain and heavy thunder DN.ii.132; SN.i.106; AN.v.114 sq (gala˚); Thag.189; Mi …
gaḷita →
pts
rough, in a˚ smooth Ja.v.203, Ja.v.206 (+ mudu & akakkasa); Ja.vi.64.
gaṇa →
pts
-
- in special sense: a meeting or a chapter of (two or three bhikkhus, a company (opposed both to sangha, the order & puggala, the individual) Vin.i.58, Vin.i.74, Vin.i.195, Vin.i.197 Vin.ii.170, V …
gaṇḍa →
pts
- a swelling, esp. as a disease, an abscess, a boil. Freq. in similes with ref. to kāma and kāya. Mentioned with similar cutaneous diseases under kilāsa (q.v. for loci). As epithet of kāya SN.iv.83 = …
gaṇṭhikā →
pts
ghana →
pts
Ghana1
- (adj.) solid, compact, massive; dense, thick; in eka˚ of one solid mass (of sela, rock) Vin.i.185 = Dhp.81 = Thag.643; Mil.386; AN.iii.378, cp. ghanasela-pabbata Dhp-a.i.74-gh. …
ghara →
pts
Ghara1
(nt.; pl. ˚ā Dhp.241, Dhp.302) a house AN.ii.68; Snp.43 (gahaṭṭhā gharaṃ āvasantā), Snp.337 (abl gharā), Snp.889 (id. gharamhā); Ja.i.290 (id. gharato), Ja.iv.2, Ja.iv.364, Ja.iv.49 …
ghasa →
pts
adjective noun eating, an eater; in mahagghasa a big eater AN.v.149 (of the crow); Dhp.325; Mil.288.
ghasati →
pts
to eat Ja.iii.210; ppr. ghasamāna Vin.ii.201; Thag.749
■ Cp ghasa, ghasta & ghāsa. See also jaddhu. Desid jighacchati.
Vedic grasati & *ghasti, pp. grasta, cp. Gr.; γράω to gnaw, γράστις fodder, L …
ghasta →
pts
only in vanka˚ having eaten or swallowed the hook (cp. grasta-vanka) DN.ii.266 (v-g˚ va ambujo); Ja.vi.113.
pp. of ghasati = Sk. grasta
ghata →
pts
clarified butter Vv-a.326; Mil.41; Sdhp.201 (-bindu) With ref. to the sacrificial fire (fire as eating ghee, or being sprinkled w. ghee) ghatāsana; Ja.i.472; Ja.v.64, Ja.v.446; Pv.i.8#5 (ghatasitt …
ghaṃsati →
pts
Ghaṃsati1
to rub, crush, grind, SN.ii.238; Ja.i.190 (= ghasituṃ? to next?) Ja.i.216; Ja.vi.331
caus ghaṃsāpeti to rub against, to allow to be rubbed or crushed Vin.ii.266. Cp. upani˚, pa …
ghaṭikā →
pts
Ghaṭikā1
feminine a small bowl, used for begging alms Thig.422 (= Thag-a.269: bhikkhā-kapāla).
to ghaṭa1
Ghaṭikā2
feminine
- a small stick, a piece of a branch …
ghaṭṭa →
pts
see araghaṭṭa; meaning “rubbed, knocked against” in phrase ghaṭṭa-pāda-tala Snp-a.582 (for ugghaṭṭha) also at Vin.iv.46 in def. of vehāsa-kuṭī (a cell or hut with air, i.e., …
ghaṭṭana →
pts
- combining, putting together, combination, composition Ja.i.220; Pv-a.312, etc.
- striking, fig. insulting (ghaṭṭana = āsajjana) Vv-a.55. To meaning “strike” cp. saṃghaṭṭana.
Sk. ghaṭana, to *gr …
ghaṭṭeti →
pts
to strike, beat, knock against, touch; fig. to offend, mock, object to.
- lit. MN.ii.4 (jannukena; text reads ghatteti, variant reading ghaṭeti); Snp.48 (= saṃ˚ Cnd.233); Ja.i.218; Pv.iv.10#9 (= paṭ …
ghota →
pts
is read at Ja.i.454, probably for ghaṭṭa; meaning is “striking, stroke,” combined with kasā, whip.
ghuru-ghuru →
pts
Ghuru-ghuru
onomat. expression of snoring & grunting noise in -passāsa (& ˚in) snoring & breathing heavily, panting, snorting & puffing SN.i.117 (of Māra); Ja.i.160 (of sleepin …
ghāsa →
pts
grass for fodder, pasturing: food Ja.i.511 (˚ṃ kurute); Pv-a.173 (˚atthāya gacchati “go feeding”) Mostly in: -esana search for food (= gocara) SN.i.141; Snp.711
■ Cp. vi˚*-[chada](/define/chada …
ghāsana →
pts
Err:509
giddhimā →
pts
adjective from giddhi greedy, full of greed Ja.v.464 (rasa˚).
gihin →
pts
…(= Cnd.228 puttā ca dāsī dāsā ca, etc.);
- -byañjanāni (pl.) characteristics of a layman, or of a man of the world (w. ref. to articles of…
gilāna →
pts
adjective sick ill Vin.i.51, Vin.i.53, Vin.i.61, Vin.i.92, Vin.i.142 sq., Vin.i.176, Vin.i.302 sq.; Vin.ii.165 Vin.ii.227 sq.; Vin.iv.88, etc.; SN.v.80, SN.v.81 (bāḷha˚ very ill); AN.i.120 = Pp.27; AN …
gimha →
pts
…of summer MN.i.79; SN.iii.141; SN.v.50, SN.v.321; Vv.79#5 (= āsāḷhimāse Vv-a.307).
Vedic grīṣma
gini →
pts
(poet.) fire AN.iii.347 (mahāgini); Snp.18 Snp.19 (āhito → nibbuto: made → extinguished); Ja.iv.26. Note. The occurrence of two phonetic representatives of one Vedic form (one by diaeresis & one by …
giri →
pts
mountain; as a rule only in cpds, by itself (poetical) only at Vism.206 (in enumn of the 7 large mountains).
- -agga mountain top, in giraggasamajja Name of a festival c …
giñjakā →
pts
brick, in -āvasatha a house of bricks, as N pl. “the Brick Hall” DN.i.91; Vin.i.232; MN.i.205.
go →
pts
, f.) a cow, an ox, bull, pl. cattle. For f. cp gāvī; see also *gava*˚ for cpds
■ Sg. nom. go (Snp.580 also in composition, cp. aja-go-mahisādi Pv-a.80 = pasū) gen. gavassa (MN.i. …
guhā →
pts
hiding place, a cave, cavern (cp kandara & see giriguhā); fig. the heart (in ˚āsaya) According to Bdhgh. (on Vin.i.58, see Vin. Texts i.174 “a hut of bricks, or in a rock, or of wood.” Vin.i.58 Vin. …
gumba →
pts
- a troop, a heap, cluster, swarm. Of soldiers Vin.i.345; of fish (maccha˚) DN.i.84 = MN.i.279 = MN.ii.22; AN.i.9.
- a thicket, a bush, jungle; the lair of an animal in a thicket (sayana˚ Ja.iv.256) …
gutta →
pts
- as pp. guarded, protected
- lit nagaraṃ guttaṃ a well-guarded city Dhp.315 = Thag.653 Thag.1005; Devinda˚ protected by the Lord of gods Vv.30#8-
- fig. (med.) guarded, watchful, constrain …
guḷa →
pts
Guḷa1
to make into a ball, to conglomerate. Cp Sk. glauḥ ball; Gr. γλουτός; Ohg. chliuwa; Ger. kugel kloss; E. clot, cleat; also *gel with same meaning Sk. gulma tumour, gilāyu glandula …
guṇa →
pts
…in khuppipāsāhi guṇûpeto as Pv-a.10 is to be read khuppipās’ âbhibhūto peto.
- -kathā “tale of…
gāhāpeti →
pts
to cause to take; to cause to be seized or fetched; to remove. Aor, gāhāpesi Ja.i.53; Ja.ii.37; gāhāpayi Pv.iv.1#42
ger gāhāpetvā Ja.i.166; Ja.ii.127; Ja.iii.281; Dhp-a.i.62 (patta-cīvaraṃ) With d …
gāma →
pts
collection of houses, a hamlet (cp. Ger. gemeinde), a habitable place (opp. arañña: gāme vā yadi vâraññe Snp.119), a parish or village having boundaries & distinct from the surrounding country (gāmo c …
gāmaka →
pts
- = gāma Vin.i.208; Ja.i.199 (Macala˚), Ja.i.253; Ja.iv.431 (cora˚); Pv-a.67 (Iṭṭhakāvatī and Dīgharājī) Dhp-a.ii.25 (dvāra˚).
- a villager Ja.v.107 (= gāmavāsin).
- -āvāsa an …
gāmin →
pts
˚Gāmin
adjective f. ˚iṇī, in composition ˚gāmi˚
- going, walking, lit.: sīgha˚ walking quickly Snp.381
- leading to, making for, usually with magga or paṭipadā (gāminī), either lit. Pāṭaliputtagām …
gāthā →
pts
verse, stanza, line of poetry, usually referring to an Anuṭṭhubbaṃ or a Tuṭṭhubbaṃ, & called a catuppādā gāthā, a stanza (śloka) of four half-lines AN.ii.178; Ja.iv.395 Def. as akkhara-padaniya-mit …
gīvā →
pts
the neck Snp.609; Ja.i.74 (˚ṃ pasāreti to stretch forth), Ja.i.167 (pasārita˚), Ja.i.207, Ja.i.222, Ja.i.265; Ja.iii.52; Vv-a.27 (mayūra˚), Vv-a.157; DN-a.i.296 (˚āya kuṇḍa-daṇḍaka-bandhana, as e …
hadaya →
pts
gone to the heart, learnt by heart Mil.10 -gama [˚ngama] heart-stirring, pleasant, agreeable DN.i.4; DN.iii.173; MN.i.345; AN.ii.209; AN.v.205; Vin.iii.77 Mnd.446; Dhs.1343; DN-a.i.75. *-[pariḷā …
hammiya →
pts
…top,“ a larger building, pāsāda, (store-house Vin.i.58, Vin.i.96, Vin.i.239; Vin.ii.146 (with vihāra, aḍḍhayoga pāsāda, guhā, as the 5…
handa →
pts
indeclinable an exhortative-emphatic particle used like Gr. α ̓́γε δή or French allons, voilà: well then, now, come along, alas! It is constructed with 1st pres. & fut., or imper, 2nd …
harati →
pts
- to carry Ja.ii.176; Dhp.124; to take with one DN.i.8, DN.i.142; opposed to paccāharati Vb-a.349–Vb-a.354; Snp-a.52–Snp-a.58
- to bring Ja.i.208; to offer Ja.i.238; Sn …
haraṇī →
pts
- a nerve conveying a stimulus (lit. “carrier”); only used with rasa˚; nerve of taste Vin.ii.137; usually given as “a hundred thousand” in number, e.g. Ja.v.4, Ja.v.293, Ja.v.458; Dhp-a.i.134.
- …
hasamānaka →
pts
adjective laughing, merry Mhvs.35, Mhvs.55; (nt.) as adv. -ṃ jokingly, for fun Vin.i.185.
ppr. of hasati + ka
hasana →
pts
laughter Dhtp.31.
fr. hasati
hasati →
pts
…Mil.1
caus 2 hāsāpeti Snp-a.401; Ja.vi.311. Cp. pari˚, pa˚.
2. to neigh (of horses) Ja.i.62; Ja.vi.581
■ strange aor….
hasita →
pts
laughing, merry; (nt.) laughter, mirth AN.i.261; Pv.iii.3#5 (= hasitavant hasita-mukhin C.); Mil.297 Bv.i.28; Ja.i.62 (? read hesita); Ja.iii.223; Vism.20.
- -uppāda “genesis of …
hassati →
pts
…Mil.1
caus 2 hāsāpeti Snp-a.401; Ja.vi.311. Cp. pari˚, pa˚.
2. to neigh (of horses) Ja.i.62; Ja.vi.581
■ strange aor….
hata →
pts
struck, killed DN.ii.131; destroyed, spoilt, injured Vin.i.25; Dhs.264; Ja.ii.175; reṇuhata struck with dust, covered with dust Vin.i.32; hatatta (nt.) the state of being destroyed Dhp.390; *[hatā …
hattha →
pts
- hand DN.i.124; AN.i.47; Snp.610; Ja.vi.40
■ forearm Vin.iv.221; of animals SN.v.148; Ja.i.149; -pāda hand and foot MN.i.523; AN.i.47; Ja.ii.117; Pv-a.241; Dhp-a.iv.7. sahassa˚; thousand …
hatthin →
pts
an elephant Vin.i.218, Vin.i.352; Vin.ii.194 sq (Nālāgiri) = Ja.v.335 (nom. sg. hatthī; gen. hatthissa) DN.i.5; AN.ii.209; Ja.i.358; Ja.ii.102; Dhp-a.i.59 (correct haṭṭhi!), Dhp-a.i.80 (acc. pl. hat …
hesati →
pts
to neigh Ja.i.51, Ja.i.62 (here hasati); Ja.v.304 (T. siṃsati for hiṃsati; C. explains hiṃsati as “hessati,” cp. abhihiṃsanā for ˚hesanā). pp. *[hesita](/defin …
hetu →
pts
heṭṭhā →
pts
indeclinable down, below, underneath Vin.i.15; DN.i.198; Iti.114; Ja.i.71; Vv-a.78; Pv-a.113. As prep. with gen (abl.) or cpd. “under” Ja.i.176; Ja.ii.103; lower in the manuscript, i.e. before, abov …
hiṅgu →
pts
the plant asafetida Vin.i.201; Vv-a.186.
Sk. hingu
huta →
pts
sacrificed, worshipped, offered Vin.i.36 = Ja.i.83; DN.i.55; Ja.i.83 (nt. “oblation”); Vv.34#26 (su˚, + sudinna, suyiṭṭha); Pp.21; Dhs.1215; DN-a.i.165; Dhp-a.ii.234.
- -āsana …
hāsa →
pts
laughter; mirth, joy Dhp.146; DN-a.i.228 = Snp-a.155 (“āmeṇḍita”); Ja.i.33 Ja.ii.82; Ja.v.112; Mil.390. See also ahāsa.
- -kara giving pleasure, causing joy Mi …
hāsaniya →
pts
adjective giving joy or pleasure. Mil.149
fr. has or hṛṣ; cp. Sk. harṣanīya
hāseti →
pts
see hasati.
hāsu →
pts
Hāsu˚
of uncertain origin occurs with hāsa˚; in combination with -pañña and is customarily taken in meaning “of bright knowledge” (i.e. hāsa + paññā), wise, clever The syn. javana-pañña poin …
hīḷeti →
pts
- to be vexed, to grieve SN.i.308; to vex, grieve Vv.84#46.
- to scorn, disdain, to feel contempt for, despise DN.ii.275; Snp.713 (appaṃ dānaṃ na hīḷeyya); Ja.ii.258; DN-a.i.256 (= vambheti); Dhp- …
ida →
pts
Ida & Idaṃ
indeclinable emphatic demonstr. adv. in local, temporal & modal function, as
- in this, here: idappaccayatā having its foundation in this, i.e. causally connec …
idaṃ →
pts
Ida & Idaṃ
indeclinable emphatic demonstr. adv. in local, temporal & modal function, as
- in this, here: idappaccayatā having its foundation in this, i.e. causally connec …
iddhi →
pts
There is no single word in English for Iddhi, as the idea is unknown in Europe. The main sense seems to be ʻpotency’.
- Pre-Buddhistic; the Iddhi of a layman The four Iddhis of a king are personal …
ikkāsa →
pts
? at Vin.ii.151 (+ kasāva) is trsl. by “slime of trees”, according to Bdhgh’s expln. on p. 321 (to C. V. vi.3, 1), who however reads nikkāsa.
uncertain as regard mean …
indriya →
pts
A. On term
Indriya is one of the most comprehensive & important categories of Buddhist psychological philosophy & ethics meaning “controlling principle, directive force, élan, δύναμις” in t …
isi →
pts
- a holy man, one gifted with special powers of insight & inspiration, an anchoret, a Seer, Sage, Saint, “Master” DN.i.96 (kaṇho isi ahosi); SN.i.33, SN.i.35, SN.i.65, SN.i.128, SN.i.191, SN.i.192 SN …
issattha →
pts
(nt. m.)
- (nt.) archery (as means of livelihood & occupation) MN.i.85; MN.iii.1; SN.i.100 (so read with variant reading; T has issatta, C. explains by usu-sippaṃ K. S. p. 318); Snp.617 (˚ṃ upajī …
issāsa →
pts
an archer Vin.iv.124; MN.iii.1; AN.iv.423 (issāso vā issās’ antevāsī vā); Ja.ii.87 Ja.iv.494; Mil.232; DN-a.i.156.
Sk. iṣvāsa, see issattha
issāsin →
pts
an archer, lit. one having a bow Ja.iv.494 (= issāsa C.).
Sk. iṣvāsa in meaning “bow” + in
iti →
pts
Iti (ti)
indeclinable emphatic deictic particle “thus”. Occurs in both forms iti & ti, the former in higher style (poetry), the latter more familiar in conversational prose. The function of “iti” is …
ittara →
pts
(sometimes spelt itara) adjective
- passing, changeable, short, temporary, brief unstable MN.i.318 (opp. dīgharattaṃ); AN.ii.187; Ja.i.393 Ja.iii.83 (˚dassana = khaṇika˚ C.), Ja.i …
itthi →
pts
Itthi & Itthī
feminine woman female; also (usually as-˚) wife. Opp. purisa man (see e.g. for contrast of itthi and purisa Ja.v.72, Ja.v.398; Ne.93; Dhp-a.i.390; Pv-a.153)
■ SN.i.33 (nibbānass’ e …
itthī →
pts
Itthi & Itthī
feminine woman female; also (usually as-˚) wife. Opp. purisa man (see e.g. for contrast of itthi and purisa Ja.v.72, Ja.v.398; Ne.93; Dhp-a.i.390; Pv-a.153)
■ SN.i.33 (nibbānass’ e …
iṭṭha →
pts
adjective pleasing, welcome, agreeable, pleasant, often in the idiomatic group iṭṭha kanta manāpa (of objects pleasing to the senses) DN.i.245; DN.ii.192; MN.i.85; SN.iv.60, SN.iv.158, SN.iv.235 sq. …
jaddhu →
pts
only in composition as a˚; not eating, abstaining from food. -ka one who fasts MN.i.245; -māra death by starvation Ja.vi.63 (= anāsaka-maraṇa; Fsb. has note: read ajuṭṭha˚?) ˚mārika AN.iv.287 …
jagghati →
pts
to laugh, to deride Ja.iii.223; Ja.v.436; Ja.vi.522. pp. jagghita Ja.vi.522. See also anu˚, pa˚.
Intens. to sound-root ghar. for *jaghrati. See note on gala. Kern compares V …
jahati →
pts
Jahati & jahāti
to leave, abandon, lose; give up, renounce forsake. Ster. expln at Cnd.255 (and passim): pajahati vinodeti byantikaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti. Lit. as well as fig.; esp. w. ref. …
jahāti →
pts
Jahati & jahāti
to leave, abandon, lose; give up, renounce forsake. Ster. expln at Cnd.255 (and passim): pajahati vinodeti byantikaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti. Lit. as well as fig.; esp. w. ref. …
janaka →
pts
- producing, production Vism.369; adj. (-˚) producing: pasāda˚ Mhvs.i.4 (= ˚kāraka); a species of karma Vism.601; Cpd. 144 (A.i).
- n. f -ikā genetrix, mother Ja.i.16; Dhs.1059≈(where it repre …
janapada →
pts
inhabited country, the country (opp. town or market-place), the continent politically: a province, district, county DN.i.136 (opp nigama); DN.ii.349; AN.i.160, AN.i.178; Snp.422, Snp.683, Snp.995, Sn …
janatā →
pts
collection of people (“mankind”), congregation, gathering; people, folk DN.i.151 (= DN-a.i.310, correct jananā), DN.i.206; Vin.ii.128 = MN.ii.93 (pacchimā); AN.i.61 (id.); AN.iii.251 (id.); Iti.33; J …
jarā →
pts
(older); jaras (nt.) decay, decrepitude, old age Vin.i.10, Vin.i.34; AN.i.51, AN.i.138 (as death’s messenger); AN.v.144 sq. (bhabbo jaraṃ pahātuṃ); Snp.311 (cp. DN.iii.75); Ja.i.59; Thig.252 sq.; Vi …
java →
pts
- (n.) speed SN.ii.266; SN.v.227; MN.i.446; AN.ii.113; AN.iii.248; Snp.221; Ja.ii.290; Ja.iv.2 Often combined with thāma, in phrase thāmajavasampanna endowed with strength & swiftn …
javana →
pts
- alacrity, readiness; impulse, shock Pts.i.80 sq.; Vism.22; Dhs-a.265 (cp. Dhs trsl. pp. 132 156); DN-a.i.194. Usually in cpd. javana-pañña (adj. of alert intellection, of swift understanding …
jaṭila →
pts
one who wears a jaṭā, i.e. a braid of hair, or who has his hair matted, an ascetic. enumerated amongst other ʻreligious’ as ājīvikā nigaṇṭhā j paribbājakā Cnd.308; ājīvikā nig˚ j. tāpasā Cnd.149 Cnd.5 …
jeṭṭha →
pts
adjective better (than others), best first, supreme; first-born; elder brother or sister, elder eldest DN.ii.15 (aggo jeṭṭho seṭṭho = the first, foremost & best of all); AN.i.108; AN.ii.87; AN.iii.15 …
jhasa →
pts
? a window or opening in general Ja.ii.334.
jighacchati →
pts
to have a desire to eat, to be hungry DN.ii.266; pp. jighacchita Dhp-a.ii.145.
Desid. to ghasati, eat
jighacchā →
pts
…often combined with pipāsā, desire to drink, thirst, e.g. SN.i.18; AN.ii.143, AN.ii.153; Mil.304
■ MN.i.13,…
jina →
pts
conquering, victorious, often of the Buddha, “Victor”: jitā me pāpakā dhammā tasmâhaṃ Upaka jino ti Vin.i.8 = MN.i.171; Vin.v.217; Snp.379, Snp.697, Snp.989, Snp.996. magga˚ conqueror of the Path Snp. …
jivhā →
pts
the tongue.
- physically: Vin.i.34; AN.iv.131; Snp.673, Snp.716; Dhp.65 Dhp.360; Ja.ii.306; Pv-a.99 (of Petas: visukkha-kanthaṭṭha j.), Pv-a.152
■ Of the tongue of the mahāpurusha which coul …
jiñjuka →
pts
the Gunja shrub (Abrus precatorius) Ja.iv.333 (akkhīni j. ˚phalasadisāni, cp. in same application guñjā); Ja.v.156 (j. ˚phalasannibha); Dhp-a.i.177 (˚gumba).
joteti →
pts
- trs. to cause to shine, illuminate, make clear, explain AN.ii.51 = Ja.v.509 (bhāsaye jotaye dhammaṃ; Gloss Ja.v.510 katheyya for joteyya = jotaye Iti.108; Ja.ii.208; Pv-a.18
- intrs. to shine Dhp …
joti →
pts
jāgara →
pts
adjective waking, watchful, careful, vigilant SN.i.3; AN.ii.13 = Iti.116; MN.ii.31; Iti.41; Mil.300
■ bahu˚; wide awake, well aware, cautious Snp.972 (cp. rakkhita-mānasāno in same context v. 63) …
jāla →
pts
Jāla1
neuter a net; netting, entanglement (lit. or fig.): snare, deceptíon (= māyā)
A. Lit
Cnd.260 (= suttajāla, a plaiting of threads); Snp-a.115 Snp-a.263 (= suttamaya) DN. …
jānāti →
pts
to know.
I. Forms
The 2 Vedic roots jān˚ & jñā˚; are represented in Pali by jān˚ & ñā˚ (ña˚)
-
jān:
pres jānāti
pot jāneyya (Snp.781) & jaññā (AN.iv.366 …
jāta →
pts
- As adj. n.un
- born, grown, arisen, produced (= nibbatta pātubhūta Cnd.256) Snp.576 (jātānaṃ maccānaṃ niccaṃ maraṇato bhayaṃ); jātena maccena kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ bahuṃ Dhp.53 = Mil.333; yakkhinī …
jāti →
pts
■ Instr. jātiyā (Snp.423) & jaccā (DN.ii.8; Ja.iii.395; Dhp.393); abl. jātiyā (SN.i.88) & jātito (by descent: DN.ii.8); loc. jātiyaṃ (Pv-a.10) & jātiyā (Pv-a.78).
- birth, rebirth, possibility of …
jīva →
pts
Jīva1
adjective noun
- the soul. Sabbe jīvā all the souls, enumerated with sattā pāṇā bhūta in the dialect used by the followers of Gosāla DN.i.53 (= DN-a.i.161 jīvasaññī). “taṃ jīvaṃ t …
jīvaṃ-jīvaka →
pts
Jīvaṃ-jīvaka
(m. onom.) name of a bird, a sort of pheasant (or partridge?), which utters a note sounding like jīvaṃ jīva DN.iii.201; Ja.v.406, Ja.v.416; Ja.vi.276, Ja.vi.538. With this cp. the Jain …
jīvita →
pts
kabara →
pts
adjective variegated, spotted, striped; mixed, intermingled; in patches Vism.190. Of a cow (˚gāvī) Dhp-a.i.71 (˚go-rūpa) Dhp-a.i.99; of a calf (˚vaccha Ja.v.106; of a dog (˚vaṇṇa = sabala q.v.) Ja. …
kacchapa →
pts
tortoise, turtle SN.iv.177 (kummo kacchapo); in simile of the blind turtle (kāṇo k.) MN.iii.169 = SN.v.455; Thig.500 (cp J.P.T.S. 1907, 73, 174)
■ f. kacchapinī a female t Mil.67.
- *-[lakkhaṇ …
kacchā →
pts
Kacchā1
feminine
- enclosure denoting both the enclosing and the enclosed i.e. wall or room: see kacchantara.
- an ornament for head & neck (of an elephant), ve …
kad →
pts
Kad˚
orig. “what?” used adverbially; then indef. “any kind of,” as (na) kac(-cana) “not at all”; kac-cid “any kind of; is it anything? what then?” Mostly used in disparaging sense of showing in …
kadariya →
pts
adjective mean, miserly, stingy, selfish; usually explained by thaddhamaccharī (Pv-a.102; Dhp-a.iii.189, Dhp-a.iii.313), and mentioned with *[maccharī](/define/maccharī …
kahāpaṇa →
pts
A square copper coin MN.ii.163; AN.i.250; AN.v.83 sq. Vin.ii.294; Vin.iii.238; Dhs-a.280 (at this passage included under rajataṃ, silver, together with loha-māsaka, dārumāsaka and jatu-māsaka); S …
kakka →
pts
Kakka1
a sediment deposited by oily substances, when ground; a paste Vin.i.205 (tila˚), Vin.i.255. Three kinds enumerated at Ja.vi.232: sāsapa˚ (mustard-paste), mattika˚ (fragrant earth- …
kakkasa →
pts
adjective rough, hard, harsh, esp. of speech (vācā para-kaṭukā Dhs.1343), MN.i.286 = Dhs.1343; AN.v.265 = AN.v.283, AN.v.293; Dhs-a.396
■ akakkasa: smooth Snp.632; Ja.iii.282 Ja.v.203, Ja.v.206, J …
kakkaṭaka →
pts
crab SN.i.123; MN.i.234; Ja.i.222; Vv.54#6 (Vv-a.243, Vv-a.245); Dhp-a.iii.299 (mama… kakkaṭakassa viya akkhīni nikkhamimsu, as a sign of being in love). Cp. kakkhaḷa.
- -nala a kind of sea-re …
kakkhaḷa →
pts
- rough, hard, harsh (lit. & fig.) Dhs.648 (opp.; muduka Dhs.962 (rūpaṃ paṭhavīdhātu: kakkhalaṃ kharagataṃ kakkhaḷattaṃ kakkhaḷabhāvo); Vism.349 (= thaddha), Vism.591, Vism.592 (˚ …
kakkhaḷatā →
pts
hardness, rigidity, Dhs.859; Vb.82; Ja.v.167; Dhs-a.166
■ akakkhaḷatā absence of roughness, pleasantness Dhs.44, Dhs.45, Dhs.324 Dhs.640, Dhs.728, Dhs.859; Dhs-a.151; Vv-a.214 (= saṇha).
abstr …
kakku →
pts
powder for the face, slightly adhesive, used by ladies, Ja.v.302 where 5 kinds are enumerated: sāsapa˚, loṇa˚, mattika˚, tila˚, haliddi˚.
cp. kakka = kalka
kakkāru →
pts
(Sk. karkāru, connected with karkaṭaka]
- a pumpkin-gourd, the Beninkasa Cerifera Ja.vi.536 kakkārujātāni = valliphalāni (reading kakkaru to be corr.).
- a heavenly flower Ja.iii.87, Ja.iii.88 = dibbapuppha
kalasa →
pts
- a pot, waterpot, dish, jar MN.iii.141; Ja.iv.384; Dāvs iv.49; Pv-a.162.
- the female breasts (likened to a jar) Mhbv.2, Mhbv.22.
cp. Vedic kalaśa
kali →
pts
- the unlucky die (see akkha); “the dice were seeds of a tree called the vibhītaka… An extra seed was called the kali” (Dial. ii.368 n. DN.ii.349; Ja.i.380; Dhp.252 (= Dhp-a.iii …
kallita →
pts
pleasantness, agreeableness SN.iii.270, SN.iii.273 (samādhismiṃ-˚kusala); AN.iii.311; AN.iv.34 (id.).
fr. kalla
kalyatā →
pts
- the state of being sound, able, pliant Ja.ii.12.
- pleasantness, agreeableness, readiness, in a˚; opp. (applied to citta) Dhs.1156; Dhs-a.377 (= gilānabhāva).
kalyāṇa →
pts
(& kallāṇa)
- (adj.) beautiful, charming; auspicious, helpful, morally good. Syn bhaddaka Pv-a.9, Pv-a.116) and kusala (SN.ii.118; Pv-a.9 Pv-a.122); opp. pāpa (SN.i.83; MN.i.43; Pv-a.101, Pv-a …
kalā →
pts
- a small fraction of a whole, generally the 16th part; the 16th part of the moon’s disk; often the 16th part again subdivided into 16 parts and so on: one infinitesimal part (see Vv-a.103; Dhp-a.i …
kalāpa →
pts
- anything that comprises a number of things of the same kind; a bundle, bunch sheaf; a row, multitude; usually of grass, bamboo-or sugar-canes, sometimes of hair and feathers SN.iv.290 (tiṇa˚); Ja …
kalāya →
pts
kind of pea, the chick-pea MN.i.245 (kaḷāya); SN.i.150; AN.v.170; Snp.p.124; Ja.ii.75 (= varaka, the bean Phaseolus trilobus, and kālarāja-māsa); Ja.iii.370; Dhp-a.i.319. Its size may be gathered f …
kamanīya →
pts
adjective
- desirable, beautiful, lovely Ja.v.155, Ja.v.156; Mil.11.
- pleasant, sweet (-sounding) DN.ii.171; Ja.i.96
■ As nt. a desirable object SN.i.22.
grd of kāmayati
kambala →
pts
, nt.)
woollen stuff, woollen blanket or garment. From Ja.iv.353 it appears that it was a product of the north, probably Nepal (cp. J.P.T.S. 1889, 203); enumerated as one of the 6 kinds of cīvaras …
kambu →
pts
…of the neck Ja.v.155 (˚ābhāsā gīvā explained on p. 156 as suvaṇṇālingatala-sannibhā); also the (polished) surface of a shell, used as…
kamma →
pts
…Thig.340; Ja.i.57. Also as dāsā pessā k˚kārā AN.iii.37 = AN.iv.265, AN.iv.393, and dāsā k˚ kārā Vin.i.240, Vin.i.272; Vin.ii.154;…
kammanta →
pts
…k˚ uṇṇā ti vā, kappāsā ti vā as housework, falling to the share of the wife AN.iii.37 = AN.iv.365; khetta˚ occupation in the field…
kammatā FIXME double →
pts
Kamyatā (-˚) & kammatā
(Nd) wish, desire, longing for, striving after; with inf. or equivalent kathetu˚ Vv-a.18; muñcitu˚ (+ paṭisankhā) Pts.i.60 Pts.i.65; Bdhd 123; asotu˚, adaṭṭhu˚ and adassana˚ …
kammatā →
pts
Kamyatā (-˚) & kammatā
(Nd) wish, desire, longing for, striving after; with inf. or equivalent kathetu˚ Vv-a.18; muñcitu˚ (+ paṭisankhā) Pts.i.60 Pts.i.65; Bdhd 123; asotu˚, adaṭṭhu˚ and adassana˚ …
kammaññatā →
pts
workableness, adaptability, readiness, appl. to the wood of the sandal tree (in simile) AN.i.9; said of kāya and citta in connection with kammaññattaṃ k˚bhāvo k˚mudutā: Dhs.46 Dhs.47 = Dhs.326 = Dhs.6 …
kammāsa →
pts
- variegated, spotted, blemished Ja.v.69 (˚vaṇṇa), said of the spotted appearance of leprosy
■ fig. inconsistent, varying AN.ii.187. - (nt. inconsistency, blemish, blot AN.iv.55; Vism.51
■ …
kampana →
pts
- adj. causing to shake Dhp-a.i.84, trembling Kacc.271.
- (nt)
- an earthquake Ja.i.26 Ja.i.47.
- tremor (of feelings) Ja.iii.163.
- -rasa (adj.) “whose essence is to tr …
kamyatā FIXME double →
pts
Kamyatā (-˚) & kammatā
(Nd) wish, desire, longing for, striving after; with inf. or equivalent kathetu˚ Vv-a.18; muñcitu˚ (+ paṭisankhā) Pts.i.60 Pts.i.65; Bdhd 123; asotu˚, adaṭṭhu˚ and adassana˚ …
kamyatā →
pts
Kamyatā (-˚) & kammatā
(Nd) wish, desire, longing for, striving after; with inf. or equivalent kathetu˚ Vv-a.18; muñcitu˚ (+ paṭisankhā) Pts.i.60 Pts.i.65; Bdhd 123; asotu˚, adaṭṭhu˚ and adassana˚ …
kandara →
pts
- a cave, grotto, generally, on the slope or at the foot of a mountain Vin.ii.76, Vin.ii.146 used as a dwelling-place Thag.602; Ja.i.205; Ja.iii.172.
- a glen, defile, gully DN.i.71 = AN.ii.210 = P …
kanikāra →
pts
…of the yellow robes (kāsāyāni) Ja.ii.25; with ref. to the blood of the heart Vism.256; = golden Vv-a.65; Dhp-a.ii.250 (variant reading…
kanta →
pts
Kanta1
- (adj.) in special sense an attribute of worldly pleasure (cp. kāma kāmaguṇā): pleasant, lovely, enjoyable; freq. in form iṭṭhā kantā manāpā, referring to the pleasures of the sens …
kantati →
pts
Kantati1
to plait, twist, spin, esp. suttaṃ (thread) Vin.iv.300; Pv-a.75; Dhp-a.iii.273; kappāsaṃ AN.iii.295. Cp pari˚.
Sk. kṛṇatti, *qert, cp. kata, & Lat. cratis, crassus, E. crate …
kantika →
pts
Kantika1
adjective spinning Pv-a.75 (sutta˚ itthiyo).
to kantati1
Kantika2
= kanta1 in a˚ unpleasant, disgusting Pv.iii.4#1 (= Pv-a.193).
kappa →
pts
adjective noun anything made with a definite object in view, prepared, arranged; or that which is fit, suitable, proper. See also DN-a.i.103 & Kp-a.115 for var. meanings.
I. Literal Meaning # …
kappaka →
pts
barber, hairdresser, also attendant to the king; his other function (of preparing baths) is expressed in the term nahāpaka (Pv.ii.9#37) or nahāpita (˚ā?) (DN-a.i.157) Vin. DN-a.i.344; DN-a.ii.182; …
kappeti →
pts
to cause to fit, to create, build, construct arrange, prepare, order.
I. lit
- in special sense: to prepare, get done, i.e. harness: Ja.i.62; plait DN-a.i.274, an offering (yaññaṃ) Snp.1 …
kappāsa →
pts
- the silk-cotton tree Ja.iii.286; Ja.vi.336.
- cotton DN.ii.141; AN.iii.295; SN.v.284; Ja.i.350; Ja.vi.41; comb. w. uṇṇa AN.iii.37 = AN.iv.265 = AN.iv.268.
- -aṭṭhi a cotton s …
kappāsī →
pts
cotton Ja.vi.537; Pv-a.146.
= kappāsa
kapāsa →
pts
Err:509
kara →
pts
- (adj.) (-˚) producing, causing, forming, making, doing, e.g. anta˚ putting an end to; pabhaṃ causing splendour; pāpa˚ doing evil; divā˚ & divasa the day-maker, i.e. the sun; kaṇhabhāva˚ causing a …
karati →
pts
Karati1
to cut, injure, hurt; in “karato kārayato chindato chedāpayato…” DN.i.52 = MN.i.516; SN.iii.208.
cp. Sk. kṛntati
Karati2
(˚tī) feminine a superior kind of bean, the D …
karoti →
pts
v. irreg. Of the endless variety of forms given by grammarians only the foll. are bona fide and borne out by passages from our texts (when bracketed found in gram. works only).
I. Act
- I …
karuṇā →
pts
- (f.) pity compassion. Karuṇā is one of the 4 qualities of character significant of a human being who has attained enfranchisement of heart (ceto-vimutti) in the 4 sentiments viz. mettā k.˚ upekhā …
kasaka →
pts
see kassaka.
kasambu →
pts
anything worthless, rubbish, filth, impurity; fig. low passions SN.i.166; Snp.281 = Mil.414 = AN.iv.172; Vism.258 (maṃsa˚), Vism.259 (parama˚).
- -jāta one whose nature is impurity …
kasana →
pts
ploughing, tilling Ja.iv.167; Ja.vi.328, Ja.vi.364; Vism.384 (+ vapana sowing).
kasati →
pts
to till, to plough SN.i.172, SN.i.173 = Snp.80; Thag.531; Ja.i.57; Ja.ii.165; Ja.vi.365
■ kassate (3rd sing med.) Thag.530
pp kattha (q.v.) Caus. ii. kasāpeti Mil.66, Mil.82; Dhp-a.i.224.
*kṛṣ …
kasaṭa →
pts
- (adj.) bad, nasty; bitter, acrid; insipid, disgusting AN.i.72; Ja.ii.96; Ja.ii.159.
- (m.)
- fault, vice, defect MN.i.281; Pts.ii.87
- leavings, dregs Vv-a.288 (variant reading sakaṭa) …
kasi →
pts
Kasi & Kasī
feminine tilling, ploughing; agriculture, cultivation MN.ii.198; SN.i.172, SN.i.173 = Snp.76 sq. Vin.iv.6; Pv.i.5#6 (k˚, gorakkha, vaṇijjā); Pv-a.7 Sdhp.390 (k˚, vaṇijjā); Vv-a.63
■ * …
kasita →
pts
of kasati) ploughed, tilled Anvs.44; -a˚; untilled ibid. 27, 44
■ Cp. vi˚.
kasiṇa →
pts
Kasiṇa1
adjective entire, whole Ja.iv.111, Ja.iv.112.
Vedic kṛtsna
Kasiṇa2
neuter one of the aids to kammaṭṭhāna, the practice by means of which myst …
kassaka →
pts
husbandman, cultivator, peasant, farmer, ploughman DN.i.61 (k˚ gahapatiko kārakārako rāsi-vaḍḍhako); AN.i.241; AN.i.229, AN.i.239 (the three duties of a farmer); SN.i.172 = Snp.76; SN.iii.155 (varian …
kassati →
pts
kasā →
pts
whip Vin.i.99 (in Uddāna); MN.i.87, etc.; Dhp.143; Mil.197
■ -kasāhi tāḷeti to whip lash, flog as punishment for malefactors here, as well as in Niraya (see kamma-karaṇā) MN.i …
kasāva →
pts
Kasāya & Kasāva
- a kind of paste or gum used in colouring walls Vin.ii.151.
- an astringent decoction extracted from plants Vin.i.201, Vin.i.277; Ja.v.198.
- (of taste), astringent DhS.629; Mil.65 …
kasāya →
pts
Kasāya & Kasāva
- a kind of paste or gum used in colouring walls Vin.ii.151.
- an astringent decoction extracted from plants Vin.i.201, Vin.i.277; Ja.v.198.
- (of taste), astringent DhS.629; Mil.65 …
kasāyatta →
pts
astringency Mil.56.
abstr. fr. kasāya
kasī →
pts
Kasi & Kasī
feminine tilling, ploughing; agriculture, cultivation MN.ii.198; SN.i.172, SN.i.173 = Snp.76 sq. Vin.iv.6; Pv.i.5#6 (k˚, gorakkha, vaṇijjā); Pv-a.7 Sdhp.390 (k˚, vaṇijjā); Vv-a.63
■ * …
kata →
pts
(& sometimes; kaṭa) done, worked, made. Extremely rare as v. trs. in the common meaning of E. make, Ger. machen, or Fr. faire (see the cognate kapp and jan, also uppajjati & viss …
katara →
pts
adjective which one (of a certain number, usually of two) Ja.i.4; Pv-a.119 Often only emphatic for ko, e.g. Ja.i.298 (kataraṃ upaddavaṃ na kareyya), and used uninflected in compounds …
kathalika →
pts
, always in combination pād’odaka pāda-pīṭha pāda-k˚: either a cloth to wipe the feet with after washing them, or a footstool Vin.i.9, Vin.i.47 Vin.ii.22 sq., Vin.ii.210, Vin.ii.216. At Vv-a.8 …
kathaṃ →
pts
adverb dubit. interr. part.
- how; with ind. pres. Pv-a.6 (k. puriso paṭilabhati), or with fut. & cond. Ja.i.222; Ja.ii.159 (k. tattha gamissāmi); Ja.vi.500; Pv-a.54 (na dassāmi)
- why, for what …
kathā →
pts
- talk talking, conversation AN.i.130; Pv-a.39. So in antarā˚ DN.i.179; Snp.p.107, Snp.p.115; cp. sallāpa. Also in tiracchāna˚; low, common speech, comprising 28 kinds of conversational talk a b …
kattha →
pts
adverb where? where to whither? Vin.i.83, Vin.i.107; Vin.ii.76; DN.i.223; Snp.487, Snp.1036; Ja.iii.76; Pv.ii.9#16; Dhp-a.i.3
■ k. nu kho where then where I wonder? DN.i.215 sq., Pv-a.22 (with Pot …
kattikā →
pts
(& -kattika) Name of a month (Oct
■ Nov.), during which the full moon is near the constellation of Pleiades It is the last month of the rainy season, terminating on the full moon day of Kattikā ( …
kavandha →
pts
- the (headless) trunk of the body, endowed with the power of motion Vin.iii.107; cp. SN.ii.260 (asīsaka˚); Mil.292; Dhp-a.i.314.
- a headless dwarf, whose head has been crushed down into his body …
kavāṭa →
pts
- the panels of the door, the door proper, not the aperture Vin.ii.114, Vin.ii.120, Vin.ii.207, Vin.ii.208 (see Vin.ii.148 for the description of a door), Vin.iv.269, Vin.iv.304 (˚baddha = āvasatha); …
kañcana →
pts
gold AN.iii.346 Thag.691 (muttaṃ selā va k.); Thig.266 (k˚ ssa phalakaṃ va); Vv-a.4, Vv-a.9 (= jātarūpa). Esp. freq. in compounds = of or like gold.
- -agghika a golden garlan …
kaññā →
pts
young (unmarried) woman, maiden, girl Pv.i.11#1
■ As emblem of beauty in simile khattiya-kaññā vā… pannarasa-vassuddesikā vā solasa-vassuddesikā vā… MN.i.88; in combination khattiya-kaññā, brāhm …
kaṅkala →
pts
skeleton; only in cpd. atthi˚ Aṭṭhikankal’ ūpamā kāmā Vin.ii.25; MN.i.130, MN.i.364; Ja.v.210; Thag.1150 (˚kuṭika): aṭṭhikankalasannibha Thig.488 (= Thag-a.287; cp. Morris, J.P.T.S. 1885, 75) aṭṭhi …
kaṇḍu →
pts
…sahassa-kaṇḍubbedho ti pāsādo satabhūmiko ahosi; in preceding lines the expression used is “sahassa-kaṇḍagamanaṃ uccaṃ.”
=…
kaṇṇa →
pts
- a corner, an angle Vin.i.48, Vin.i.286; Ja.i.73; Ja.iii.42 Ja.v.38; Ja.vi.519; Pv-a.74; Dhp-a.ii.178; Dāvs ii.111- cīvara˚; the edge of the garment Vism.389. Freq. in cpd. catu˚; (catukkaṇṇa …
kaṇṭaka →
pts
- a thorn Snp.845; Vin.i.188; Ja.v.102 Ja.vi.105 (in description of the Vetaraṇī); cp. kusa˚
- any instrument with a sharp point Sdhp.201.
- a bone, fish-bone Ja.i.222; in piṭṭhi˚; a bone of the …
kaṇṭha →
pts
…neck Vin.i.15; Dhp.307 (kāsāva˚); Vv.64#17 (expid at Vv-a.280 by gīvūpagasīsūpagādi-ābharaṇāni). Esp. in loc….
kaṭa →
pts
Kaṭa1
a mat: see compounds & kaṭallaka.
kaṭuka →
pts
adjective sharp, bitter, acid, severe
- severe, sharp (fig.), of dukkha, vedanā, kāmā, etc MN.i.10 = AN.ii.143; Ja.vi.115; Thig.451 (= Thag-a.281) SN-a.56
■ painful, terrible, frightful (-ap …
kaṭṭha →
pts
Kaṭṭha1
ploughed, tilled Snp.80; Mil.255; Pv-a.45, Pv-a.62. a˚ untilled, unprepared Anvs.27. su˚ well-ploughed AN.i.229; Mil.255.
Sk. kṛṣṭa, pp. of kasati, cp. kiṭṭha
Kaṭṭha2</su …
kerāṭika →
pts
adjective deceitful, false, hypocritic Ja.i.461 (explained by biḷāra); Ja.iv.220; Ja.iv.223 (= kirāsa) MN-a.152; Dhp-a.iii.389 (= saṭha)
■ a˚ honest, frank Ja.v.117 (= akitava, ajūtakara).
fr. kirāṭa
kesa →
pts
…kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati “to shave off hair & beard, dress in yellow…
kevala →
pts
(adj-adv.) expression of the concept of unity and totality: only, alone; whole, complete; adv altogether or only
- ˚ṃ (adv.)
- only = just: k tvaṃ amhākaṃ vacanaṃ karohi “do all we tell you Pv\ …
kevalin →
pts
adjective one who is fully accomplished, an Arahant; often with mahesi and uttamapurisa Defn sabbaguṇa-paripuṇṇa sabba-yoga-visaṃyutta Snp-a.153
■ ye suvimuttā t …
keḷi →
pts
Keḷi1
feminine
- play, amusement, sport Pv-a.265 (= khiḍḍā); parihāsa merry play, fun Ja.i.116.
- playing at dice, gambling in -maṇḍala “circle of the game,” draught-board; *-ṃ bh …
keḷāsa →
pts
Name of a mountain Bdhd 138.
cp. Sk. kailāsa
kha →
pts
syllable & ending, functioning also as root, meaning “void, empty” or as n. meaning “space”; expld. by Bdhgh with ref. to dukkha as “khaṃ saddo pana tucche; tucchaṃ hi ākāsaṃ khan ti vuccati” Vism.494 …
khalika →
pts
(or khalikā f.) a dice-board, in khalikāya kīḷanti to play at dice (see illustr. in Rh. D. Buddh. India p. 77; Vin.ii.10; cp. DN.i.6 (in enumn of various amusements expl. at DN-a.i.85 …
khandha →
pts
I. Crude meaning
bulk, massiveness (gross) substance.
- Esp. used
- of an elephant: the bulk of the body, i.e. its back SN.i.95 vāraṇassa Ja.iii.392; hatthi-khandha-vara-gata on th …
khanti →
pts
Khanti & Khantī
f. patience, forbearance, forgiveness. Def. at Dhs.1341: khantī khamanatā adhivāsanatā acaṇḍikkaṃ anasuropo attamanatā cittassa Most frequent combinations: with *[mettā](/define/mettā …
khantī →
pts
Khanti & Khantī
f. patience, forbearance, forgiveness. Def. at Dhs.1341: khantī khamanatā adhivāsanatā acaṇḍikkaṃ anasuropo attamanatā cittassa Most frequent combinations: with *[mettā](/define/mettā …
khattiya →
pts
…= DN.iii.260;
- -mahāsāla “the wealthy khattiya” (see above ii.1) DN.iii.258, etc.; *…
khaya →
pts
waste, destruction, consumption decay, ruin, loss; of the passing away of night Vv-a.52 mostly in applied meaning with ref. to the extinction of passions & such elements as condition, life, & rebirth …
khaṭakhaṭa →
pts
the noise of hawking or clearing one’s throat: -sadda Vin.i.188; Dhp-a.iii.330; cp. khakkhaṭa (variant reading khaṭkhaṭa Divy.518 = utkāśanaśabda.
khāṭ-kata, making khāṭ; cp. kakkāreti
khetta →
pts
- (lit.) a field, a plot of land, arable land, a site, DN.i.231; SN.i.134 (bījaṃ khette virūhati; in simile); three kinds of fields at SN.iv.315, viz. agga˚ majjhima˚, hīna˚ (in simile); AN.i.229 = A …
khila →
pts
waste or fallow land AN.iii.248; fig. barrenness of mind, mental obstruction. There are five ceto-khilā enumerated in detail at MN.i.101 = AN.iv.460; DN.iii.238 (see under ceto); …
khipana →
pts
the act of throwing or the state of being thrown Ja.i.290 (pasaka-k˚).
khipati →
pts
to throw, to cast, to throw out or forth, to upset Snp.p.32 (cittaṃ); Ja.i.223 (sīsaṃ), Ja.i.290 (pāsake); Ja.ii.3 (daḷhaṃ dalhassa: to pit force against force)
aor khipi SN.iv.2, SN.iv.3 (khuracakk …
khipita →
pts
sneezing expectoration Pv.ii.2#3 (expl. Pv-a.80: mukhato nikkhantamala); Dhp-a.i.314 (˚roga + kāsa, coughing).
- -sadda the sound of expectorations DN.i.50; Dhp-a.i.250.
pp. …
khiḍḍā →
pts
play, amusement, pleasure usually combined with rati, enjoyment. Var. degrees of pleasures (bāla˚, etc.) mentioned at AN.v.203; var kinds of amusement enumerated at Cnd.219; as expounded at DN.i.6 und …
kho →
pts
an enclitic particle of affirmation & emphasis indeed, really, surely; in narration: then, now (cp kira); in question: then, perhaps, really. Def. as adhikār’ antara-nidassan’ atthe nipāto Kp-a.113 …
khudda →
pts
adjective small, inferior, low; trifling, insignificant; na khuddaṃ samācare kiñci “he shall not pursue anything trifling” Snp.145 (= lāmakaṃ Kp-a.243) kh˚ ca bālaṃ Snp.318. Opp. to strong Vv.32#10 ( …
khudā →
pts
hunger Snp.52 (+ pipāsā Cnd s. v. kh˚ vuccati chātako), Snp.966; Pv.i.6#4 (= jighacchā), Pv.ii.1#5 (+ taṇhā), Pv.ii.2#4; Pv-a.72. See…
khujja →
pts
adjective
- humpbacked Ja.v.426 (+ piṭhasappī); DN-a.i.148 (in combination with vāmana kirāta); f. Dhp-a.i.194, Dhp-a.i.226.
- small, inferior, in kh˚-rājā a smaller, subordinate king Sdhp.453 …
khuppipāsā →
pts
hunger & thirst: ˚āya mīyamāno MN.i.85. Personified as belonging to the army of Māra Snp.436 = Nd ii.on visenikatvā. To be tormented by hunger & thirst is the special lot of the; Petas: Pv.i.11#10 P …
khura →
pts
Khura1
the hoof of an animal Vv.64#10 (of a horse = turagānaṃ khuranipāta, the clattering of a horse’s hoof Vv-a.279), cp. Sk. kṣura, a monkey’s claw Sp. Avs.i.236.
khura-kāse MN.i.44 …
khārika →
pts
Khārika1
alkaline, in enumn of tastes (cp. rasa) at SN.iii.87; Dhs.629 and ≈.
adj. to khāra
Khārika2
of the khārī measure, in vīsati˚ kosalako tilavāho AN.v.173 = …
khārī →
pts
certain measure of capacity (esp. of grain, see below khārika). It is used of the eight requisites of an ascetic, and often in conn. with his yoke (kāja): “a khārī-load.”
- -kāja …
khīra →
pts
milk, milky fluid, milky juice Vin.i.243; Vin.ii.301; MN.i.343 sq. = AN.ii.207 = Pp.56; AN.ii.95 (in simile with dadhi, navanīta, sappi, sappi-maṇḍa) DN.i.201; Dhp-a.i.98; enumerated with *[dadhi](/ …
khīyati →
pts
to be exhausted, to waste away, to become dejected, to fall away from Vin.iv.152; Ja.i.290 (dhạna); Pv.ii.9#42; Pv.ii.11#2; Pts.i.94, Pts.i.96 Pts.ii.31 (āsavā); Bdhd 80
ppr khīyamāna Snp.434 Bdhd 1 …
khīṇa →
pts
destroyed, exhausted, removed, wasted, gone; in compounds ˚-often to be translated “without.” It is mostly applied to the destruction of the passions (āsavā) & demerit (kamma). Khīṇā jāti “destroyed …
kibbisa →
pts
wrongdoing, demerit, fault, usually with ˚ṃ karoti to do wrong Snp.246; Sdhp.204; Ja.iii.135 or ˚ṃ pasavati AN.v.75; Vin.ii.198. -kata˚; (adj.) having done wrong in akata-kalyāṇo, etc. AN.ii.174 a …
kicca →
pts
- (adj.) that which ought to be done, that which is to be performed; nt something to do Dhp-a.i.15. defined as kātabban ti kiccaṃ kiñcid eva karaṇīyan ti Kp-a.218; kattabaṃ karaṇīyaṃ Dhp-a.iii.452 …
kicchati →
pts
to be troubled, to be wearied, to suffer Thag.962 (w. acc. of obj.); usually with kilamati: k˚ kāyo kilamati Thag.1073. Used in a play of words with vicikicchati by Bdhgh at Dhs-a.354 as “ārammaṇaṃ n …
kila →
pts
Kira & Kila
adverb
- emphatic: really, truly, surely. (Gr. δή)
- presumptive (with pres. or fut.) I should think one would expect.
- narrative (with aor.): now, then, you know (Gr. δδε, Lat. at, …
kilesa →
pts
…(etc. four of each:), vipallāsā, upādānāni, yogā, gandhā āsavā, oghā, sallā, viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo, agatigamanāni Netti.113,…
kilāsa →
pts
cutaneous disease, perhaps leprosy, enumerated under the var. diseases (ābādhā together with kuṭṭha gaṇḍa k˚ sosa Vin.ii.271; AN.v.110 Cnd.304#1. Kilasika & iya;
cp. Sk. kilāsa
kilāsika →
pts
Kilāsika & ˚iya
adjective afflicted with a cutaneous disease, a leper, in same combination as kilāsa, Vin.i.93 Kv.31 (˚iya).
fr. last
kilāsiya →
pts
Kilāsika & ˚iya
adjective afflicted with a cutaneous disease, a leper, in same combination as kilāsa, Vin.i.93 Kv.31 (˚iya).
fr. last
kimi →
pts
worm, vermin: setā kimī kaṇhasīsā AN.iii.241; Mil.272; DN-a.i.199
■ As animal of death and putrefaction MN.i.507; Ja.i.146; Snp.201; esp with ref. to the punishment of Petas: Pv.i.3#1; Thig.439; Pv …
kira →
pts
Kira & Kila
adverb
- emphatic: really, truly, surely. (Gr. δή)
- presumptive (with pres. or fut.) I should think one would expect.
- narrative (with aor.): now, then, you know (Gr. δδε, Lat. at, …
kirāsa →
pts
adjective false, fraudulent Ja.iv.223 (= kerāṭika).
a by-form of kirāṭa
kirāta →
pts
Kirāta & kirāṭa
a man of a tribe of junglemen, classed with dwarfs among the attendants of a chief DN-a.i.148. See on the Kirāta as a mountain tribe Zimmer, Altindisches Leben p.34. Cp. also apaki …
kirāṭa →
pts
Kirāta & kirāṭa
a man of a tribe of junglemen, classed with dwarfs among the attendants of a chief DN-a.i.148. See on the Kirāta as a mountain tribe Zimmer, Altindisches Leben p.34. Cp. also apaki …
kita →
pts
- adorned: mālā˚ adorned with garlands Vin.iii.249.
- soiled, only in cpds kaṇṇa˚; said of a wall, also of the ground at Vin.i.48 Vin.ii.209; and paṃsu˚; soiled with dust Vin.ii.121, Vin.ii.174. …
kiñcana →
pts
adjective noun only in neg. sentences: something, anything From the freq. context in the older texts it has assumed the moral implication of something that sticks or adheres to the character of a man, …
kiṃ →
pts
- as nt. subst. what? sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇaṃ what is the obstruction? Snp.1032; kiṃ tava patthanāya what is it about your wish, i.e. what good is your wish? Vv-a.226; kim idaṃ this is what, that is …
kiṭaka →
pts
only at Pv.i.92,4, of clothes which are changed into missā kiṭakā, which is expl. at Pv-a.44 by kiṭakasadisāni lohapaṭṭasadisāni bhavanti “they become like (hot) copper plates.”
doubtful
klesa →
pts
…(etc. four of each:), vipallāsā, upādānāni, yogā, gandhā āsavā, oghā, sallā, viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo, agatigamanāni Netti.113,…
kodha →
pts
anger. Nearest synonyms are āghāta (Dhs.1060 = Cnd.576 both expositions also of dosa), upanāha (always in chain rāga, dosa, moha, kodha, upanāha) and *[dhūma]( …
koka →
pts
Koka1
a wolf Ja.vi.525; Mnd.13 = Cnd.420; Mil.267 = Ja.v.416. ˚vighāsa remainder of a wolf’s meal Vin.iii.58.
not = Sk. koka, cuckoo
Koka2
Name of a tree, Phoenix sylvestris: …
kovida →
pts
adjective one who is in the possession of right wisdom, with ref. either to dhamma, magga, or ariyasaccāni, closely related to medhāvin and paṇḍita SN.i.146, …
koñca →
pts
Koñca1
the heron, often in combn with mayūra (peacock): Thag.1113; Vv.11#1, Vv.35#8 Ja.v.304; Ja.vi.272; or with haṃsa Pv.ii.12#3
■ Explained as sārasa Vv- …
koṭi →
pts
the end—
- of space: the extreme part, top, summit, point (cp. anta to which it is opposed at Ja.vi.371): dhanu-koṭiṃ nissāya “through the (curved) end of my bow,” i.e. by means …
koṭṭha →
pts
Koṭṭha1
masculine neuter anything hollow and closed in (Cp. gabbha for both meanings) as
- the stomach or abdomen Mil.265, Vism.357; Sdhp.257.
- a closet, a monk’s cell, a storeroom MN. …
koṭṭhaka →
pts
Koṭṭhaka1
neuter “a kind of koṭṭha,” the stronghold over a gateway, used as a store-room for various things, a chamber, treasury, granary Vin.ii.153, Vin.ii.210; for the purpose of keepin …
ku →
pts
(kud-and kum-) 3rd stem of interrog. pron. ka (on form and meaning cp. kad; = Lat.* qṷu in (qṷ)ubi, like katara
- Kuto where from? whence? Dhp.62; k˚bhayaṃ whence i.e. why fear? Dhp.212 sq.; Sn …
kuhaka →
pts
deceitful, cheating; a cheat, a fraud, combined with lapaka DN.i.8; AN.iii.111
■ AN.v.159 sq.; Snp.984, Snp.987; Ja.i.375 (˚tāpasa); Dhp-a.iv.152 (˚brāhmaṇa); Dhp-a.iv.153 (˚co …
kukkucca →
pts
- bad doing, misconduct, bad character. Def. kucchitaṃ kataṃ kukataṃ tassa bhāvo kukkuccaṃ Vism.470 & Bdhd 24
■ Various explanations in Nd ii.on Snp.1106 = Dhs.1160, in its literal sense it is b …
kula →
pts
(nt.; but poetic pl. kulā Pv.ii.9#43)
- clan a high social grade, “good family,” cp. Gr. (doric) φυά, Goth. kuni. A collection of cognates and agnates, in sense of Ohg. sippa, clan; “house” in sense …
kulāvaka →
pts
nest DN.i.91 (= DN-a.i.257 nivāsaṭṭhanaṃ); SN.i.8; SN.i.224 = Ja.i.203 (a brood of birds = supaṇṇapotakā); Ja.iii.74 (variant reading BB), Ja.iii.431; Ja.vi.344; Dhp-a.ii.22.
kumbha →
pts
- a round jar, waterpot (= kulālabhājana earthenware Dhp-a.i.317), frequent in similes, either as illustrating fragility or emptiness and fullness: AN.i.130, AN.i.131 = Pp.32; AN.v.337; SN.ii.83; Mi …
kumbhaṇḍa →
pts
- m. a class of fairies or genii grouped with Yakkhas, Rakkhasas and Asuras SN.ii.258 (k˚ puriso vehāsaṃ gacchanto); Ja.i.204; Ja.iii.147 (with def.); Mil.267; Dhp-a.i.280; Pgdp.60.
- nt. a kind of …
kummāsa →
pts
junket, usually with odana, boiled rice. In formula of kāya (cātummahābhūtika etc., see kāya) DN.i.76 = MN.ii.17 and ≈; in enum. of material food (kabaḷinkārâhāra) …
kunta →
pts
kind of bird, otherwise called adāsa Ja.iv.466.
cp. Sk. kunta lance?
kuppa →
pts
adjective shaking, unsteady, movable; AN.iii.128 (˚dhammo, unsteady, of a pāpabhikkhu) Snp.784; of a kamma: a proceeding that can be quashed Vin.ii.71 (also a˚). nt. kuppaṃ anger Vin.ii.133 (karis s …
kusala →
pts
adjective
- (adj.) clever, skilful, expert; good, right, meritorious MN.i.226; Dhp.44; Ja.i.222 Esp. appl. in moral sense (= puñña), whereas akusala is practically equivalent to pāpa. ekam pi ce pāṇ …
kusalatā →
pts
(only -˚) skill, cleverness, accomplishment; good quality
■ lakkhaṇa˚ skill in interpreting special signs Vv-a.138; aparicita˚ neglect in acquiring good qualities Pv-a.67. For foll. cp Mrs. Rh. D …
kusīta →
pts
adjective indolent, inert, inactive. Expl. by kāma-vitakkādīhi vitakkehi vītināmanakapuggalo Dhp-a.ii.260; by nibbiriyo Dhp-a.iii.410; by alaso Pv-a.175, Often combined with *[hīnaviriya](/define/ …
kutta →
pts
“being made up.”
- Work. The beginning of things was the work of Brahmā. The use of kutta implies that the work was so easy as to be nearer play than work, and to have been carried out in a mood of …
kuṇapa →
pts
corpse, carcase, Vin.iii.68 = MN.i.73 = AN.iv.377 (ahi˚, kukkura˚, manussa pūti˚); AN.iv.198 sq.; Snp.205; Ja.i.61, Ja.i.146; Pv-a.15 Kaṇṭhe āsatto kuṇapo a corpse hanging round one’s neck MN.i.120; …
kuṭī →
pts
(kuṭi˚) feminine any single-roomed abode, a hut, cabin, cot, shed Vin.iii.144 (on vehāsa-kuṭī see vehāsa Vin.iv.46); Snp.18, Snp.19; Pv.ii.2#8; Vv-a.188, Vv-a.256 (cīvara˚ a cl …
kuṭṭa →
pts
Kuṭṭa1
powder. Sāsapa˚ mustard powder Vin.i.205; Vin.ii.151 (at the latter passage to be read for ˚kuḍḍa, cp. Vin Texts iii.171), Vin.ii.205.
cp. koṭṭeti, kuṭ; to crush, which is expl …
kuṭṭha →
pts
Kuṭṭha1
neuter (cp. kus; Sk. kuṣṭhā f.) leprosy Ja.v.69, Ja.v.72, Ja.v.89; Ja.vi.196, Ja.vi.383; Vism.35 (+ gaṇḍa); DN-a.i.260, DN-a.i.261 DN-a.i.272. The disease described at Dhp-a …
kāca →
pts
Kāca1
a glass-like substance made of siliceous clay; crystal Vin.i.190; Vin.ii.112 (cp Divy.503, kācamaṇi rock-crystal)
■ a˚; not of glass or quartz, i.e. pure, clear, flawless, appl …
kāka →
pts
the crow; freq. in similes: SN.i.124; Snp.448; Ja.i.164. Its thievish ways are described at Dhp-a.iii.352; said to have ten bad qualities AN.v.149; Ja.i.342; Ja.iii.126; kākā vā kulalā vā Vin.iv.40 …
kākacchati →
pts
to snore Vin.iv.355; AN.iii.299; Ja.i.61, Ja.i.160 (= ghurughurûpassāsa; cp. DN-a.i.42 ghurû-ghurûpassāsī); Ja.i.318 Ja.vi.57; Mil.85; Vism.311.
derived by Fausböll fr. kās, to cough; by Trenckne …
kāla →
pts
…and śyāva (brown) under kāsāya. That the notion of the speckled or variegated colour belongs to the sphere of black, is psychologically simple…
kālusiya →
pts
(and Kālussiya) neuter darkness, obscurity DN-a.i.95; Pv-a.124 (cakkhu˚); fig. (dosa˚ Vv-a.30.
der. fr. kalusa, stained, dirty see cognates under kammāsa and kāla
kāma →
pts
…benefactor Ja.v.221; -pipāsā thirst for sensuality MN.i.242; AN.ii.11, and under k˚-chanda; -bandha…
kānana →
pts
glade in the forest, a grove, wood Snp.1134 (= Cnd. s.v. vanasaṇḍa); Thig.254 (= Thag-a.210 upavana); Ja.vi.557; Sdhp.574.
cp. Sk. kānana
kāraka →
pts
(usually -˚) the doer (of): Vin.ii.221 (capu-capu˚); sāsana˚ he who does according to (my) advice Snp.445 Bdhd 85 sq
■ f. kārikā: veyyāvacca˚ a servant Pv-a.65 (text reads ˚tā …
kāraṇa →
pts
,
-
- a deed, action, performance, esp. an act imposed or inflicted upon somebody by a higher authority (by the king as representative of justice or by kamma MN.iii.181; see *kamma …
kāraṇḍava →
pts
Kāraṇḍava1
chaff, offal, sweepings, fig. dirt, impurity: yava˚ AN.iv.169 (chaff) samaṇa˚ ibid
■ In passage kāraṇḍavaṃ niddhamatha kasambuṃ apakassatha AN.iv.172 = Snp.281 = Mil.414 trsl< …
kāsa →
pts
Kāsa1
a kind of reed, Saccharum spontaneum SN.iii.137.
cp. Sk. kāśa
Kāsa2
cough; in list of diseases under ābādhā AN.v.110 = Cnd.304#1.
cp. Sk. kāsa
kāsāvaka →
pts
yellow robe Dhp-a.ii.86.
fr. kāsāva
kāsāviya →
pts
one who is dressed in yellow, esp. of the royal executioner (cp. kāsāya-vattha) Ja.iv.447 (= cora-ghātaka C.).
fr. kāsāva
kāsāya →
pts
…Gliederung* p. 104 & cp. kāsāya-nivāsana Ja.iii.41; kāsāviya Ja.iv.447); Pv-a.20; -vāsin dressed in yellow Snp.487. 2. Kāsāva…
kāya →
pts
…is one of the ten ariya-vāsā, the noblest conditions. A quasi-analogy between kāya and kāma is apparent from a number of other passages…
kāḷa →
pts
…and śyāva (brown) under kāsāya. That the notion of the speckled or variegated colour belongs to the sphere of black, is psychologically simple…
kīta →
pts
bought Ja.i.224 (˚dāsa a bought slave), Ja.ii.185.
pp. of kiṇāti
kūṭa →
pts
…As trap Ja.i.143 (kūṭapāsādi); Ja.iv.416 (expln paṭicchannapāsa). As deceit, cheating in formula tulā˚ kaṃsa māna˚…
labhati →
pts
- (the very freq. & ordinary meaning) to get, to receive, obtain, acquire.
- (fig.) to obtain permission to receive an opportunity, etc., as “pabbajituṃ sace lacchāmi” if I am allowed to receive the …
laddha →
pts
(having) obtained, taken, received Snp.106, Snp.239; Ja.v.171; Mhvs.5, Mhvs.133 (kiñci laddhaṃ); Mhvs.10, Mhvs.37 (kaññā laddhā); Pv-a.5
■ laddhatvaṃ at Ja.iv.406 is to be corrected to uddhatvā …
lagga →
pts
adjective sticking; stuck, attached; obstructed, hindered Cnd.107; Mil.346 (laggaṃ disvā mahiṃ); Dhs-a.127 (alagga-bhāva); Dhp-a.i.361 (˚mānasa) Neg. alagga unobstructed (lit. n …
laguḷa →
pts
…like asi, satti, bheṇḍi pāsāṇa etc.); Mil.152, Mil.351 (kodaṇḍa-laguḷa-muggara), Mil.355 (kilesa˚); Ja.vi.394; Vism.525…
lahusa →
pts
adjective easily offended, touchy DN.i.90; explained by DN-a.i.256 as follows: “lahusā ti lahukā appaken’ eva tussanti vā russanti vā udaka-piṭṭhe lābukaṭāhaṃ viya appakena pi uppilavanti.” Cp *[rab …
lakkhañña →
pts
adjective connected with auspices, auspicious, in phrase “lakkhaññā vata bho dosinā ratti” (how grand a sign friends, is the moonlight night! translation) DN.i.47 = Ja.i.509 (explained at DN-a.i.141 …
lakkhaṇa →
pts
- sign, characteristic mark; esp. a sign as implying something extraordinary or pointing to the future, therefore a prognosticative mark (cp. talisman), a distinguishing mark or salient feature, prop …
lambati →
pts
to hang down, to droop, fall Mhvs.32, Mhvs.70 (laggāni lambiṃsu), Mhvs.71 (ākāse lambamānāni). Fut. lambahīti (poet.) Ja.v.302 (= lambissati)
caus lambeti to cause to hang up …
lasagata →
pts
(hattha) at AN.ii.165 is to be read (with variant reading) as lepagata, i.e. sticky (opp. suddha).
lasati →
pts
to desire, long; to dance, play sport; to shine; to sound forth. See lāsana, abhilāsa upaḷāseti, alasa, vilāsa
caus lāseti to sport, to amuse (oneself) Vin.ii.10 (with vādeti, gā …
latā →
pts
- a slender tree, a creeping plant, creeper AN.i.202 (māluvā˚); Vv.35#5 (= vallī Vv-a.162) Vv.47#4 (kosātakī l.); Ja.i.464 (rukkha˚, here perhaps better “branch”); Dhp-a.i.392 (˚pasādhana: see unde …
laya →
pts
- a brief measure of time, usually combined with other expressions denoting a short moment, esp. frequent as khaṇa laya muhutta Vin.i.12 Vin.iii.92; AN.iv.137; cp. Dpvs.i.16 (khaṇe khaṇe laye Buddh …
lañchana →
pts
- stamp, mark, imprint Vv-a.89 (sasa˚, of the moon); Dāvs ii.23 (pada˚).
- the seal (of a letter or edict) Snp-a.172
■ Cp. lañcana.
fr. lañch
lañchati →
pts
to stamp, to seal Dhp-a.i.35 (sāsanaṃ rāja-muddāya lañchanto)
caus lañcheti.
- to seal Ja.i.452 (spelt lañjetvā); Ja.ii.326, Ja.vi.385; Snp-a.577 (rāja-muddikāya); Dhp-a …
laḷati →
pts
to dally, sport, sing Ja.ii.121 (ppr. laḷamānā); Vv-a.41 (laḷantī; with kīḷati), Vv-a.57 (id.)
caus laḷeti Ja.i.362 (ppr. lāḷentā); Vism.365; cp. upa˚
pp laḷita: see pa˚.
lal, onomat. …
laṅghi →
pts
Laṅghi (Laṅghī)
feminine
- a kind of deer (?) Ja.vi.537.
- doubtful of meaning & origin in phrase; laṅghī-pitāmahā at Ja.ii.363 = Ja.iii.226: “whose grandfather was a deer, or a jumper” (?); us …
laṅghī →
pts
Laṅghi (Laṅghī)
feminine
- a kind of deer (?) Ja.vi.537.
- doubtful of meaning & origin in phrase; laṅghī-pitāmahā at Ja.ii.363 = Ja.iii.226: “whose grandfather was a deer, or a jumper” (?); us …
lepa →
pts
- smearing, plastering, coating over Vin.iv.303 (bāhira˚); Ja.ii.25 (mattikā˚).
- (fig.) plaster, i.e. that which sticks, affection, attachment, etc., in taṇhā˚ the stain of craving, & diṭṭhi˚; …
lepana →
pts
smearing, plastering, anointing Vin.ii.172 (kuḍḍa˚); AN.iv.107 (vāsana˚), AN.iv.111 (id.); Ja.ii.117 Cp. abhi˚, ā˚, pa˚
fr. lip
lesa →
pts
sham, pretext, trick Vin.iii.169 (where ten lesas are enumerated, viz. jāti˚, nāma˚ gotta˚, linga˚, āpatti˚, patta˚, cīvara˚, upajjhāya˚ ācariya˚, senāsana˚); Ja.ii.11; Ja.vi.402
■ lesa-kappa pre …
leṇa →
pts
…vihāra, aḍḍhayoga, pāsāda, hammiya guhā. The expln of leṇa at Vb-a.366 runs as follows “pabbataṃ khaṇitvā vā…
likkhā →
pts
kind of measure Vb-a.343 (36 rattareṇus equal to one likkhā 7 likkhās equal to 1 ūkā); Kp-a.43 (˚matta).
*Sk. likṣā egg of a louse, as measure equal to 8 trasareṇu (BR.)
■ Connected with Lat. ri …
liṅga →
pts
- characteristic, sign, attribute, mark feature MN.i.360; SN.v.278; Snp.601 sq. (= saṇṭhāna Snp-a.464); Vin.iv.7 (two: hīna & ukkaṭṭha); Ja.i.18; Ja.iv.114 (gihi˚), Ja.iv.130; Mil.133 (sāsana˚), Mil …
loha →
pts
…kettle Dhp-a.i.126
- -pāsāda “copper terrace,” brazen palace, Name of a famous monastery at Anurādhapura in Ceylon…
lohitaṅka →
pts
ruby AN.iv.199, AN.iv.203; Tha-ap.2; Vv.36#3; Vv-a.304. See masāragalla for further refs. Note. The word is not found in Vedic and Class. Sk. a later term for “ruby” is *[ …
loka →
pts
…8 loka-dhammā; 9 satt’āvāsā 10 upakkilesā; 11 kāmabhavā; 12 āyatanāni 18 dhātuyo. They are repeated at Pts.i.122 = Pts.i.174 with 1 as…
lomasa →
pts
adjective hairy, covered with hair, downy, soft MN.i.305; Pv.i.9#2. At Ja.iv.296 lomasā is explained as pakkhino, i.e. birds; reading however doubtful (vv.ll. lomahaṃsa & lomassā).
cp. Vedic romaśa
loṇa →
pts
salt; as adj., salty, of salt, alkaline- Vin.i.202 (loṇāni bhesajjāni alkaline medicine among which are given sāmuddaṃ kāḷaloṇaṃ sindhavaṃ ubbhidaṃ bilaṃ as var. kinds of salt), Vin.i.220 = Vin.i.243 …
lujjati →
pts
to be broken up, to break (up), to be destroyed to go asunder, to fall apart AN.i.283 = Pp.32 (here equal to “be wiped out,” but it is unnecessary to assume as Kern,
Toevoegselen
s. v. lujjati doe …
lumpati →
pts
to break, harm, injure; to attack plunder; with a strong touch of affection (sympathy or desire) lubh in it [cp. lup: Gr. λύπη; ruj: roga], which is still more evident in Intens. *[loluppa](/def …
lābha →
pts
lāja →
pts
Lāja & Lājā
feminine
- fried grain, parched corn: occurring only in combination madhu-lāja fried grain with honey, sweet corn Ja.iii.538; Ja.iv.214, Ja.iv.281.
- the flower of Dalbergia arborea …
lājā →
pts
Lāja & Lājā
feminine
- fried grain, parched corn: occurring only in combination madhu-lāja fried grain with honey, sweet corn Ja.iii.538; Ja.iv.214, Ja.iv.281.
- the flower of Dalbergia arborea …
lākhā →
pts
lac; lac-dye; enumerated with other colourings at MN.i.127 = SN.ii.101 = AN.iii.230
■ Snp-a.577 Vism.261 (as colour of blood).
- -ācariya expert in lac-dyeing Snp-a.577.
- …
lāsa →
pts
sporting, dancing: see abhi˚, vi˚.
of las
lāseti →
pts
see lasati.
līlā →
pts
(līḷā) feminine play, sport, dalliance; probably for līḷhā at Ja.v.5 & Ja.v.157, both times combd with vilāsa.
- -aravinda a lotus serviceable fo …
līḷhā →
pts
grace, ease, charm adroitness; always used with ref. to the Buddha (Buddhalīḷhā), e.g. Ja.i.155; Dhp-a.i.33; Dhp-a.iii.79. So in phrase Buddhalīḷhāya dhammaṃ deseti “to expound the doctrine with …
lūkha →
pts
adjective
- rough, coarse, unpleasant; poor, bad (usually applied to dress or food); mediocre, meagre, wretched. Opp paṇīta (e.g. Vin.i.212; SN.ii.153; AN.iv.10; Ja.i.228; Vv-a. …
lūkhasa →
pts
adjective rough, harsh; miserable, selfmortifying Snp.244 (= nīrasa atta-kilamath’ ânuyutta Snp-a.287).
fr. lūkha
lūkhatā →
pts
unpleasantness, wretchedness, poorness, misery Pp-a 229.
fr. lūkha
m →
pts
-M-
euphonic consonant inserted between two vowels to avoid hiatus, as agga-m-agga the best of all Vin.iv.232 aṅga-m-aṅgāni limb by limb Vin.iii.119; Vv.38#2, etc See also SN.iii.254 (yena\ …
macchariya →
pts
Macchariya & Macchera
neuter avarice, stinginess, selfishness, envy; one of the principal evil passions & the maịn cause of rebirth in the Petaloka
- macchariya: AN.i.95, AN.i.299; AN.iii.272; Dh …
macchera →
pts
Macchariya & Macchera
neuter avarice, stinginess, selfishness, envy; one of the principal evil passions & the maịn cause of rebirth in the Petaloka
- macchariya: AN.i.95, AN.i.299; AN.iii.272; Dh …
maccu →
pts
the God of Death, the Buddhist Māra, or sometimes equivalent to Yama SN.i.156; Snp.357 (gen. maccuno), Snp.581 (instr maccunā), Snp.587; Thag.411; Dhp.21, Dhp.47, Dhp.128, Dhp.135, Dhp.150 Dhp.287; Vb …
madhu →
pts
honey Ja.i.157 sq.; Ja.iv.117; Dhp.69 (madhū vā read as madhuvā); Mhvs.5, Mhvs.53; Dhs-a.330; Dhp-a.ii.197 (alla fresh honey)
■ pl. madhūni Mhvs.5, Mhvs.31
■ The Abhp (533) also gives “wine fr …
madhuka →
pts
adjective noun connected with honey.
- (n.) the tree Bassia latifolia (lit. honey tree) Vin.i.246; Ja.v.324, Ja.v.405; Ja.vi.529; Mil.165.
- the fruit of that tree Ja.iv.434.
- (adj.) (-˚) full o …
madhura →
pts
adjective
- sweet Snp.50; Ja.iii.493; Ja.v.324; Pv.ii.67; Pv-a.119, Pv-a.147.
- of intoxicating sweetness, liquor-like, intoxicating Ja.iv.117.
- (nt.) sweetness, sweet drink Dhp.363; Ja.i.271 …
mahant →
pts
majjha →
pts
adjective middle, viz
- of space: of moderate height DN.i.243 (contrasted with ucca & nīca).
- of; time: of middle age Snp.216 (contrasted with dahara young & thera old).
- often used adv. in …
makasa →
pts
mosquito Vin.ii.119; SN.i.52 (a˚ free from m.); AN.ii.117; Snp.20; Ja.i.246; Sdhp.50. See also cpd. ḍaṃsa˚.
- -kuṭikā mosquito net or curtain Vin.ii.119, Vin.ii.130
- *-[vījanī] …
makkha →
pts
Makkha1
hypocrisy; usually combined with paḷāsa (see also palāsa MN.i.15; AN.i.95, AN.i.100, AN.i.299; AN.iv.148, AN.iv.456; AN.v.39, AN.v.156, AN.v.209 AN.v.310, AN. …
mala →
pts
anything impure, stain (lit. & fig.), dirt. In the Canon mostly fig. of impurities. On mala in similes see J.P.T.S., 1907, 122
■ SN.i.38 (itthi malaṃ brahmacariyassa), SN.i.43 (id.); AN.i.105 (issā˚ …
mallaka →
pts
- a bowl, a vessel (?) used in bathing Vin.ii.106 (mallakena nahāyati; or is it a kind of scrubber? Bdhgh’s expln of this passage (CV v. i.4) on p. 315 is not quite clear mallakaṃ nāma *ma …
mana(s) →
pts
Mano & Mana(s)
neuter
I. Declension
Like all other nouns of old s-stems mano has partly retained the s forms (cp cetah → ceto) & partly follows the a-declension. The …
manasa →
pts
adjective having a mind with such & such a mind Snp.942 (nibbāna˚ “a nibbāna mind,” one who is intent upon N., cp. expln at Snp-a.567); Pv.i.6#6 (paduṭṭha-manasā f., maybe ˚mānasā but Pv\ …
manesikā →
pts
“mind-searching,” i.e. guessing the thoughts of others, mind-reading; a practice forbidden to bhikkhus DN.i.7 (= m. nāma manasā cintita-jānana-kīḷā DN-a.i.86); Vin.ii.10.
mano + esikā2
mano →
pts
Mano & Mana(s)
neuter
I. Declension
Like all other nouns of old s-stems mano has partly retained the s forms (cp cetah → ceto) & partly follows the a-declension. The …
manta →
pts
orig. a divine saying or decision, hence a secret plan (cp. def. of mant at Dhtp.578 by “gutta-bhāsane”), counsel; hence magic charm, spell. In particular a secret religious code or doctrine, esp. …
mantar →
pts
sage, seer, wise man, usually appositionally nom. mantā “as a sage,” “like a thinker,” a form which looks like a fem. and is mostly explained as such by the Commentaries Mantā has also erroneous …
manteti →
pts
to pronounce in an important (because secret) manner (like a mantra), i.e.
- to take counsel (with = instr. or saddhiṃ) DN.i.94, DN.i.104 (mantanaṃ manteyya to discuss DN.i.122 (2nd pl. i …
manuñña →
pts
adjective pleasing, delightful, beautiful Vv.84#17 (= manorama Vv-a.340); Ja.i.207 Ja.ii.331; Pv.ii.12#2; Pv.iv.12#1; Mil.175, Mil.398; Vv-a.11, Vv-a.36; Pv-a.251; adv. -ṃ pleasantly, delightfu …
manāpa →
pts
adjective pleasing, pleasant, charming Snp.22, Snp.759; Dhp.339 (˚ssavana); Vv-a.71; Pv-a.3, Pv-a.9. Often in combination piya manāpa, e.g. DN.ii.19 DN.iii.167; Ja.ii.155; Ja.iv.132
■ Opp. a˚ …
marumba →
pts
…living-cell); Vin.iv.33 (pāsāṇā, sakkharā kaṭhalā, marumbā, vālikā); Mhvs.29, Mhvs.8; Dpvs.19, 2; Mil.197 (pāsāṇa, sakkhara,…
masa →
pts
in line “āsadañ ca masañ jaṭaṃ” at Ja.vi.328 is to be combined with ca, and read as camasañ, i.e. a ladle for sacrificing (C.: aggi-dahanaṃ).
masati →
pts
to touch: only in cpd. āmasati. The root is explained at Dhtp.305 as “āmasana.” Another root masu [ mṛś?] is at Dhtm.444 given in meaning “macchera.” Does this refer to Sk. mṛṣā (= P. micchā) Cp. *m …
masāragalla →
pts
precious stone, cat’s eye; also called kabara-maṇi (e.g. Vv-a.304). It occurs in stereotyped enumn of gems at Vin.ii.238 (where it is said to be found in the Ocean) = Mil.267; and at Mi …
masāraka →
pts
kind of couch (mañca) or longchair; enumerated under the 4 kinds of mañcā at Vin.iv.40-See also Vin.ii.149; Vin.iv.357 (where explained as: mañcapāde vijjhitvā tattha aṭṭaniyo pavesetvā kato: made by …
masāṇa →
pts
coarse cloth of interwoven hemp and other materials DN.i.166; MN.i.308, MN.i.345; AN.i.241, AN.i.295; Pp.55. At all passages as a dress worn by certain ascetics.
etym.? prob. provincial & local
masūraka →
pts
bolster Ja.iv.87; Ja.vi.185.
connected with masāraka
matta →
pts
Matta1
adjective (-˚) “by measure,” measured, as far as the measure goes, i.e
- consisting of, measuring (with numerals or similar expressions): appamatto kali Snp.659; pañcamattā sata …
mañca →
pts
couch, bed Vin.iv.39, Vin.iv.40 (where 4 kinds are mentioned which also apply to the defn of pīṭha, viz. masāraka bundikābaddha, kuḷīra-pādaka, āhacca-pādaka; same def< …
mañju →
pts
adjective pleasant, charming sweet, lovely (only with ref. to the voice) DN.ii.211, DN.ii.227 (one of the 8 characteristics of Brahmā’s & the Buddha’s voice: see bindu & aṭṭhanga); …
maññati →
pts
- to think, to be of opinion, to imagine, to deem Snp.199 (sīsaṃ… subhato naṃ maññati bālo), Snp.588 (yena yena hi maññanti, tato taṃ hoti aññathā) Ja.ii.258 (maññāmi ciraṃ carissati: I imagine he wi …
maññita →
pts
illusion, imagination MN.i.486. Nine maññitāni (the same list is applied to the phanditāni, the papañcitāni & sankhatāni) at Vb.390: asmi, ayam aham asmi, bhavissaṃ, na bhavissaṃ rūpī bhavissaṃ, arū …
maṃsa →
pts
flesh, meat SN.ii.97 (putta˚); Dhp.152; Ja.iii.184; Pp.55; Vism.258 Vism.357 (in compar.); Dhp-a.i.375 (putta˚); Dhp-a.ii.51 (alla˚ living flesh); Vb-a.58, Vb-a.61 (pilotika-paliveṭhita). Describ …
maṅgala →
pts
adjective auspicious prosperous, lucky, festive Mnd.87, Mnd.88; Kp-a.118 sq. Snp-a.273, Snp-a.595; Sdhp.551
■ nt. maṅgalaṃ good omen auspices, festivity Snp.258; Vin.ii.129; Pv-a.17. A curious …
maṇi →
pts
- a gem, jewel. At several places one may interpret as “crystal.” DN.i.7 (as ornament); Dhp.161; Ja.vi.265 (agghiya, precious). In simile at DN.i.76 (maṇi veḷuriyo). On maṇi in similes see J.P.T.S. …
maṇḍa →
pts
the top part, best part of milk or butter, etc. i.e. cream scum; fig. essence of, the pick of, finest part of anything parisā˚; the cream of a gathering, the pick of the congregation, excellent cong …
maṇḍala →
pts
- circle DN.i.134 (paṭhavi˚, cp. puthavi˚ Snp.990); Vism.143 (˚ṃ karoti to draw a circle, in simile), Vism.174 (tipu˚ & rajata˚ lead- & silver circle, in kasiṇa practice); Vv-a.147 (of a fan = tāla …
maṇḍita →
pts
adorned, embellished, dressed up Sdhp.244, Sdhp.540. In cpd. -pasādhita beautifully adorned at Ja.i.489; Ja.ii.48; Ja.vi.219
■ Cp. abhi˚.
pp. of maṇḍeti
meda →
pts
…fat-coloured; in cpd. ˚pāsāna a stone of the (golden) colour of fat found in the Himālaya mountains Snp.447 (= medapiṇḍa-sadisa…
medaka →
pts
in go˚; a precious stone of light-red (or golden) colour (cp. meda-vaṇṇa-pāsāṇa) Vv-a.111.
meda + ka
medhasa →
pts
adjective having wisdom or intelligence, wise, only in compounds bhūri˚; of great wisdom Snp.1131; & su˚; [Ved. sumedhas] very wise Vv.22#2 (= sundara-pañña Vv-a.111); Pv.iii.7#7 (both combined …
medhāvin →
pts
adjective intelligent, wise, often combined with paṇḍita & bahussuta;: DN.i.120; SN.iv.375; AN.iv.244; Vin.iv.10, Vin.iv.13, Vin.iv.141; Snp.323 (acc. medhāvinaṃ + bahussutaṃ), Snp.627, Snp.1008 (E …
megha →
pts
…for megha-sannibha); ˚pāsāṇa a sort of ornamental building stone Mhvs.30, Mhvs.59 (variant reading, T. meda˚ trsl. fat-coloured…
meraya →
pts
sort of intoxicating liquor, spirits, rum, usually combined with surā. DN.i.146 DN.i.166; MN.i.238; Pp.55; Dhp.247; Ja.iv.117 (pupphāsav-ādi, i.e. made fr. flowers, cp. defn</s …
mettā →
pts
to love, to be fat: “mejjati mettā siniyhatī ti attho” love, amity, sympathy, friendliness, active interest in others. There are var. defns & explains of mettā: the stereotype “*metti mettā …
miga →
pts
- a wild animal, an animal in its natural state (see compounds).
- a deer, antelope, gazelle Various kinds are mentioned at Ja.v.416; two are given at Cnd.509, viz. eṇi (antelope) & …
migavā →
pts
hunt, hunting, deer-stalking Pv-a.154 (˚padesa). Usually in devasikaṃ migavaṃ gacchati to go out for a day’s hunting Ja.iv.267; or as pp. ekadivasaṃ migavaṃ gata Vv-a.260; ekāhaṃ m. g. Mhvs.5 …
mihati →
pts
is given as root mih in 2 meanings at Dhtp, viz. 1 īsa-hasana (No. 328), i.e. a kind of laugh, for smi as in mihita. 2 secana (No. 342).
milakkha →
pts
…Np.), Snp-a.397 (˚bhāsā foreign dialect) The word occurs also in form milakkhu (q.v.).
cp. Ved. Sk. mleccha…
missita →
pts
mixed, intermingled Snp.243; Ja.v.460; Pv-a.198 (dhañña sāsapa-tela˚); Vv-a.280 (see under missa-kesī).
pp. of misseti
miñja →
pts
miñjā (f.) marrow, pith, kernel Vin.i.25 (in sequence chavi, camma, maṃsa, nahāru, aṭṭhi, miñjā); Vism.235 (id.); Kp iii. (aṭṭhi˚, f. cp. Kp-a.52, nt.); Ja.iv.402 (tāla˚ pith of th …
moceti →
pts
- to deliver, set free, release, cause one’s release or deliverance from (abl.). imper praes. mocehi Pv.ii.1#6 (duggatiyā); Pv-a.12; aor. mocesi Pv-a.112 (dāsavyato); ger. *[m …
moheti →
pts
to deceive, to befool, to take in, surprise, delude, aor 2nd sg. amohayi Snp.352; 3rd sg. amohayi SN.iv.158; Iti.58 (maccu-rājan; vv.ll. asamohayi & asamohari) reading somew …
mora →
pts
pea-hen a peacock Ja.ii.275 (˚upasevin, see C. on this passage), Ja.vi.218, Ja.vi.497; Pv-a.142; Dhp-a.i.394. A peacock’s tail (sometimes used as a fan) is denoted in var. terms in compounds, as *m …
mucchañcikatā →
pts
(˚añji˚) is probably the correct reading for puñcikatā
■ We find puñcikatā at Dhs.1136, Dhs.1230 Vb.351, Vb.361 (variant reading pucchañji˚); Dhs-a.365 …
mudita →
pts
pleased, glad, satisfied, only in cpd. -mana (adj.) with gladdened heart, pleased in mind Snp.680 (+ udagga); Vv.83#15 (+ pasanna-citta) Cp. pa˚.
pp. of mud, modati
mugga →
pts
…Ja.iii.55 Ja.vi.355 (˚māsā); Mil.267, Mil.341; Snp-a.283.
- -sūpa bean-soup Vism.27.
- -sūpyatā “bean-soup…
mukha →
pts
- the mouth Snp.608, Snp.1022 (with ref. to the long tongue, pahūta-jivha, of the Buddha or Mahāpurisa) Ja.ii.7; DN-a.i.287 (uttāna˚ clear mouthed, i.e. easy to understand, cp. DN.i.116); Pv-a.11, …
musā →
pts
adverb falsely, wrongly; uṣually with verbs vadati, bhanati bhāsati & brūti; to speak falsely, to tell a lie
■ AN.i.149 (opp. saccaṃ); Snp.122, Snp.158, Snp.397, Snp.400, Snp.757, Snp.883, Snp.967 …
muta →
pts
thought, supposed, imagined (i.e. received by other vaguer sense impressions than by sight & hearing) MN.i.3; Snp.714 (= phusan’ arahaṃ Snp-a.498), Snp.812; Ja.v.398 (= anumata C.) Vb.14, Vb.429 sq …
muñcati →
pts
I. Forms
The 2 bases muñc˚ & mucc˚; are differentiated in such a way, that muñc˚; is the active base, and mucc˚; the passive. There are however cases where the active forms (muñ …
muṭṭha →
pts
having forgotten, one who forgets; only in two compounds, viz. -sacca [der. fr. foll. muṭṭha + sati + ya] forgetfulness, lit. forgotten-mindedness, usually combined with asampajañña, DN.iii.213; …
mā →
pts
indeclinable prohibition particle: not, do not, let us hope not, I wish that… not [cp Lat. utinam & ne]. Constructed with various tenses e.g.
- with aor. (prohibitive tense): mā evaṃ akattha do …
māla FIXME double →
pts
…Vin.i.140 (aṭṭa, māla, pāsāda explained at Vin.iii.201. In the same sequence of Vb.251 explained at Vb-a.366 as “bhojana-sālā-sadiso…
mānasa →
pts
intention, purpose, mind (as active force), mental action. Almost equivalent to mano Dhs § 6. In later language mānasa is quite synonymous with hadaya. The word, used absolutely, is more a t. t. in ph …
mānasāna →
pts
adjective = mānasa in adj. use Snp.63 (rakkhita˚).
fr. mānasa, secondary formation
mānatta →
pts
sort of penance, attached to the commission of a sanghādisesa offence Dhs-a.399 (+ parivāsa). -ṃ deti to inflict penance on somebody Vin.ii.7 (+ parivāsaṃ deti); Vin.iv.225. mānatt’ āraha dese …
māpeti →
pts
- to build, construct SN.ii.106 (nagaraṃ); Mhvs.6, Mhvs.35 (id.); Vv.84#53; Vv-a.260.
- to create, bring about make or cause to appear by supernatural power (in folkoristic literature, cp. nimmināt …
māra →
pts
death; usually personified as Np. Death, the Evil one, the Tempter (the Buddhist Devil or Principle of Destruction) Sometimes the term māra is applied to the whole of the worldly exi …
māsa →
pts
…māse) cattāro gimhāna-māsā Kp-a.192 (of which the 1st is Citra, otherwise called Paṭhama-gimha “1st summer and…
māsaka →
pts
lit. a small bean, used as a standard of weight & value; hence a small coin of very low value. Of copper, wood & lac (Dhs-a.318 cp. Kp-a.37; jatu˚, dāru˚, loha˚); the suvaṇṇa˚ (golden m.) at Ja.iv.1 …
māsakkhimhā →
pts
māsalu →
pts
only instr. māsalunā Mil.292, Trenckner says (note p. 428): “m. is otherwise unknown it must mean a period shorter than 5 months. Cp. Sk. māsala.” Rh. D. (trsl. ii.148) translates “got in a month,” …
māsana →
pts
Māsati, Māsana, Māsin
■ dumapakkāni -māsita Ja.ii.446 (C. reads māsita & explains by asita, dhāta); visa-māsita Mil.302 (T. reads visamāsita) having taken in poison; visa- māsan- ûpatāpa (id. …
māsati →
pts
Māsati, Māsana, Māsin
■ dumapakkāni -māsita Ja.ii.446 (C. reads māsita & explains by asita, dhāta); visa-māsita Mil.302 (T. reads visamāsita) having taken in poison; visa- māsan- ûpatāpa (id. …
māsika →
pts
adjective
- of a month, i.e. a month old Mil.302.
- of a month, i.e. consisting of months so many months (old) (-˚), as aḍḍha˚; at intervals of half a month DN.i.166; MN.i.238, MN.i.343; Pp.55; …
māsin →
pts
Māsati, Māsana, Māsin
■ dumapakkāni -māsita Ja.ii.446 (C. reads māsita & explains by asita, dhāta); visa-māsita Mil.302 (T. reads visamāsita) having taken in poison; visa- māsan- ûpatāpa (id. …
māsiya →
pts
adjective consisting of months DN.ii.327 (dvādasa˚ saṃvacchara the year of 12 months).
= māsika
māsācita →
pts
…& explains māsācita as “wet bean” (tinta māso), thus omitting expln of ācita The passage…
mātikā →
pts
- a water course Vism.554 (˚âtikkamaka); Mhvs.35, Mhvs.96; Mhvs.37, Mhvs.50; Snp-a.500 (= sobbha); Dhp-a.ii.141 (its purpose: “ito c’ ito ca udakaṃ haritvā attano sassa-kammaṃ sampādenti”); Vv-a. …
mātucchā →
pts
mother’s sister, maternal aunt Vin.ii.254, Vin.ii.256; Ja.iv.390; Mil.240. -putta aunt’s son, male first cousin (from mother’s sister’s side SN.ii.281; Ud.24; Dhp-a.i.119. Cp. māt …
māḷa FIXME double →
pts
…Vin.i.140 (aṭṭa, māla, pāsāda explained at Vin.iii.201. In the same sequence of Vb.251 explained at Vb-a.366 as “bhojana-sālā-sadiso…
mūla →
pts
- (lit.) root AN.ii.200; MN.i.233; Dhp-a.i.270; Dhp-a.iv.200 (opp. patti); Vism.270 (rukkha˚; = rukkha-samīpaṃ); Pv.ii.9#6 (sa˚ with the root); Pv-a.43 (rukkhassa mūle at the foot of).
- foot …
mūlaka →
pts
adj. nt.
- (adj.)
- (-˚) being caused by, having its reason through or from, conditioned by originating in Vb.390 (taṇhā˚ dhammā); Tikp.233 sq. Tikp.252 sq., Tikp.288 sq. & passim; Vb-a.200 sq …
mūlika →
pts
adjective noun
- (m.) root-vendor Mil.331.
- (adj. ˚) belonging to the feet (pāda˚), a footman lackey Ja.i.122, Ja.i.438; Ja.ii.300 sq. (Name of the king of Janasandha Gāmaṇi-caṇḍa); Ja.iii.417; …
nabha →
pts
Nabhas (in oblique cases) mist, vapour, clouds, sky AN.i.242; AN.ii.50 (nabhā), AN.iii.240, Snp.687 (nabhasi-gama, of the moon); Vv.32#3, Vv.35#2 (= ākāsa Vv-a.161), Vv.53#4 (id. Vv.53#236), Vv.63 …
nagara →
pts
stronghold, citadel, fortress a (fortified) town, city. As seat of the government as important centre of trade contrasted with gāma nigama (village & market-place or township) Vin.iii.47 (˚bandhana), …
nakha →
pts
nail of finger or toe, a claw Vin.ii.133; Snp.610 (na angulīhi nakhehi vā); Ja.v.489 (pañcanakhā sattā five-nailed or-toed beings); Kp ii. = Mil.26, cp. taca (pañcatacakaṃ); Kp-a.43; Vv-a.7 (dasa\ …
nakhaka →
pts
…to, consisting of or resembling a claw, in hatthi˚; like elephants’ claws, epithet of a castle (pāsāda) Vin.ii.169 (Bdhgh on p. 323:…
nakkhatta →
pts
…Jeṭṭhā Mūlaṃ, Pubb-āsāḷha [˚āṣāḍha], Uttar˚, Savaṇa, Dhaniṭṭhā Satabhisaja [Śatatāraka], Pubba-bhaddapadā Uttara˚,…
namo →
pts
Nama (nt.) nomage, veneration esp. used as an exclamation of adoration at the beginning of a book (namo tassa Bhagavato Arahato Sammāsambuddhassa) Snp.540, Snp.544; Pv-a.1, Pv-a.67.
Ved. namas, c …
nandi →
pts
Nandi1 & Nandī
masculine & feminine
- joy, enjoyment, pleasure, delight in (c loc.) SN.i.16, SN.i.39, SN.i.54; SN.ii.101 sq. (āhāre); SN.iii.14 (= upādāna), SN.iv.36 sq.; AN.ii.10 (kāma˚ …
nanikāma →
pts
adjective disagreeable, unpleasant Dhp.309 (˚seyyā an uncomfortable bed).
na + nikāma = anikāma
nara →
pts
man (in poetry esp. a brave, strong heroic man), pl. either “men” or “people” (the latter e.g. at Snp.776, Snp.1082; Pv.i.11#12)
■ AN.i.130 AN.ii.5; AN.iii.53; Snp.39, Snp.96, Snp.116, Snp.329, Snp. …
nassana →
pts
disappearance, loss, destruction AN.iii.54 (˚dhamma adj. doomed to perish).
cp. Sk. naśana
nassati →
pts
(v. intr.) to perish, to be lost or destroyed, to disappear, come to an end Snp.666 (na hi nassati kassaci kammaṃ); Iti.90; Ja.i.81, Ja.i.116, Ja.i.150; pret. nassaṃ (prohib.) Snp.1120, pl anassāma …
natthu →
pts
- the nose Ja.v.166 (= nāsā Com.).
- = ˚kamma medical treatment through the nose Vin.iii.83 (deti).
- -kamma…
nava →
pts
…navabhūmaka pāsāda (a palace 9 stories high more freq. satta˚, 7) Ja.i.58; nava-hiraññakoṭīhi (w. 9 koṭis of gold)…
navanīta →
pts
nonīta fresh butter Vin.i.244 (cp. gorasa); DN.i.201; MN.iii.141; Pv.iii.5#5 (nonīta); Pp.69, Pp.70; Mil.41, Dhs.646, Dhs.740; Dhp-a.i.417; Pv-a.199.
cp. Ved. navanīta
naṅgala →
pts
plough SN.i.115; SN.iii.155; AN.iii.64; Snp.77 (yuga˚ yoke & plough); Snp.p.13; Ja.i.57; Thig.441 (= sīra Thag-a.270); Snp-a.146; Vv-a.63 Vv-a.65; Pv-a.133 (dun˚ hard to plough); Dhp-a.i.223 (ay …
necayika →
pts
adjective rich, wealthy DN.i.136, DN.i.142 (read nevāsika cp. naivasika Mvu.iii.38); AN.v.149 (variant reading BB nerayika, Com. nevāsiko ti nivāsakaro).
fr. nicaya
nekkhamma →
pts
giving up the world leading a holy life, renunciation of, or emancipation from worldliness, freedom from lust, craving & desires, dispassionateness self-abnegation, Nibbāna. Vin.i.18 (˚e ānisaṁsa) DN …
netta →
pts
Netta1
a guide Ja.iii.111; Ne.130.
Sk. netra, fr. neti
Netta2
neuter guidance, anything that guides, a conductor, fig. the eye. SN.i.26 (sārathī nettāni gahetvā = the reins); …
netthar →
pts
only in phrase netthāraṃ vattati to behave in such a way as to get rid of blame or fault Vin.ii.5; Vin.iii.183; MN.i.442
■ Bdhgh on Vin.ii.5 (p. 309) explains: nittharantānaṃ etan ti netthāraṃ yen …
neva →
pts
indeclinable see na2
■ nevasaññā-nâsañña (being) neither perception nor non-perception, only in cpd. ˚āyatana & in nevasaññī-nâsaññin: see saññā.
na + eva
nevāsika →
pts
adjective one who inhabits, an inmate; living in a place, local Ja.i.236 sq.; Dhp-a.ii.53 sq. Cp. necayika.
fr. nivāsa, cp. BSk. naivāsika Avs.i.286, Avs.i.287
nibaddha →
pts
adjective bound down to, i.e.
- fixed, stable, sure Ja.iv.134 (bhattavetana); Mil.398 (a˚ unstable, ˚sayana). At DN-a.i.243 two kinds of cārikā (wanderings, pilgrimages) are dis …
nibbasana →
pts
adjective no longer worn, cast off (of cloth) SN.ii.202, SN.ii.221.
nis + vasana
nibbindati →
pts
to get wearied of (c. loc.); to have enough of, be satiated, turn away from, to be disgusted with. In two roots:
- vind: prs. nibbindati etc. usually in combination with virajjati & vimuccati; ( …
nibbiriya →
pts
adjective lacking in strength, indolent, slothful, weak Ja.iv.131; Pv-a.175 (= alasa, kusīta].
nis + viriya
nibbusitattā →
pts
(nibbusitattan?) a dislocated or disconcerted mind, unrest uneasiness DN.i.17.
Sk. *nir-vasit-ātman or *nirvasitatvaṃ (nt. abstr.), to nis-vasati, cp. nirvāsana = nibbisaya
nibbāna →
pts
…of rebirth & suffering; āsāva (intoxications). khīṇāsavā jutimanto to loke parinibbutā the wise who are rid of all intoxications are…
nibbāti →
pts
instrumental to cool off (lit. & fig.), to get cold to become passionless Snp.235 (nibbanti dhīrā yathâyaṃ padīpo = vijjhāyanti; yathâyaṃ padīpo nibbuto evaṃ nibbanti Kp-a.194, Kp-a.195), Snp.915 (k …
nibbāyati →
pts
- to be cooled or refreshed, to be covered up = to be extinguished, go out (of fire), to cease to exist, always used with ref. to fire or heat or (fig.) burning sensations (see *[nibbāna](/define/nib …
nicca →
pts
adjective constant, continuous, permanent DN.iii.31; SN.i.142; SN.ii.109, SN.ii.198; SN.iv.24 sq., SN.iv.45, SN.iv.63; AN.ii.33, AN.ii.52 AN.v.210; Pts.ii.80; Vb.335, Vb.426. In chain of synonyms nicc …
niccharati →
pts
to go out or forth from, to rise, sound forth, come out Iti.75 (devasadda) Vv.38#2; Ja.i.53, Ja.i.176; Dhp-a.i.389; Vv-a.12, Vv-a.37 (saddā). Caus. nicchāreti to make come o …
nicchāta →
pts
having no hunger, being without cravings, stilled, satisfied. Epithet of an Arahant always in combination with nibbuta or parinibbuta: SN.iii.26 (tanhaṃ a …
niddasa →
pts
see niddesa.
niddesa →
pts
- description, attribute, distinction Pv-a.7 (ukkaṭṭha˚) -vatthu object of distinction or praise DN.iii.253; AN.iv.15 (where reading is niddasa, which also as variant reading …
niddhanta →
pts
adjective blown off, removed, cleaned, purified AN.i.254 (jātarūpa “loitered,” cp. niddhota); Snp.56 (˚kasāva-moha; Com vijahati); Dhp.236 (˚mala, malānaṃ nīhaṭatāya Dhp-a.iii.336); Cnd.347 (= vanta …
nidhi →
pts
- “setting down,” receptacle; (hidden) treasure Snp.285 (brahma n.); Dhp.76; Kp.viii.2 (see Kp-a 217 sq.: nidhīyatī ti nidhi, def. of n.), 9 (acorâharaṇo nidhi cp. “treasures in heaven, where thie …
nigaṇṭha →
pts
member of the Jain order (see MN.i.370–MN.i.375 MN.i.380 & cp. jaṭila) Vin.i.233 (Nātaputta, the head of that Order, cp. DN.i.57; also Sīho senāpati n-sāvako); SN.i.78 SN.i.82 (˚bhikkhā); AN.i.205 sq …
nigghosa →
pts
- “shouting out,” sound; fame, renown; speech, utterance, proclamation word of reproach, blame SN.i.190; AN.iv.88 (appa˚ noiseless lit. of little or no noise); Snp.719, Snp.818 (= nindāvacana Snp-a. …
nigghātana →
pts
destruction, killing, rooting out Snp.1085 (taṇhā˚; Snp-a.576 = vināsana); Cnd.343 (variant reading nighātana).
Sk. nirghātana, nis + ghātana, but cp. nighāta
nigha →
pts
Nigha1
(nīgha) adjective noun is invented by Com. & scholiasts to explain the combn anigha (anīgha sporadic, e.g. SN.v.57). But this should be divided *an-ī …
nihīyati →
pts
to be left, to come to ruin, to be destroyed AN.i.126 = Ja.iii.324 (= vināsaṃ pāpuṇāti). pp. nihīna (q.v.).
ni + hīyati, Pass. of hā, see jahāti
nijjara →
pts
adjective causing to decay, destroying, annihilating; f. ˚ā decay, destruction, death SN.iv.339; AN.i.221; AN.ii.198; AN.v.215 sq. (dasa-n-vatthūni) Pts.i.5 (id.).
Sk. nirjara in diff. meaning, P. …
nijjhāna →
pts
Nijjhāna1
neuter understanding, insight, perception, comprehension; favour, indulgence (= nijjhāpana), pleasure, delight Ja.vi.207. Often as -ṃ khamati: to be pleased with, to find plea …
nijjhāpeti →
pts
to make favourably disposed, to win somebody’s affection, or favour, to gain over Vin.ii.96; MN.i.321; Ja.iv.108; Ja.iv.414, Ja.iv.495; Ja.vi.516; Mil.264; Vv-a.265 (nijjhāpita = nijjhatta).
Sk. nid …
nikasa →
pts
whetstone Dāvs iii.87 (˚opala).
Sk. nikasa, ni + kasati
nikasāva →
pts
adjective free from impurity Vin.i.3; opp. anikkasāva (q.v. Dhp.9≈.
Sk. niṣkaṣāya nis + kasāva see kasāya 2d
nikati →
pts
fraud, deceit, cheating DN.i.5 (= DN-a.i.80 paṭirūpakena vañcanaṃ); DN.iii.176; Snp.242 (= nirāsaṃ-karaṇaṃ Snp-a.286); Ja.i.223; Pv.iii.9#5 (+ vañcana); Pp.19, Pp.23, Pp.58; Vv-a.114; Pv-a.211 ( …
nikaṭṭha →
pts
adjective brought down, debased, low. As one kind of puggala (n-kāya + ncitta) AN.ii.137. loc. nikaṭṭhe (adv.) near Ja.iii.438 Thag-a.105 (v. 33) (= santike Ja.iii.438).
cp. Sk. nikṛṣṭa, ni + kasati
nikkasāva →
pts
see nikasāva.
nikkaḍḍhati →
pts
to throw out Vin.iv.274 (Caus. nikkaḍḍhāpeti ibid.) Ja.i.116; Ja.ii.440; Snp-a.192. pp. nikkaḍḍhita.
Sk. niṣkarṣati, nis + kasati, cp. kaḍḍhati
nikkha →
pts
- a golden ornament for neck or breast, a ring Ja.ii.444; Ja.vi.577.
- (already Vedic) a golden coin or a weight of gold (cp. a “pound sterling”) equal to 15 suvaṇṇas (Vv-a.104 = suvaṇṇassa pañcada …
nikkāsa →
pts
is Bdhgh’s reading for ikkāsa (q.v.) Vin.ii.151, with C. on p. 321.
nikāsa →
pts
noun adjective appearance; adj. of appearance, like Ja.v.87 (-˚), corresp. to ˚avakāsa.
ni + kaś
nikāsin →
pts
adjective “shining,” resembling, like Ja.iii.320 (aggi-nikāsinā suriyena).
cp. Sk. nikāśin; fr. ni + kāsati
nikāya →
pts
collection (“body”) assemblage, class, group.
- generally (always-˚): eka˚; one class of beings Dhs-a.66; tiracchāna˚; the animal kingdom SN.iii.152; deva˚; the assembly of the gods, the g …
nimanteti →
pts
to send a message, to call, summon, invite, coax (to = c. instr. Snp.981 (nimantayi aor., āsanena asked him to sit down) Ja.vi.365; Cnd.342; Dhp-a.iii.171 (˚ayiṃsu); DN-a.i.169; Vv-a.47 (pānīyena i …
nimba →
pts
the Nimb tree (Azadirachta Indica), bearing a bitter leaf, & noted for its hard wood Vin.i.152 (˚kosa), Vin.i.284 (id.), Vin.i.201 (˚kasāva); AN.i.32 AN.v.212; Vv.33#36 (˚muṭṭhi, a handful of N. leave …
nimitta →
pts
- sign, omen, portent, prognostication DN.i.9 (study of omens = n. satthaṃ DN-a.i.92, q.v. for detailed expln); Ja.i.11 (caturo nimitte nâddasaṃ); Mil.79, Mil.178 Esp. as pubba˚; signs …
nimmakkha →
pts
adjective without egotism, not false, not slandering Snp.56 (cp Cnd.356 makkha = niṭṭhuriya; see also Snp-a.108; paraguṇa-vināsana-lakkhaṇo makkho).
nis + makkha, cp. Sk. nirmatsara
nimmita →
pts
adjective past participle
measured out, planned, laid out; created (by supernatural power iddhi); measured, stately DN.i.18, DN.i.56 (iddhiyā pi DN-a.i.167), DN.i.219 (Su˚ devaputta. Np.), ibid. (Pa …
nimmīlati →
pts
Nimīlati & Nimmīlati
to shut, close (the eyes) Ja.i.279; Dhp-a.ii.6 (akkhīni nimmīlituṃ nâsakkhi) Caus. nim(m)īl-eti id. MN.i.120; Dhp-a.ii.28 (paralokaṃ opp. ummīleti); Ja.i.279; Vism.292 (akkh …
nimīlati →
pts
Nimīlati & Nimmīlati
to shut, close (the eyes) Ja.i.279; Dhp-a.ii.6 (akkhīni nimmīlituṃ nâsakkhi) Caus. nim(m)īl-eti id. MN.i.120; Dhp-a.ii.28 (paralokaṃ opp. ummīleti); Ja.i.279; Vism.292 (akkh …
nindita →
pts
adjective blamed, reproved, reviled; faulty, blameworthy Dhp.228; Pv.ii.3#34 (a˚ blameless agarahita pasaṃsa Pv-a.89); Sdhp.254, Sdhp.361
■ anindita Ja.iv.106 (˚angin).
pp. of nindati
nindā →
pts
blame, reproach, fault-finding, fault, disgrace SN.iii.73; AN.ii.188; AN.iv.157 sq.; MN.i.362; Snp.213 (+ pasaṃsā blame & praise) Dhp.81 (id.); Snp.826, Snp.895, Snp.928; Dhp.143, Dhp.309; Mnd.165 M …
ninnīta →
pts
adjective lead down, lead away; drained, purified, free from (˚-) AN.i.254 (ninnīta-kasāva of gold: free fr. dross).
pp. of ninneti
nipadāmase →
pts
at Ja.iii.120 is an old misreading & is to be corrected into; nipatāmase (= let us gather, bring together = dedicate), unless it be read as nipphadāmase (= do, set forth, prepare, give), in spite …
nipatati →
pts
- (intrs.) to fall down, fly down, descend, go out Vin.ii.192 (Bhagavato pādesu sirasā n. bending his head at the feet of Bh.); Pv-a.60 (id.); Ja.i.278; Ja.v.467 (nippatissāmi = nikkhamissāmi Com. …
nippalāpa →
pts
adjective free from prattle or talk, not talking AN.ii.183 (apalāpa + ; variant reading ˚palāsa).
nis + palāpa
nipphādeti →
pts
to bring forth, produce; accomplish, perform Ja.i.185 (lābhasakkāraṃ); Ja.v.81; Mil.299; Vv-a.32, Vv-a.72 (grd. nipphādetabba, Name of ablative case); Sdhp.319, Sdhp.426
pp *[nipphādita](/define/n …
nippipāsa →
pts
adjective without thirst or desire Snp.56; Cnd.351.
nis + pipāsā
nipuṇa →
pts
adjective clever, skilful, accomplished; fine, subtle, abstruse DN.i.26≈(n. gambhīra dhamma), DN.i.162 (paṇḍita +); MN.i.487 (dhamma); SN.i.33; SN.iv.369; AN.iii.78; Snp.1126 (= gambhīra duddasa etc. …
nipāta →
pts
- falling down Dhp.121 (udabindu˚); Vv-a.279 (diṭṭhi˚, a glance) Pv-a.45 (asa˚).
- descending MN.i.453.
- a particle the gram. term for adverbs, conjunctions & interjections Ja.v.243 (assu); Pv- …
niraggika →
pts
adjective without fire Mil.324 (˚okāsa).
nis + aggi + ka
nirasana →
pts
adjective without food or subsistence, poor Ja.iv.128.
nis + asana2
nirassāda →
pts
adjective without taste, insipid, dull Vism.135. Cp. nirāsāda.
nis + assāda
niraya →
pts
purgatory, hell, a place of punishment & torture, where sin is atoned (i.e. kamma ripens = paccati, is literally boiled) by terrible ordeals (kāraṇāni) similar to & partly identical with those of Hade …
nirodha →
pts
oppression, suppression; destruction, cessation annihilation (of senses, consciousness, feeling being in general: sankhārā). Bdhgh’s expln of the word is: “ni-saddo abhāvaṃ, rodha-saddo c …
nirussāsa →
pts
adjective breathless Ja.iii.416; Ja.iv.121, cp. Ja.vi.197; Ja.vi.82.
cp. Sk. nirucchvāsa, nis + ussāsa
nirālamba →
pts
adjective unsupported Mil.295 (ākāsa).
nis + ālamba
nirāsa →
pts
…nittaṇha Pv-a.230). See also amama.
nis + āsā
nirāsattin →
pts
adjective not hanging on to, not clinging or attached to (c. loc.) Snp.851 (= nittaṇha Snp-a.549); Mnd.221.
adj. to pp. āsatta1 with nis
nirāsava →
pts
adjective without intoxication, undefiled, sinless Thag-a.148.
nis + āsava
nirāsaya →
pts
…reads nirāsaṃsa); Dhp.410; Dhp-a.iv.185 (variant reading BB nirāsāsa; explained by nittaṇha).
nis + āsaya, fr. śri
nirāsaṃsa →
pts
…desireless Snp.1090 (Nd ii.reading for nirāsaya); Cnd.361 (cp. Dhp-a.iv.185 nirāsāsa *nirāsaṃsa, variant reading for nirāsaya).
nis…
nirāsaṅka →
pts
adjective without apprehension, unsuspicious, not doubting Ja.i.264; Vism.180.
nis + āsankā
nirāsaṅkatā →
pts
the not hesitating Ja.vi.337.
abstr. fr. nirāsanka
nirāsāda →
pts
adjective tasteless, yielding no enjoyment Thag.710. Cp. nirassāda.
nis + assāda
nisabha →
pts
“bull among men,” i.e. prince, leader; “princeps,” best of men epithet of the Buddha SN.i.28, SN.i.48, SN.i.91; MN.i.386; Ja.v.70 Ja.vi.526; Vv.16#7 (isi˚), cp. Vv-a.83 for expln; Vv.63#7 …
nissaya →
pts
that on which anything depends, support help, protection; endowment, resource, requisite, supply foundation, reliance on (acc. or-˚) Vin.i.58 (the four resources of bhikkhu, viz. piṇḍiyālopa-bhojana …
nissāya →
pts
…near by, on, at Ja.i.167 (pāsānapiṭṭhaṃ), Ja.i.221 (padumasaraṃ); Pv-a.24 (bāhā), Pv-a.134 (taṃ = with him). 2. by means of,…
nisāra →
pts
adjective noun full of sap, excellent, strong (of a tree) Vv.63#1 (= niratisaya sārassa nisiṭṭhasārassa rukkhassa Vv-a.261).
ni + sāra
nisīdana →
pts
sitting down, occasion or opportunity to sit, a mat to sit on Vin.i.295 Vin.ii.123 (˚ena vippavasati); SN.v.259 (˚ṃ gaṇhāti). -paccattharaṇa a mat for sitting on Vin.i.47, Vin.i.295; Vin.ii.209 Vin …
nisīdati →
pts
to sit down, to be seated, to sit, to dwell Cnd.433; Ja.iii.392; Ja.vi.367; Pv.ii.9#3 (nisīdeyya Pot.); Pv-a.74. aor. nisīdi Vin.i.1; Ja.ii.153; Pv-a.5, Pv-a.23, Pv-a.44; 3rd pl. nisīdi …
nittaṇha →
pts
adjective free from thirst or desire, desireless Pv-a.230 (= nirāsa) f. abstr. nitthaṇhatā Ne.38.
BSk. niṣṭṛṣṇa (Divy.210 etc.), nis + taṇhā
nivasati →
pts
to live, dwell, inhabit, stay Vin.ii.11
pp nivuttha, cp. also nivāsana2 & nivāsin.
ni + vasati2
nivattha →
pts
past participle clothed in or with (-˚ or acc.), dressed, covered SN.i.115; Ja.i.59 (su˚), Ja.i.307 (sāṭakaṃ); Pv-a.47, Pv-a.49 (dibbavattha˚), Pv-a.50.
pp. of ni + vasati1
nivutta →
pts
Nivutta1
(pp.) called, termed, designated Pv-a.73 (dasavassa-satāni, vassa-sahassaṃ n. hoti).
pp. of ni + vac
Nivutta2
(pp.) shorn, shaved, trimmed Snp.456 (˚kesa = apa …
nivuttha →
pts
of nivasati) inhabited; dwelling, living; see *san*˚.
nivāsa →
pts
stopping, dwelling, resting-place, abode; living, sheltering Ja.i.115 (˚ṃ kappeti to put up), Ja.ii.110; Pv-a.76, Pv-a.78. Usually in phrase pubbe-nivāsaṃ anussarati “to remember one’s former ab …
nivāsana →
pts
Nivāsana1
adjective noun dressed, clothed; dressing, clothing, undergarment (opp. pārupana) Vin.i.46; Vin.ii.228; Ja.i.182 (manāpa˚), Ja.i.421; Ja.iii.82; Pv-a.50, Pv-a.74, Pv-a.76 Pv- …
nivāseti →
pts
…(= pārupāmi)
caus 2 nivāsāpeti to cause or order to be dressed (with 2 acc.) Ja.i.50; Ja.iv.142; Dhp-a.i.223.
Caus. of…
nivāsika →
pts
adjective staying, living, dwelling Ja.ii.435 (= nibaddha-vasanaka C.).
fr. nivāsa
nivāsin →
pts
adjective noun dwelling, staying; (n.) an inhabitant Dāvs v.45.
to nivasati
nivāta →
pts
…Thag.2, Thag.376 (pāsāda)
■ (nt.) a calm (opp. pavāta Vin.ii.79.
Sk. nivāta, ni + vāta…
nivāyāsa →
pts
? oozing of trees; Bdhgh’s expln of ikkāsa at Vin.ii.321. See niyyāsa.
niya →
pts
adjective one’s own Snp.149 (˚putta = orasaputta Kp-a.248); niyassakamma at AN.i.99 & Pv.iv.1#13 (variant reading Minayeff tiyassa) is to be read as nissayakamma (q.v.).
Sk. nija, q.v.
niyyāsa →
pts
any exudation (of plants or trees), as gum, resin, juice, etc. Vism.74 (˚rukkha, one of the 8 kinds of trees), Vism.360 (paggharitan- rukkha). Cp. nivāyāsa.
cp. Sk. niryāsa, Ha …
niyyūha →
pts
pinnacle, turret, gate MN.i.253; DN-a.i.284 (pāsāda +).
Sk. niryūha (& nirvyūha?), perhaps to; vah
niṭṭhāna →
pts
being finished, carrying out, execution, performance DN.i.141; Thag-a.19 (= avasāya). Cp. san˚.
abstr. of niṭṭhāti
nudaka →
pts
or Nūdaka (-˚) = nuda Ja.v.401 (āsa-nūdaka).
nāma →
pts
name.
-
Literal. nom. nāmaṃ SN.i.39; Snp.808; Ja.ii.131; Mil.27; acc. nāmaṃ Pv-a.145 (likhi: he wrote her name)
■ nāmaṃ karoti to give a name Snp.344 Cnd.466 (n’ etaṃ nāmaṃ mātarā kataṃ on “ …
nānatta →
pts
…(cp. nava sattâvāsā) AN.iv.39 sq. = Cnd.570#2; DN.iii.253, DN.iii.263, DN.iii.282;
- -saññā consciousness…
nānā →
pts
adverb variously differently.
- (abs.) AN.i.138 (on different sides, viz right ↔ left). Snp.878 (= na ekaṁ Snp-a.554 = vividhaṁ aññoññaṁ puthu na ekaṁ Mnd.285), Snp.884 sq.
- more frequently in co …
nārāca →
pts
an iron weapon, an arrow or javelin MN.i.429; Ja.iii.322; Mil.105, Mil.244, Mil.418 -valaya an iron ring or collar (?) Mhvs.vii.20 (Com “vaṭṭita-assanārāca-pasa” = a noose forme …
nāsa →
pts
destruction, ruin, death Ja.i.5, Ja.i.256; Sdhp.58, Sdhp.319. Usually vi˚, also adj. vināsaka Cp. panassati.
Sk. nāśa, see nassati
nāsana →
pts
destruction, abandoning, expulsion, in -antika (adj.) a bhikkhu who is under the penalty of expulsion Vin.i.255.
Sk. nāśana
nāseti →
pts
- to destroy, spoil, ruin; to kill Ja.i.59; Ja.ii.105, Ja.ii.150; Ja.iii.279, Ja.iii.418.
- to atone for a fault (with abl.) Vin.i.85, Vin.i.86, Vin.i.173 etc. Cp. vi˚.
Sk. nāśayati, Caus. of nassati, q.v.
nāsika →
pts
adjective belonging to the nose, nasal, in -sota the nostril or nose (orig. “sense of smell” DN.i.106; Snp.p.108.
cp. Sk. nāsikya
nāsitaka →
pts
adjective one who is ejected Vin.iv.140 (of a bhikkhu).
see nāsa & nāseti
nāsā →
pts
…(nāsa˚, but Kp-a.67 nāsā˚), Vism.283 (nāsa˚).
- -vāta wind, i.e. breath from the nostrils Ja.iii.276.
Vedic…
nīca →
pts
adjective low, inferior, humble (opp. ucca high, fr. adv. ud˚) Vin.i.46, Vin.i.47; Vin.ii.194; DN.i.109, DN.i.179 DN.i.194; AN.v.82; Snp-a.424 (nīcaṃ karoti to degrade); passim.
*\ …
nīrasa →
pts
adjective sapless, dried up, withered, tasteless, insipid Ja.iii.111.
Sk. nīrasa, nis + rasa
obhāsa →
pts
shine, splendour, light, lustre, effulgence; appearance. In clairvoyant language also “aura (see Cpd. 2141 with C. expln. “rays emitted from the body on account of insight”)-D …
obhāsana →
pts
(nt
■ adj.) shining Vv-a.276 (Hardy: “speaking to someone”).
fr. obhāsa, cp. Sk. avabhāsana
obhāsati →
pts
Obhāsati1
to shine, to be splendid Pv.i.2#1 (= pabhāseti vijjoteti Pv-a.10)
caus obhāseti to make radiant or resplendent to illumine, to fill with light or splendo …
odagya →
pts
exultation, elation Mnd.3 = Cnd.446 = Dhs.9, Dhs.86, Dhs.285, Dhs.373; Dhs-a.143 (= udaggasabhāva a “topmost” condition).
der. fr. udagga
odahati →
pts
- to put down, to put in, supply MN.i.117 (okacaraṃ, see under oka); MN.ii.216 (agad’angāraṃ vaṇa-mukhe odaheyya); Thag.774 (migavo pāsaṃ odahi the hunter set a snare; Morris, J.P.T …
odana →
pts
boiled (milk-)rice, gruel Vin.ii.214 (m.); DN.i.76, DN.i.105; SN.i.82 (nāḷik˚); Dhp-a.iv.17 (id.); AN.iii.49; AN.iv.231; Snp.18; Ja.iii.425 (til˚ m.) Dhs.646, Dhs.740, Dhs.875; Pv-a.73; Vv-a.98; S …
odhasta →
pts
fallen down, scattered MN.i.124 = SN.iv.176 (˚patoda; S reads odhasata but has variant reading odhasta).
Sk. avadhvasta, pp. of ava + dhvaṃsati: see dhaṃsati
odhi →
pts
putting down, fixing, i.e. boundary, limit, extent Dhp-a.ii.80 (jaṇṇu-mattena odhinā to the extent of the knee, i.e. kneedeep); Dhp-a.iv.204 (id.)
■ odhiso (adv.) limited, spe …
odāta →
pts
adjective
clean, white, prominently applied to the dress as a sign of distinction (white), or special purity at festivities, ablutions & sacrificial functions DN.ii.18 (uṇṇā, of the Buddha), DN.iii.2 …
ogha →
pts
- (rare in the old texts) a flood of water Vv-a.48 (udak’ ogha); usually as mahogha a great flood Dhp.47; Vism.512; Vv-a.110; Dhp-a.ii.274 = Thag-a.175.
- (always in sg.) th …
ogāhati FIXME double →
pts
Ogāhati (ogāheti)
to plunge or enter into, to be absorbed in (w. acc. or loc.). Pv.ii.12#11; Vv.6#1 (= anupavisati Vv-a.42), Vv.39#2 (sālavanaṃ o = pavisati Vv-a.177). ogāheti Pv-a.155 (pokkhara …
ogāheti →
pts
Ogāhati (ogāheti)
to plunge or enter into, to be absorbed in (w. acc. or loc.). Pv.ii.12#11; Vv.6#1 (= anupavisati Vv-a.42), Vv.39#2 (sālavanaṃ o = pavisati Vv-a.177). ogāheti Pv-a.155 (pokkhara …
oka →
pts
resting place, shelter, resort; house, dwelling; fig. (this meaning according to later commentators prevailing in anoka, liking, fondness, attachment to (worldly things) SN.iii.9 = Snp.844 (okam pahāy …
okassati FIXME double →
pts
Okassati
to drag down, draw or pull away, distract, remove. Only in ger.; okassa, always combd. with pasayha “removing by force” DN.ii.74 (T. okk˚); AN.iv.16 (T. okk˚, variant reading ok …
okiraṇa →
pts
casting out (see the later avakirati2), only as adj
■ f. okirinī (okilinī through dialect. variation a cast-out woman (cast-out on acct of some cutaneous disease), in double comb …
okāsa FIXME double →
pts
Okāsa
- lit. “visibility”, (visible) space as geometrical term, open space, atmosphere, air as space DN.i.34 (ananto okāso); Vism.184 (with disā pariccheda), Vism.243 (id.); Pv-a.14 (okāsaṃ pharitvā …
okāsa →
pts
Avakāsa & okāsa
- “appearance”: akkhuddâvakāso dassanāya not little (or inferior) to behold (of appearance) DN.i.114; ariyāvakāsa appearing noble or having the app. of an Aryan Ja.v.87; katâvakāsa pu …
okāsati →
pts
to be visible; Caus. okāseti to make visible, let appear, show SN.iv.290.
ava + kāś
olīna →
pts
adhering, sticking or clinging to (worldliness), infatuated MN.i.200 (˚vuttika); Ja.vi.569 (anolīna-mānasa); Vb.350 (˚vuttikā); Mil.393 (an˚).
pp. of oliyate
omasanā →
pts
touching, touch Vin.iii.121 (= heṭṭhā oropanā).
fr. omasati
omasati →
pts
- (lit.) to touch Ja.v.446.
- (fig.) to touch a person, to reproach, insult Vin.iv.4 sq
pp omaṭṭha.
o + mas = Sk. mṛṣ
omaṭṭha →
pts
touched SN.i.13 = SN.i.53 = Thag.39.
pp. of omasati
onayhati →
pts
to tie down, to cover over, envelop, shroud Dhs-a.378 (megho ākāsaṃ o.)
pp onaddha.
ava + nayhati
onāha →
pts
drawing over, covering, shrouding DN.i.246 (spelt onaha); Mil.300; Dhs.1157 (= megho viya ākāsaṃ kāyaṃ onayhati).
fr. ava + nah, cp. onaddha & onayhati
opasamika →
pts
adjective leading to quiet, allaying quieting; epithet of Dhamma DN.iii.264 sq.; AN.ii.132.
fr. upa + sama + ika; cp. BSk. aupaśamika Avs.ii.107; Mvu.ii.41
opasāyika →
pts
adjective being near at hand or at one’s bidding (?) MN.i.328.
fr. upasaya, upa + śī
ora →
pts
adjective below, inferior, posterior. Usually as nt. oraṃ the below, the near side, this world Snp.15; Vv-a.42 (orato abl. from this side)
■ Cases adverbially: acc. *[oraṃ](/defin …
orasa →
pts
adjective belonging to one’s own breast, self-begotten, legitimate; innate, natural, own MN.ii.84; MN.iii.29; SN.ii.221 (bhagavato putto o. mukhato jāto); SN.iii.83; Ja.iii.272; Vv.50#22; Thag-a.236 …
osadhī →
pts
There is no difference in meaning between osadha and osadhī; both mean equally any medicine whether of herbs or other ingredients. Cp. e.g. AN.iv.100 (bījagāma-bhūtagāmā… osadhi-tiṇavanappatayo) Pv. …
osakkati →
pts
to draw back, move back DN.i.230; Ja.iv.348 (for apavattati C.); Ja.v.295 (an-osakkitvā) See also Trenckner, Notes p. 60.
o + sakkati fr. P. sakk = *Sk. ṣvaṣk, cp. Māgadhī osakkai; but somet …
osarati →
pts
to flow, to go away, to recede to, to visit MN.i.176 (gāmaṃ etc.); MN.ii.122
pp osaṭa. See also avasarati.
o + sṛ.
osaraṇa →
pts
- return to, going into (acc.) visiting Ja.i.154 (gāmantaṃ ˚kāle).
- withdrawal, distraction, drawing or moving away, heresy Snp.538 (ogahanāni titthāni, diṭṭhiyo ti attho Snp-a.434).
fr. avasarati
osaṭa FIXME double →
pts
Osaṭa
having withdrawn to (acc.), gone to or into, undergone, visited MN.i.176, MN.i.469 (padasamācāro sangha-majjhe o.); MN.ii.2 (Rājagahaṃ vass˚āvāsaṃ o.); Mil.24 (sākacchā osaṭā bahū). See also * …
osaṭa →
pts
Avasaṭa & Osaṭa
withdrawn, gone away; one who has left a community & gone over to another sect, a renegade Vin.iv.216, Vin.iv.217 (= titthāyatanaṃ saṃkata).
Sk. apasṛta, cp. also samavasṛta, pp. of …
osāpeti →
pts
to put forth, bring to an end, settle, put down, fix, decide SN.i.81 (fut. osāpayissāmi; vv.ll. oyayiss˚ and obhāyiss˚ Ud.66 (T. otarissāmi? vv.ll. obhāyiss˚, otāy˚ & osāy˚ C. paṭipajjissāmi karissāmi …
otarati →
pts
…Pv-a.94 (pāsādā from the palace), Pv-a.140 (devalokato)
caus 2 otarāpeti to cause to descend, to bring down to Ja.vi.345…
otāpeti →
pts
to dry in the sun Vin.ii.113; Vin.iv.281; Mil.371 (kummo udakato nikkhamitvā kāyaṃ o. fig applied to mānasa).
o + tāpeti
otāra →
pts
- descent to, i.e. approach to, access, fig. chance, opportunity otāraṃ labhati. Only in the Māra myth. He, the tempter, ʻgets his chance’ to tempt the Buddha or the disciples, MN.i.334; SN.i.122; …
ovadati →
pts
to give advice, to admonish exhort, instruct, usually combd. with anusāsati
pres ovadati Vin.iv.52 sq.; Dhp-a.i.11, Dhp-a.i.13;
imper ovada …
ovāda →
pts
advice, instruction, admonition, exhortation Vin.i.50 = Vin.ii.228; Vin.ii.255 Vin.iv.52; DN.i.137 (˚paṭikara, function of a king); Ja.iii.256 (anovādakara one who cannot be helped by advice, cp ovada …
pa →
pts
Pa˚
indeclinable directional prefix of forward motion, in applied sense often emphasising the action as carried on in a marked degree or even beyond its mark (cp. Ger. ver-in its function of Goth. f …
pabba →
pts
- a knot (of a stalk), joint, section Vin.iv.35; MN.i.80; Ja.i.245 (veḷu˚); Vism.358 (id.; but nāḷika p. 260); Vb-a.63 (id.); Thag.243-angula˚ finger joint Vin.iv.262, MN.i.187; DN-a.i.285-pabba\ …
pabbajati →
pts
to go forth, to leave home and wander about as a mendicant, to give up the world, to take up the ascetic life (as bhikkhu samaṇa, tapassin, isi etc.). SN.i.140, SN.i.141; Snp.157, Snp.1003 imper. *[pa …
pabbajjā →
pts
leaving the world, adopting the ascetic life state of being a Buddhist friar, taking the (yellow) robe ordination
- ordination or admission into the Buddha’s Order in particular: Vin.iii.13; SN.i.16 …
pabbedha →
pts
piercing through (measuring) an arrow shot Thag.164-Ja.ii.334 (soḷasa˚ = soḷasa-kaṇḍa-pāta-vitthāro C.)
■ Note. pabbedha owes its bb to analogy with ubbedha. It also corresponds to the latter …
pabbhāra →
pts
- (m.) a decline, incline, slope Ja.i.348; adj. (usually -˚) bending inclining, sloping; fig. tending or leading to (cp. E “bearing on”) MN.i.493 (samudda˚); SN.i.110 (id.), SN.v.38, SN.v.216, SN.v. …
pabhaṅkara →
pts
one who makes light, one who lights up, light-bringer (often as epithet of the Buddha) SN.i.51 (quoted at Vv-a.116), SN.i.210; AN.ii.51 sq.; Iti.80; Ja.iii.128; Snp.991, Snp.1136 (= ālokakara obhāsa …
pabhāsa →
pts
shining, splendour, beauty SN.i.67; sap˚ with beauty SN.v.263; Mil.223; ap˚ without beauty Mil.299.
fr. pa + bhās
pabhāsati →
pts
to tell, declare, talk Thag.582.
pa + bhaṣ
paccakkhāti →
pts
lit. to speak against, i.e. to reject, refuse, disavow, abandon, give up, usually in connection with Buddhaṃ, dhammaṃ sikkhaṃ or similar terms of a religious-moral nature Vin.iii.25; SN.ii.231, SN.ii …
paccana →
pts
being boiled, boiling. torture, torment Ja.v.270; Snp-a.476 (˚okāsa). Paccanika, Paccaniya
fr. paccati, cp. pacana
paccanta →
pts
adjective noun adj. adjoining, bordering on, neighbouring, adjacent Dhp.315; Ja.i.11 (v.47, ˚desa), Ja.i.377 (˚vāsika); Pv-a.201 (˚nagara); Dhp-a.iii.488 (id.); Sdhp.11 (˚visaya). (m.) the border, o …
paccanubhāsati →
pts
to speak out or mention correspondingly, to enumerate Kp-a.78, Kp-a.79 sq.
paṭi + anubhāsati, cp. BSk. pratyavabhāṣate to call to Divy.9
paccasāri →
pts
see paṭisarati.
paccaya →
pts
lit. resting on, falling back on, foundation cause, motive etc. See on term as t.t. of philosophy Tikapaṭṭhāna I, foreword; J.P.T.S. 1916, 21 f.; Cpd. 42 sq. & esp. 259 sq.
- (lit.) support, req …
pacceka →
pts
adjective each one, single, by oneself, separate, various several DN.i.49 (itthi); DN.ii.261 (˚vasavattin, of the 10 issaras); SN.i.26 (˚gāthā a stanza each), SN.i.146 (˚brahma an independent Brahma); …
pacchā →
pts
adverb behind, aft, after, afterwards, back; westward DN.i.205; Snp.645 Snp.773, Snp.949; Mnd.33 (= pacchā vuccati anāgataṃ, pure vuccati atītaṃ); Cnd.395; Dhp.172, Dhp.314, Dhp.421; Pv.i.11#1 Pv.i.11 …
pacchāsa →
pts
aftermath SN.i.74.
cp. pacchāli? perhaps fr. pacchā + aś
paccābhaṭṭha →
pts
recited, explained Ja.ii.48.
pp. of paccābhāsati
paccābhāsati →
pts
to retort, recite, explain, relate Pv-a.57 (sic lege for pacchā˚)
pp paccābhaṭṭha.
paṭi + ābhāsati
paccāropeti →
pts
to show in return, retort, explain MN.i.96; AN.iv.193. Cp. paccabhāsati.
paṭi + āropeti
paccāsanne →
pts
adverb near by Pv-a.216 = Pv-a.280
paṭi + āsanne
paccāsati →
pts
to ask, beg, pray Pv.iv.5#6 (˚anto for ˚āsaṃsanto? C explnns by āsiṃsanto).
fr. paṭi + āśā or = paccāsaṃsati or ˚siṃsati?
paccāsā →
pts
expectation Vin.iv.286.
paṭi + āśā, cp. Sk. pratyāśā
paccāsāreti →
pts
to make go (or turn) backward MN.i.124 = AN.iii.28 (= paṭinivatteti C.) Vism.308 (sāreti pi p. pi).
paṭi + ā + sāreti, Caus. of sṛ.
pada →
pts
- foot Dhp.273 = Snp-a.366 (? saccānaṃ caturo padā); DN-a.i.85; usually -˚, like hatthipadaṃ elephant’s foot MN.i.176, MN.i.184; SN.i.86; SN.v.43, SN.v.231; and with numerals dvi˚ & di˚, catup˚, a …
padahati →
pts
- to strive, exert DN.iii.221 (cittaṃ paggaṇhāti p.); Pv-a.31 (yoniso p.).
- to confront take up, fight against, stand Ja.vi.508 (usīraṃ muñjapubbajaṃ urasā padahessāmi “I shall stand against the g …
padesika →
pts
adjective (-˚) belonging to a place of indication, indicating, regional, reaching the index of only with numerals in reference to age (usually soḷasavassa˚ at the time of 16 years) Ja.i.259 (id.), Ja …
padhāna →
pts
exertion, energetic effort, striving, concentration of mind DN.iii.30 DN.iii.77, DN.iii.104, DN.iii.108, DN.iii.214, DN.iii.238; MN.ii.174, MN.ii.218; SN.i.47; SN.ii.268 SN.iv.360; SN.v.244 sq.; AN.ii …
padhāniya →
pts
adjective belonging to or connected with exertion, worthy of being pursued in cpd. -aṅga (nt.) a quality to be striven after, of which there are 5 expressed in the attributes of one who attains the …
padika →
pts
adjective consisting of feet or parts, -fold; dvādasa˚ twelve fold Ja.i.75 (paccayākāra).
fr. pada 1; cp. padaka3
padissa →
pts
adjective being seen, to be seen, appearing DN.ii.205 (upasantappa˚).
grd. of padissati
padumin →
pts
adjective noun having a lotus, belonging to a lotus, lotus-like; Name of (the spotted) elephant Snp.53 (explained at Snp-a.103 as “padumasadisa-gattatāya vā Padumakule uppannatāya vā padumī,” cp. C …
paduṭṭha →
pts
made bad, spoilt, corrupt, wicked, bad (opp. pasanna, e.g. at AN.i.8; Iti.12, Iti.13; DN.iii.32 (˚citta); MN.iii.49; AN.ii.30; Snp.662; Dhp.1; Ja.ii.401; Dhp-a.i.23 (opp. pasanna); Pv-a.34, Pv-a.43 …
padālita →
pts
broken, pierced, destroyed SN.i.130; SN.iii.83; AN.v.88 (appadālita-pubbaṃ lobhakkhandhaṃ); Snp.546 (āsavā te p.; quoted at Vv-a.9); Thag-a.34 (as AN.v.88 with moha˚).
pp. of padāleti
paggaṇhāti →
pts
- to stretch forth, hold out or up, take up DN.i.123 (sujaṃ the sacrificial ladle), DN.i.125 (añjaliṃ stretch out the hollow hands as a token of respectful greeting); SN.i.141; SN.ii.280; Ja.i.89 (pa …
pahasati →
pts
to laugh, giggle Ja.v.452 (ūhasati +). See also pahassati & pahāsati
pp pahasita (q.v.).
pa + has
pahasita →
pts
laughing, smiling, joyful, pleased Mil.297; Ja.i.411 (nicca˚ mukha), Ja.ii.179.
pp. of pahasati or ˚hassati
pahassati →
pts
to laugh, be joyful or cheerful Snp.887 (= haṭṭha pahaṭṭha Mnd.296; cp. Snp-a.555 hāsajāta) The pp. pahasita (q.v.) is derived fr. pres. pahasati which mak …
pahaṃsita →
pts
Pahaṃsita1
struck, beaten (of metal), refined Ja.vi.218 (ukkā-mukha˚), Ja.vi.574 (id.).
pp. of pahaṃsati
Pahaṃsita2
gladdened, delighted, happy Dhp-a.i.230 (˚mukha); Vv-a. …
pahaṭṭha →
pts
Pahaṭṭha1
struck, beaten (of metal) Ja.vi.217 (suvaṇṇa).
pp. of pahaṃsati1
Pahaṭṭha2
gladdened, happy, cheerful, delighted Vin.iii.14; Ja.i.278 (twice; once as *- …
pahita →
pts
Pahita1
resolute, intent, energetic; only in cpd. pahitatta of resolute will (cp. BSk. prahitātman Divy.37) MN.i.114; SN.i.53 (explained by bdhgh with wrong derivation fr. peseti as “pesit …
pahiṇati →
pts
to send; Pres. pahiṇati. Vin.iii.140 sq.; Vin.iv.18; Dhp-a.ii.243; aor. pahiṇi Ja.i.60 (sāsanaṃ); Ja.v.458 (paṇṇāni); Vv-a.67; Dhp-a.i.72 Dhp-a.ii.56, Dhp-a.ii.243; ger. *pahi …
pahāna →
pts
giving up, leaving, abandoning, rejection. MN.i.60 MN.iii.4, MN.iii.72 SN.i.13 SN.i.132 (dukkha˚); SN.ii.170; SN.iii.53; SN.iv.7 sq. DN.iii.225 DN.iii.246 AN.i.82 AN.i.134 AN.ii.26 AN.ii.232 (kaṇhassa …
pahāra →
pts
- a blow, stroke, hit DN.i.144 (daṇḍa˚); MN.i.123, MN.i.126; Pv.iv.16#7 (sālittaka˚); MN.i.123; Dhp-a.iii.48 (˚dāna-sikkhāpada the precepts concerning those guilty of giving blows cp. Vin.iv.146) P …
pahāsa →
pts
laughing, mirth Dhs.9, Dhs.86, Dhs.285; Vv-a.132; Sdhp.223.
fr. pa + has, cp. Class. Sk. prahāsa
pahāsati →
pts
in pahāsanto saparisaṃ at Thag-a.69 should preferably be read as pahāsayanto parisaṃ, thus taken as Caus. of pa + has, i.e. making one smile, gladdening.
pahāseti →
pts
to make laugh, to gladden, to make joyful Vism.289 (cittaṃ pamodeti hāseti pahāseti).
Caus. of pahasati
pakaṭṭhaka →
pts
adjective troublesome, annoying; (m.) a troubler worrier SN.i.174 (variant reading pagaṇḍaka; C. rasagiddha; trsl “pertinacious”).
pa + kaṭṭha + ka; kaṭṭha pp. of kṛṣ, cp. Sk. prakarṣaka of same …
pakka →
pts
adjective
- ripe (opp. āma raw, as Vedic; and apakka) and also “cooked, boiled, baked” SN.i.97 (opp. āmaka); SN.iv.324 (˚bhikkhā); Snp.576; Ja.v.286
■ nt. pakkaṃ that which is ripe, i.e. a fr …
pakkamati →
pts
- to step forward, set out, go on, go away, go forth MN.i.105 Pp.58; DN-a.i.94; Pv-a.13
■ pret. 3 sg. pakkāmi SN.i.92, SN.i.120; Snp.p.93, Snp.p.124; Pv-a.5 (uṭṭhāy’āsanā …
pakkha →
pts
Pakkha1
- side of the body, flank wing, feathers (cp. pakkhin), in compounds -biḷāla a flying fox (sort of bat) Bdhgh on ulūka-camma at Vin.i.186 (MV. Vin.v.2, 4; cp. Vin. Texts ii.1 …
pakkhandati →
pts
to spring forward, to jump on to MN.i.86; Ja.i.461; Vv.84#12 (ger. pakkhandiyāna = pakkhanditvā anupavisitvā Vv-a.338); to be after someone in pursuit Dhp-a.i.198; usually fig. to rejoice in, find p …
pakāsana →
pts
explaining, making known; information, evidence, explanation, publicity Pts.i.104 (dhamma˚); Mil.95; Snp-a.445; Pv-a.2, Pv-a.50, Pv-a.103 (expln of āvi).
pa + kāś, cp. pakāsati
pakāsati →
pts
to shine forth, to be visible, to become known Snp.445, Snp.1032 (= bhāsati tapati virocati Cnd.373)
caus pakāseti to show up, illustrate, explain make known, give information …
pala →
pts
(-˚) a certain weight (or measure), spelt also phala (see phala2), only in cpd. sata˚; a hundred (carat) in weight Thag.97 (of kaṃsa); Ja.vi.510 (sa …
palasata →
pts
rhinoceros Ja.vi.277 (variant reading phalasata explained as “khagga-miga,” with gloss “balasata”); as phalasata at Ja.vi.454 (explained as phalasata-camma C.) See palāsata.
…
palibodha →
pts
obstruction, hindrance, obstacle, impediment, drawback Ja.i.148; Ja.iii.241 (a non-obstruction), Ja.iii.381 (id.); Ne.80; also in var. phrases viz. kāma˚ Cnd.374 (+ kāmapariḷāha); kula˚ cīvara Cnd.6 …
pallaṅka →
pts
- sitting cross-legged, in instr.; pallaṅkena upon the hams SN.i.124, SN.i.144; and in phrase pallaṅkaṃ ābhujati “to bend (the legs) in crosswise” DN.i.71; MN.i.56; AN.iii.320; Ja.i.17, Ja.i.71; …
pallāsa →
pts
see *vi*˚.
palāpa →
pts
Palāpa1
chaff of corn, pollard AN.iv.169 (yava˚); Ja.i.467, Ja.i.468; Ja.iv.34; Snp-a.165 (in exegesis of palāpa2 variant reading BB palāsa), Snp-a.312 (id.); Ja.iv.34, Ja.iv. …
palāsa →
pts
…leaves Ja.i.57
■ palāsāni (pl.) leaves Ja.iii.185 (= palāsapaṇṇāni C.); Pv-a.192 (= bhūsāni).
Vedic…
palāsata →
pts
rhinoceros Ja.v.206 Ja.v.408; Ja.vi.277.
so read for palasata & palasada; cp. Vedic parasvant given by BR. in meaning “a certain large animal, perhaps the wild ass”
palāsika →
pts
adjective
- in cpd. paṇḍu˚; one who lives by eating withered leaves DN-a.i.270, DN-a.i.271.
- in cpd. eka˚; (upāhanā) (a shoe) with one lining (i.e. of leaves) Vin.i.185 (= eka paṭala Bdhgh; …
palāsin →
pts
(paḷāsin) adjective spiteful, unmerciful, malicious MN.i.43 sq., MN.i.96; AN.iii.111; combined with makkhin at Vin.ii.89 (cp. Vin Texts iii.38); Ja.iii.259 apaḷāsin DN.iii.47 …
palāyati →
pts
to run (away) Vin.iii.145 (ubbijjati uttasati p.); AN.ii.33 (yena vā tena vā palayanti); Snp.120; Ja.ii.10; Dhp-a.i.193; Pv-a.253 Pv-a.284 (= dhāvati)
ppr palāyanto SN.i.209 = Thig.248 = Pv.ii. …
pameyya →
pts
(-˚) adjective to be measured, measurable, only in foll. cpd appameyya not to be measured, illimitable, unfathomable SN.i.148; SN.v.400; MN.iii.71, MN.iii.127; AN.i.266; Vv.34# …
pamha →
pts
eye-lash, usually in cpd. aḷāra˚; having thick eyelashes e.g. at Ja.v.215; Vv.35#7; Vv.64#11; Pv.iii.3#5; asāyata˚ at Thig.383.
the syncope form of pakhuma = Sk. pakṣman used in poetry and always …
pamocana →
pts
…AN.ii.49 sq.; Snp.166 (maccupāsā, abl. = from), Snp.1064 (pamocanāya dat. = pamocetuṃ Cnd); Iti.104 (Nibbānaṃ sabbagantha ˚ṃ). At Dhp.274…
pamucchita →
pts
…hunger) Pv.iii.1#8 (= khuppipāsādidukkhena sañjāta-mucchā Pv-a.174); Pv.iv.10#8. 2. infatuated SN.i.187 (variant reading; T. samucchita) =…
pamāda →
pts
carelessness, negligence, indolence, remissness DN.i.6 (jūta˚, see DN-a.i.85), DN.iii.42 sq., DN.iii.236; MN.i.151; SN.i.18, SN.i.20, SN.i.25, SN.i.146, SN.i.216; SN.ii.43 SN.ii.193; SN.iv.78, SN.iv. …
panasa →
pts
the Jack or bread-fruit tree (Artocarpus integrifolia) and its fruit Ja.i.450; Ja.ii.160 Ja.v.205, Ja.v.465; Vv.44#13; Kp-a.49, Kp-a.50, Kp-a.58 (˚phala, where Vism.258 reads panasa-taca); Snp-a …
panassati →
pts
to be lost, to disappear, to go to ruin, to cease to be MN.i.177; SN.ii.272 (read panassissati with BB); Ja.v.401 Ja.vi.239; Thag.143.
pa + nassati, cp. also BSk praṇāśa Divy.626
pannarasa →
pts
number, adjective fifteen (and fifteenth), usually referring to the 15th day of the lunar month, i.e. the full-moon day Snp.153 (pannaraso uposatho); pannarase on the 15th day SN.i.191 = …
pannarasama →
pts
ordinal number the 15th Snp-a.366 (gāthā).
fr. pannarasa
pannarasika →
pts
adjective belonging to the 15th day (of the lunar month) Vin.iv.315.
fr. pannarasa
panta →
pts
adjective distant, remote, solitary, secluded; only in phrase pantaṃ senāsanaṃ (sayanāsanaṃ) or pantāni senāsanāni “solitary bed & chair” MN.i.17, MN.i.30; AN.i.60; AN.ii.137 AN.iii.103; AN.v.10, AN.v …
panunna (paṇunna FIXME double FIXME double →
pts
…rejected each of the four false truths (the 5th of the 10 noble states ariyavāsā: see Vin. Texts i.141) DN.iii.269, DN.iii.270;…
panunna (paṇunna FIXME double →
pts
…rejected each of the four false truths (the 5th of the 10 noble states ariyavāsā: see Vin. Texts i.141) DN.iii.269, DN.iii.270;…
panunna (paṇunna →
pts
…rejected each of the four false truths (the 5th of the 10 noble states ariyavāsā: see Vin. Texts i.141) DN.iii.269, DN.iii.270;…
panuṇṇa) FIXME double FIXME double →
pts
…rejected each of the four false truths (the 5th of the 10 noble states ariyavāsā: see Vin. Texts i.141) DN.iii.269, DN.iii.270;…
panuṇṇa) FIXME double →
pts
…rejected each of the four false truths (the 5th of the 10 noble states ariyavāsā: see Vin. Texts i.141) DN.iii.269, DN.iii.270;…
panuṇṇa) →
pts
…rejected each of the four false truths (the 5th of the 10 noble states ariyavāsā: see Vin. Texts i.141) DN.iii.269, DN.iii.270;…
papaṭā →
pts
(papatā) feminine a broken-off piece, splinter, fragment; also proclivity precipice, pit (?) SN.ii.227 (papatā ti kho lābha-sakkāra-silokass’ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ; cp. SN.iii.109: sobbho papāto kodh’ û …
papphāsa →
pts
the lungs DN.ii.293; MN.i.185, MN.i.421 MN.iii.90; Snp.195 = Ja.i.146; Kp iii. (cp. Kp-a.56); Mil.26.
fr. sound-root* phu, not corresponding directly to Sk. pupphusa (cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 34), …
papāta →
pts
- falling down, a fall Vin.ii.284 (chinna-papātaṃ papatanti); SN.v.47.
- a cliff, precipice, steep rock MN.i.11; SN.iii.109 (sobbho p. kodh’ upāyāsass’ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ; cp. papaṭā) AN.iii.389 (sob …
para →
pts
adverb adjective
- (adv. & prep.) beyond, on the further side of (with abl. or loc.), over Pv-a.168 (para Gangāya, variant reading ˚āyaṃ). See in same meaning & application paraṃ, paro and parā & c …
parama →
pts
adjective highest, most excellent, superior, best paraphrased by agga seṭṭha visiṭṭha at Cnd.502 A Mnd.84, Mnd.102 (the latter reading viseṭṭha for visiṭṭha); by uttama at Dhp-a …
paramatā →
pts
the highest quantity, measure on the outside minimum or maximum DN.i.60 (ghāsa-cchādana-paramatāya santuṭṭho contented with a minimum of food & clothing; DN-a.i.169 explains by uttamatāya); MN.i.10 …
paribbasāna →
pts
adjective abiding, staying by Snp.796 (= vasamāna Snp-a.529; sakāya diṭṭhiyā vasanti Mnd.102), Snp.878, Snp.880, Snp.895.
ppr. med. of pari + vas
paribbaya →
pts
- earned money, earnings, wages Ja.i.156 (˚ṃ datvā), Ja.i.296 (id.), Ja.i.433, Ja.iv.170; Dhp-a.iv.196.
- expense, expenditure Ja.ii.213 (nivāsa˚ expense for a lodging), Ja.ii.249, Ja.ii.368; Ja.ii …
paribhaṭṭha →
pts
Paribhaṭṭha1
fallen, dropped Ja.i.482; Thag p.12n.
pp. of paribhassati of bhraś
Paribhaṭṭha2
abused, censured, scolded Ja.vi.187.
pp. of paribhāsati
paribhāsa →
pts
censure, abuse, blame Ja.v.373; Pv-a.175.
fr. pari + bhāṣ
paribhāsaka →
pts
adjective reviling, abusing, abusive SN.i.34; AN.iv.79; Pv.i.11#6 (= akkosaka Pv-a.58); Pv.iv.8#4; Vv-a.69. See also akkosaka.
fr. paribhāsa, cp. BSk. pa …
paribhāsati →
pts
…Ud.44; Pv.i.9#3; Pv-a.10
pp paribhaṭṭha2 (q.v.)
caus 2 -bhāsāpeti id. Pv.i.6#7.
pari + bhāṣ, cp. BSk….
paribhāvanā →
pts
permeation, penetration Dhs-a.163 (= vāsanā).
fr. paribhāveti
paribrūhati →
pts
to augment, increase, do with zest Vv-a.115
caus -brūheti [cp. Sk. paribṛnhayati] to make strong, increase Ja.v.361 (aparibrūhayi aor. med. with a˚ neg., i.e. was weakened, lost his strength; bu …
paricarati →
pts
to move about, in var. senses, viz.
- to go about, look after AN.iii.94 (upaṭṭhahati + Ja.v.421; Pv-a.175.
- to worship (only in connection aggin p. to worship the fire) DN.i.101; SN.i.166; Dhp.1 …
paricca →
pts
indeclinable lit. “going round,” i.e. having encircled grasped, understood; grasping, finding out, perceiving freq. in phrase cetasā ceto paricca (pajānāti) grasping fully with one’s mind, e.g. at D …
paricchindati →
pts
- to mark out Vv-a.291 (vasana-ṭṭhānaṃ).
- to determine, to fix accurately to decide Ja.i.170 (padaṃ the track), Ja.i.194 (nivāsavetanaṃ); Ja.iii.371; Ja.iv.77; Mil.272; Vism.184, Vism.409; Snp-a …
paricita →
pts
Paricita1
gathered, accumulated, collected, increased, augmented MN.iii.97; SN.i.116; SN.ii.264; SN.iv.200; AN.ii.67 sq., AN.ii.185; AN.iii.45, AN.iii.152, AN.iv.282, AN.iv.300; AN.v.23; T …
parihasati →
pts
to laugh at, mock, deride Ja.i.457. - Caus. parihāseti to make laugh Ja.v.297.
pari + has
parihāsa →
pts
laughter, laughing at, mockery Ja.i.116 (˚keḷi), Ja.i.377; Dhp-a.i.244.
fr. pari + has, cp. parihasati
parikathā →
pts
- “round-about tale,” exposition, story, especially a religious tale DN.ii.204; Vism.41 (= pariyāya-kathā)
- talk about, remark, hint Vin.i.254 (cp. Vin Texts ii.154); Vb.353 = Vism.23 (with obh …
parikeḷanā →
pts
adornment, adorning oneself, being fond of ornaments Cnd.585#2 (variant reading parilepanā); DN-a.i.286 has paṭikelanā instead, but Vb id p. 351 parikeḷanā with variant reading parikelāsanā.
pari + keḷanā
parikkamana →
pts
walking about MN.i.43, MN.i.44; adj. sa˚; having (opportunity for) walking about i.e. accessible, good for rambling in, pleasant, said of the Dhamma AN.v.262 (opp. a˚).
pari + kram
parikkhaya →
pts
exhaustion, waste, diminution, decay, loss, end DN.i.156; MN.i.453; MN.iii.37 sq.; SN.i.2, SN.i.90, SN.i.152; SN.v.461; AN.i.100, AN.i.299 AN.ii.68; AN.iii.46 (bhogā ˚ṃ gacchanti); AN.iv.148, AN.iv.35 …
parikkhāra →
pts
“all that belongs to anything,” make-up, adornment (so Cnd.585 bāhirā p. of the body)
- requisite, accessory equipment, utensil, apparatus Vin.i.50, Vin.i.296 (˚colaka cloth required for water-str …
parikkhīṇa →
pts
exhausted, wasted, decayed, extinct Vin.iv.258; MN.iii.80; SN.i.92; SN.ii.24 SN.v.145, SN.v.461; DN.iii.97, DN.iii.133 (˚bhava-saṃyojana); Iti.79 (id.); AN.iv.418, AN.iv.434 (āsavā); Snp.175, Snp.639 …
parimasati →
pts
to touch, stroke, grasp (usually combined with parimajjati), DN.i.78; DN.ii.17; MN.i.34, MN.i.80 MN.iii.12; SN.ii.121; SN.iv.173; AN.iii.70
pp parimaṭṭha (same as pp. of *[pa …
parimaṇḍala →
pts
adjective
- round, circular Ja.i.441; Ja.ii.406 (āvāṭa); Ja.vi.42; Pv.iv.3#28 (guḷa˚); Dhs.617 (explained at Dhs-a.317 as “egg-shaped,” kukkuṭ-aṇḍasaṇṭhāna)
■ nt. as adv. in phrase *-ṃ nivā …
parinibbuta →
pts
adjective completely calmed, at peace, at rest (as to the distinction of the twofold application see parinibbāna and cp., Mrs. Rh.D. Buddhism p. 191; Cpd. p. 168), viz.
1 …
parinibbāna →
pts
“complete Nibbāna” in two meanings:
- complete extinction of khandhalife; i.e. all possibility of such life & its rebirth, final release from (the misery of) rebirth and transmigration death (after …
parinibbānika →
pts
adjective one who is destined to or that which leads to complete extinction DN.iii.264 DN.iii.265 (opasamika +).
fr. parinibbāna
parinibbāti →
pts
Parinibbāyati & ˚nibbāti
- to be completed, perfected in any work or art, e.g. of a trained horse MN.i.446. Cp. τελειόω.
- to die without being reborn to reach complete extinction of existence Vin.i …
parinibbāyati →
pts
Parinibbāyati & ˚nibbāti
- to be completed, perfected in any work or art, e.g. of a trained horse MN.i.446. Cp. τελειόω.
- to die without being reborn to reach complete extinction of existence Vin.i …
parinibbāyin →
pts
one who attains Parinibbāna. Of the 2 meanings registered under parinibbāna we find No. 1 only in a very restricted use when taken in both senses of sa-and an-upādisesa parinibbāna; e.g. at AN.ii.15 …
paripūreti →
pts
to fulfil; to fill (up), make more full, supplement, fill out, add to DN.i.74 (parisandeti p. parippharati; DN-a.i.217 explains as “vāyunā bhastaṃ viya pūreti”); DN.ii.221; MN.iii.92; SN.i.27 (devakā …
parisappanā →
pts
running about, fear, hesitation, doubt, always combined with āsappanā and only found with ref. to the exegesis of “doubt” (vicikicchā or kankhā) Cnd.1; Dhs.425 (cp. Dhs trsl.116 and Dhs-a.260); DN\ …
parisaṅkati →
pts
to suspect, fear, have apprehension Ja.iii.210, Ja.iii.541; Dhp-a.i.81
pp -saṅkita (q.v.). Cp. āsaṅkati.
pari + sankati
parisaṅkita →
pts
suspecting or suspected, having apprehensions, fearing Vin.ii.243 (diṭṭha-suta˚) AN.iii.128; Ja.iv.214; Ja.v.80; Mil.372; Dhp-a.i.223 (āsankita˚)
■ Cp. āsaṅkita & ussaṅkita.
pp. of parisankati
parisaṅkā →
pts
suspicion, misgiving. Vin.iv.314 DN.iii.218 cp. āsaṅkā
fr. pari + śaṅk
parisā →
pts
surrounding people, group collection, company, assembly, association, multitude Var. typical sets of assemblies are found in the Canon viz, eight assemblies (khattiya˚, brāhmaṇa˚, gahapati˚ samaṇa˚, …
paritasati →
pts
Paritassati (˚tasati)
to be excited, to be tormented, to show a longing after, to be worried DN.ii.68; MN.i.36, MN.i.67, MN.i.151; SN.ii.82, SN.ii.194; SN.iii.43, SN.iii.55; SN.iv.23, SN.iv.65, SN.iv …
paritasita →
pts
worry, excitement DN.i.40 (variant reading ˚tassita, cp. Dial i.53). Paritassati (tasati)
pari + tasita1 or tasita2
paritassati →
pts
Paritassati (˚tasati)
to be excited, to be tormented, to show a longing after, to be worried DN.ii.68; MN.i.36, MN.i.67, MN.i.151; SN.ii.82, SN.ii.194; SN.iii.43, SN.iii.55; SN.iv.23, SN.iv.65, SN.iv …
parittāsin →
pts
adjective being in dread of (-˚) SN.i.201.
pari + tāsin, fr. tāsa of tasati2
parivasati →
pts
to stay, dwell, to live under probation Vin.iii.186 (grd. ˚vatthabba); Vin.iv.30, Vin.iv.127; DN.i.176; MN.i.391; SN.ii.21; Snp.697 (= pabbajitvā tāpasavesena vasati Snp-a.490)
ppr med. *[paribbasā …
pariveṇa →
pts
…pekkhitabbato pariveṇaṃ pāsāda-kūtâgāra-ratti-ṭṭhān’ ādisampannaṃ pākāraparikkhittaṃ dvārakoṭṭhaka-yuttaṃ…
parivitakka →
pts
reflection, meditation, thought, consideration MN.ii.170 (ākāra˚), Vin.ii.74; SN.ii.115 (id.); AN.ii.193 (id.); Mil.13; Dhp-a.ii.62; Dhs-a.74; Vv-a.3; Pv-a.282 (vutta-˚e nipāta in expln</sup …
parivuttha →
pts
Parivuṭṭha & ˚vuttha
staying (a period), living (for a time), spending (or having spent) one’s probation (cp. BSk. paryuṣita-parivāsa Avs.i.259; Vin.iii.186 (tth); SN.ii.21 (ṭṭh).
pp. of parivasati
parivuṭṭha →
pts
Parivuṭṭha & ˚vuttha
staying (a period), living (for a time), spending (or having spent) one’s probation (cp. BSk. paryuṣita-parivāsa Avs.i.259; Vin.iii.186 (tth); SN.ii.21 (ṭṭh).
pp. of parivasati
parivāra →
pts
- surrounding, suite, retinue, followers, entourage, pomp Ja.i.151; Ja.iv.38; Ja.vi.75; Pv-a.21, Pv-a.30 (˚cāga-cetana, read pariccāga-cetana?); usually as adj.-˚ surrounded by, in company of …
parivāsa →
pts
- sojourn; stay, in phrase vipassanā˚; Dhp-a.iii.118; Dhs-a.215.
- period under probation, (living under) probation Vin.iii.186 (˚ṃ vasati, cp. parivuttha), Vin.iv.30; SN.ii.21 (˚ṃ vasati). *-ṃ …
parivāsika →
pts
adjective
- “staying,” i.e. usual, accustomed, common Snp-a.35 (˚bhatta; or is it “fermented,” and thus to be taken to No. 3?) a˚ unusual, new, uncommon Ja.ii.435 (where it is combined with *[abhin …
parivāsita →
pts
adjective perfumed (all round) Ja.i.51 (variant reading ˚vārita); cp. samparivāsita (well-seasoned?), which is perhaps to be read at Ja.ii.435 for aparivāsika.
pari + pp. of vāseti fr. vāsa3
pariya →
pts
encompassing, fathoming, comprehending (as ger.); penetration, understanding (as n.) Only in phrase ceto-pariya-ñāṇa knowledge encompassing heart or mind (cp. phrase cetasā ceto paricca DN.ii.82 s …
pariyanta →
pts
- limit, end, climax, border SN.i.80 (manāpa˚ “limit-point in enjoyment”; cp. C. nipphattikaṃ koṭikaṃ K.S. 320) Ja.i.149 (hattha-pāda˚ hoofs), Ja.i.221 (udaka˚), Ja.i.223 (sara˚), Ja.ii.200 (anga …
pariyantavant →
pts
adjective having a limit, having a set or well-defined purpose; f. -vatī (vācā) discriminating speech DN.i.4 = MN.iii.49 = Pp.58; explained as “paricchedaṃ dassetvā yatha ’ssa paricchedo paññāyati …
pariyantika →
pts
adjective (-˚) ending in, bounded or limited by SN.ii.83 = AN.ii.198 (kāya-p. ˚ā & jīvita-p ˚ā vedanā); Vism.69 (bhojana˚, udaka˚, āsana˚) Sdhp.440 (kāla˚ sīla).
fr. pariyanta
pariyatti →
pts
- adequacy, accomplishment, sufficiency capability, competency; indriya-paro˚; efficiency in the (knowledge of) thoughts of others SN.v.205; Ne.101 Three accomplishments are distinguished at DN-a …
pariyuṭṭhita →
pts
possessed by (the C. expln as given K.S. 320 is “abhibhūta”) biassed, taken up by, full of (-˚) MN.i.18; MN.iii.14; SN.iv.240 (maccheramala˚ ceto); AN.i.281; AN.ii.58; Iti.43 (diṭṭhigate …
pariyādāna →
pts
“taking up completely,” i.e. using up, consummation, consumption finishing, end MN.i.487 (kaṭṭha˚, opp. to upādāna) SN.i.152; SN.iii.16 sq. (cetaso p., cp. pariyādāya & ˚dinna), SN.iv.33 (sabb’ upādān …
pariyāpanna →
pts
- “gone completely into,” included in, belonging to, got into Vin.i.46 (patta˚ that which has been put into the bowl); DN.i.45 (= ābaddha DN-a.i.127); Snp-a.397 (milakkhabhāsa˚ etc.); Kp-a.136 (vi …
pariḷāha →
pts
…SN.iii.7 sq (taṇhā, pipāsā, p.), SN.iii.190 (vigata˚); SN.iv.387; SN.v.156 (kāyasmiṃ), SN.v.451 (jāti˚, jarā˚); AN.i.68 (kāma˚),…
paro →
pts
adverb beyond, further, above, more than, upwards of; only ˚-in connection with numerals (cp. Vedic use of paras with acc. of numerals) e.g. paropaññāsa more th an.50; DN.ii.93; parosataṃ more …
parāmasa →
pts
touching, seizing, taking hold of MN.i.130 (variant reading ˚māsa which reading is probably to be preferred, cp. Trenckner on p. 541) SN.iii.46 (variant reading ˚māsa)
■ neg. aparāmasa not leading a …
parāmasana →
pts
touching, seizing, taking up Cnd.576 (daṇḍa-sattha˚); Dhs-a.239 (angapaccanga˚); Pv-a.159 (kiriyā˚).
fr. parāmasati
parāmasati →
pts
to touch, hold on to, deal with, take up, to be attached or fall a victim to (acc.) Vin.ii.47, Vin.ii.195, Vin.ii.209; DN.i.17; MN.i.257; SN.iii.110; Ja.iv.138; in combination with gaṇhāti & nandati ( …
parāmaṭṭha →
pts
touched, grasped, usually in bad sense: succumbing to, defiled, corrupted DN.i.17 for a different, commentarial interpretation see Parāmāsa (evaṃ˚ so acquired or taken up; cp. DN-a.i.107 nirāsanka\ …
parāmāsa →
pts
…as parato āmasantīti parāmāsā: p. means “they handle dhamma’s *as other”* (than what they really are e.g. they transgress the real…
parāmāsin →
pts
adjective grasping, seizing, perverting DN.iii.48; MN.i.43, MN.i.96 (sandiṭṭhi˚). Parayana (Parayana)
fr. parāmāsa
pasada →
pts
See pasata1.
pasaha →
pts
overcoming, mastering, in dup˚; (adj.) hard to overcome Ja.ii.219; Mil.21.
fr. pa + sah
pasahati →
pts
to use force, subdue, oppress, overcome MN.ii.99; Snp.443; Dhp.7, Dhp.128; Dhp-a.iii.46; Ja.iv.126 Ja.iv.494; Ja.v.27
ger pasayha using force, forcibly, by force DN.ii.74 (okka …
pasajati →
pts
to let loose, produce; to be attached to Snp.390 (= allīyati Snp-a.375).
pa + sṛj
pasakkati →
pts
to go forth or out to; ger. pasakkiya SN.i.199 = Thag.119; Thag.125.
pa + sakkati
pasakkhita →
pts
at Ja.iv.365 is doubtful; perhaps we should read pasakkita (pp. of pasakkati); the C. explains as “lying down” (nipanna acchati, p. 367); Kern,
Toevoegselen
s. v. proposes change to pamakkhita …
pasammati →
pts
to become allayed, to cease, to fade away Thag.702.
pa + Śam
pasanna →
pts
Pasanna1
adjective
- clear, bright Snp.550 (˚netta); Kp-a.64 & Kp-a.65 (˚tilatelavaṇṇa, where Vism.262 reads vippasanna˚); Vism.409 (id.).
- happy gladdened, reconciled, pleased Ja.i. …
pasannā →
pts
kind of spirituous liquor (made from rice) Ja.i.360.
late Sk. prasannā
pasaraṇa →
pts
stretching, spreading, being stretched out Pv-a.219 (piṭṭhi˚). See also pasāraṇa.
fr. pa + sṛ.
pasata →
pts
Pasata1
adjective spotted, only in cpd. -miga spotted antelope Ja.v.418 (variant reading pasada˚) The more freq. P. form is pasada˚; e.g. SN.ii.279 (gloss pasata˚); Ja.v.24, Ja.v.416; …
pasattha →
pts
Pasattha & Pasaṭṭha
praised, extolled, commended SN.i.169; Ja.iii.234; Vv.44#21; Mil.212, Mil.361 As pasaṭṭha at Pv.ii.9#73 (so to be read for paseṭṭha), Pv.iv.1#52 (= vaṇṇita P …
pasava →
pts
bringing forth, offspring SN.i.69.
fr. pa + su
pasavana →
pts
- giving birth Pv-a.35
- producing, generating, effecting Pv-a.31 (puñña˚).
fr. pa + su
pasavati →
pts
to bring forth, give birth to, beget, produce; mostly fig. in combination with the foll. nouns kibbisaṃ to commit sin Vin.ii.204; AN.v.75; pāpaṃ id Pv.iv.1#50; puññaṃ to produce merit SN.i.182, …
pasayha →
pts
is ger. of pasahati (q.v.).
pasaṃsaka →
pts
flatterer MN.i.327; Ja.ii.439; Sdhp.565.
fr. pasaṃsati
pasaṃsana →
pts
praising, commendation Pp.53; Sdhp.213; Pv-a.30.
fr. pa + śaṃs
pasaṃsati →
pts
to speak out, praise, commend, agree DN.i.163; SN.i.102, SN.i.149, SN.i.161; Ja.i.143; Ja.ii.439; Ja.v.331; Iti.16; Snp.47, Snp.163, Snp.390, Snp.658, Snp.906; Dhp.30; Pv.ii.9#42 DN-a.i.149; Pv-a.25 …
pasaṃsita →
pts
praised SN.i.232; Snp.829, Snp.928; Dhp.228, Dhp.230; Mnd.169; Pv-a.116 (= vaṇṇita) Pv-a.130.
pp. of pasaṃsati, cp. pasattha
pasaṃsiya →
pts
adjective laudable, praiseworthy SN.i.149; SN.iii.83; AN.ii.19; Snp.658; Ja.i.202; Sdhp.563. Cp. pasaṃsā.
grd. of pasaṃsati, cp. Vedic praśaṃsia
pasaṃsā →
pts
praise, applause DN.iii.260; SN.i.202; Thag.609; Snp.213, Snp.826 Snp.895; Mil.377; Snp-a.155. In composition the form is pasaṃsa˚; e.g. -āvahana bringing applause Snp.256 -kāma desirous of p …
pasaṅga →
pts
- hanging on, inclination, attachment to Kp-a.18; Pv-a.130.
- occasion, event; loc. pasaṅge at the occasion of (-˚), instead of Kp-a.213 (karaṇavacana˚, where Pv-a.30 in id. p. reads karaṇ’ a …
pasaṅkamati →
pts
to go out or forth to (acc.) Sdhp.277
pp pasaṅkanta.
pa + saṃ + kram
pasaṅkanta →
pts
gone out to, gone forth Pv-a.22.
pp. of pa + sankamati, of kram
pasaṭa →
pts
let out, produced DN.iii.167; Snp-a.109 (conj. for pasava in expln of pasuta).
pp. of pa + sṛ.
pasaṭṭha →
pts
Pasattha & Pasaṭṭha
praised, extolled, commended SN.i.169; Ja.iii.234; Vv.44#21; Mil.212, Mil.361 As pasaṭṭha at Pv.ii.9#73 (so to be read for paseṭṭha), Pv.iv.1#52 (= vaṇṇita P …
paseṭṭha →
pts
at Pv.ii.9#73 is to be read pasaṭṭha (see pasattha).
passaddhi →
pts
…pīti assāsa-passāsā, saññā-vedanā, rāga-dosa-moha, through the 4 jhānas etc.). Passaddhi is one of the 7 sambojjhaṅgas…
passasati →
pts
to breathe in DN.ii.291; MN.i.56; MN.iii.82; Ja.iii.296; Ja.v.43; Vism.271; Dhp-a.1.215. See also assasati & remarks under ā1 3.
pa + śvas
passati →
pts
- to see-Pres. passati Vin.i.322; SN.i.69 SN.i.132, SN.i.198; SN.ii.29; Snp.313, Snp.647, Snp.953, Snp.1063, Snp.1142 (cp. Cnd.428); Pv.i.2#3; Mil.218; Pv-a.11, Pv-a.102; 1<su …
passāsa →
pts
inhaled breath, inhalation SN.i.106, SN.i.159; Pts.i.95, Pts.i.164 sq., Pts.i.182 sq. Usually in combination assāsapassāsa (q.v.). At Vism.272 passāsa is expl1 as “ingoing wind” and assās …
passāsin →
pts
adjective breathing; in ghuru-ghuru˚ snoring SN.i.117.
fr. passāsa
pasu →
pts
cattle MN.i.79; Ja.v.105; Pv.ii.13#12 (˚yoni); Mil.100; Pv-a.166 (˚bhāva); n. pl pasavo SN.i.69; Snp.858; gen. pl. pasūnaṃ Snp.311; Pv.ii.2#5
■ dupasu bad cattle Thag.446.
Vedic paśu, cp. Lat. pec …
pasuta →
pts
attached to (acc. or loc.), intent upon (-˚), pursuing, doing DN.i.135 (kamma˚); Snp.57 (see Cnd.427), Snp.709, Snp.774, Snp.940, Dhp.166, Dhp.181; Vism.135 (doing a hundred & one things: aneka-kicc …
pasāda →
pts
- clearness, brightness, purity; referring to the colours (“visibility”) of the eye Ja.i.319 (akkhīni maṇiguḷa-sadisāni paññāyamāna pañca-ppasādāni ahesuṃ); Snp-a.453 (pasanna-netto i.e. pañca-v …
pasādaka →
pts
adjective
- making bright Mil.35 (udaka˚ maṇi).
- worthy, good, pious Pv-a.129 (a˚). Cp. pāsādika.
fr. pasāda
pasādana →
pts
- happy state, reconciliation, purity Pv-a.132.
- granting graces, gratification Dhp-a.iii.3 (brahmaṇo mama p. ˚ṭṭhāne pasīdati he is gracious instead of me giving graces)
■ Cp. sam˚.
fr. pa + sad
pasādaniya →
pts
…faith. SN.v.156 Pp.49 Pp.50 Vb-a.282 (˚suttanta); Sdhp.543; the 10 pāsādaniyā dhammā at MN.iii.11f. cp. sam˚
fr. pasāda
pasādeti →
pts
to render calm, appease, make peaceful, reconcile, gladden, incline one’s heart (cittaṃ) towards (loc.) DN.i.110, DN.i.139; SN.i.149; AN.v.71; Pv.ii.9#42 (cittaṃ); Mil.210; Pv-a.50, Pv-a.123 (khamāp …
pasādhana →
pts
ornament, decoration, parure Ja.ii.186 (rañño sīsa ˚kappaka king’s headdress-maker i.e. barber); Ja.iii.437; Ja.iv.3 (ura-cchada˚); Dhp-a.i.227 (˚peḷikā), Dhp-a.i.342 (˚kappaka), Dhp-a.i.393; Tha …
pasādheti →
pts
to adorn, decorate, array Mhvs.vii.38; Dhp-a.i.398
pp pasādhita (q.v.).
Caus. of pa + sādh
pasādhita →
pts
adorned, arrayed with ornaments, embellished, dressed up Ja.i.489 (maṇḍita˚), Ja.ii.48 (id.); Ja.iv.219 (id.); Ja.v.510 (nahāta˚).
pp. of pasādheti
pasādiyā →
pts
at Ja.vi.530 is doubtful; it is explained in C. together with saṃsādiyā (a certain kind of rice: sūkara-sāli), yet the C. seems to take it as “bhūmiyaṃ patita”; variant reading …
pasākha →
pts
- a smaller branch Ja.vi.324 (sākha˚;).
- branch-like wood, i.e. hard wood Thag.72.
- the body where it branches off from the trunk, i.e. abdomen & thighs the lower part of the body Vin.iv.316 ( …
pasāraṇa →
pts
stretching out DN-a.i.196 (opp. sammiñjana); Dhp-a.i.298 (hattha˚).
fr. pa + sṛ; cp. pasaraṇa
pasāreti →
pts
- to cause to move forwards, to let or make go, to give up Ja.vi.58 (pasāraya, imper.)-Pass. pasāriyati Vism.318; Pv-a.240 (are turned out of doors).
- to stretch out, hold out or forth, usually …
pasārita →
pts
- stretched out, usually in contrast with sammiñjita, e.g. at DN.i.222; Vin.i.230; MN.iii.35, MN.iii.90; SN.i.137; Vism.19; Vv-a.6.
- put forth laid out, offered for sale Mi …
pasāsana →
pts
teaching, instruction Ja.iii.367.
fr. pa + śās
pasāsati →
pts
- to teach, instruct SN.i.38; Ja.iii.367, Ja.iii.443.
- to rule, reign, govern DN.ii.257; Cp.iii.14#1 Pv-a.287.
pa + śās
pasīdati →
pts
- to become bright, to brighten up Pv-a.132 (mukha-vaṇṇo p.).
- to be purified, reconciled or pleased; to be clear & calm, to become of peaceful heart (mano or cittaṃ p.); to f …
pasūta →
pts
produced; having born, delivered Pv-a.80.
pp. of pasavati
patati →
pts
to fall, jump, fall down on (loc. acc. & instr.), to alight Ja.i.278 (dīpake); Snp.248 (nirayaṃ); Pv.iv.10#8 (1st pl. patāmase); Mil.187; Pv-a.45 ppr. patanto Ja.i.263 (asaniyā); Ja.iii.188 (nāvāya …
patissā →
pts
Paṭissā & Patissā
feminine deference, obedience, only in cpd. sappaṭissa (q.v. obedient, deferential Iti.10 (sappatissa); Vv.84#41 (cp Vv-a.347), & appaṭissa disobedient, n …
patiṭṭhāpeti →
pts
to establish, set up, fix, put into, instal DN.i.206; SN.i.90; Ja.i.152; Ja.i.168, Ja.i.349 (sotāpatti-phale) Pv-a.22 (id.), Pv-a.38 (id.), Pv-a.50 (saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca), Pv-a.223 (id.), Pv-a. …
patta →
pts
Patta1
neuter
- the wing of a bird, a feather Vin.iv.259; DN.i.71. kukkuṭa˚ a hen’s quill (for sewing) Vin.ii.215
- a leaf MN.i.429; Snp.44 = Snp.64 (sañchinna˚, see Cnd.625); Snp.625 ( …
pattha →
pts
Pattha1
a lonely place, in cpd. vana˚; DN.i.71; Pp.59 etc., a wilderness in the forest, explained by Bdhgh as “gāmantaṃ atikkamitvā manussānaṃ anupacāra-ṭṭhānaṃ yattha na kasanti na vap …
pattheti →
pts
to wish for, desire, pray for, request, long for SN.iv.125; SN.v.145; Snp.114 Snp.899; Thig.341; Mnd.312, Mnd.316; Pp-a 208 (āsaṃsati +) Pv-a.148; Sdhp.66, Sdhp.319; ppr. patthento Pv-a.107 *pat …
patti →
pts
Patti1
on foot, one who is on foot, a foot-soldier Vin.iv.105 (as one of the 4 constituents of a senā or army, viz. hatthī elephants, assā horses, rathā chariots, pattī …
pavana →
pts
Pavana1
neuter winnowing of grain Mil.201 (read pavanena ṭṭhāyiko who earned his living by winnowing gṛain).
cp. Sk. pavana & pāvana, of; pū
Pavana2
neuter side of a mounta …
pavara →
pts
adjective most excellent, noble, distinguished SN.iii.264; Snp.83, Snp.646, Snp.698 (muni˚); Dhp.422 Pp.69; Mil.246; Pv-a.2 (˚dhamma-cakka), Pv-a.67 (id.), Pv-a.39 (˚buddh’āsana); Sdhp.421.
pa + vara
pavasati →
pts
to “live forth,” i.e. to be away from home, to dwell abroad Snp.899; Ja.ii.123 (= pavasaṃ gacchati); Ja.v.91
pp pavuttha (q.v.). Cp. vi˚.
pa + vas
pavatta →
pts
adjective
- (adj.) happening, going on, procedure, resulting Thig.220 (assu ca pavattaṃ taken by Mrs. Rh. D. as “tears shed”); Thag-a.179; Pv-a.35, Pv-a.83 (gāthāyo), Pv-a.120, esp. with ref. to …
pavedhati →
pts
to be afflicted, to be frightened, to be agitated, quiver, tremble, fear Snp.928 (= tasati etc. Mnd.384); Vism.180 (reads pavedheti) Thag-a.203 (allavatthaṃ allakesaṃ pavedhanto misreading for pavese …
paviveka →
pts
retirement, solitude, seclusion Vin.i.104; Vin.ii.258 (appicchatā santuṭṭhi + ; cp. pavivitta); DN.i.60; MN.i.14 sq.; SN.ii.202; SN.v.398; AN.i.240; Snp.257; Dhp.205 (˚rasa, cp. Dhp-a.iii.268); Thag …
pavuttha →
pts
dwelling or living abroad, staying away from home DN.ii.261 (˚jāti one who dwells away from his caste, i.e. who no longer belongs to any caste); Ja.v.434; Dhp-a.iii.293. Freq. in phrase *pavutthapati …
pavāsa →
pts
sojourning abroad, being away from home Ja.ii.123 Ja.v.434; Ja.vi.150; Mil.314
■ Cp. vi˚.
fr. pa + vas, cp. Vedic pravāsa in same meaning
pavāsin →
pts
adjective living abroad or from home, in cira˚; long absent Dhp.219 (= cirappavuttha Dhp-a.iii.293).
fr. pavāsa
pavāyati →
pts
to blow forth, to permeate (of a scent), to diffuse Ja.i.18 (dibba-gandho p.); Vism.58 (dasa disā sīla-gandho p.). Cp. pavāti.
pa + vā
payirupāsana →
pts
-ā (f.) attending to, worshipping: worship, homage MN.ii.176; SN.v.67; Iti.107; DN-a.i.142; Pv-a.138.
fr. payirupāsati
payirupāsati →
pts
- “to sit close round,” i.e. to attend on (acc.), to honour, pay homage, worship DN.i.47; DN.ii.257; MN.ii.117, SN.i.146; AN.i.124, AN.i.126, AN.i.142; AN.iv.337; Dhp.64 Dhp.65; Thag.1236; Ja.vi.222 …
payirupāsika →
pts
worshipper Thag-a.200.
fr. payirupāsati
payirupāsita →
pts
worshipped Pv-a.116 (= upaṭṭhita), Pv-a.205 (= purakkhata).
pp. of payirupāsati
payuta →
pts
(wrongly) applied, at random, careless “misdirected” AN.i.199; Snp.711 (˚ṃ vācaṃ = obhāsaparikathā-nimitta-viññatti-payuttaṃ ghāsesana-vācaṃ Snp-a.497), Snp.930 (= cīvarādīhi sampayutta tadatthaṃ …
payutta →
pts
- yoked Snp.p.13 (= yottehi yojita Snp-a.137).
- applied, intent on, devoted to busy in (acc., loc., or-˚) Ja.v.121 (ajjhattaṃ); Pv.iii.7#10 (sāsane); Snp-a.497 (viññatti˚).
- applicable (either …
pañca →
pts
…Dhp-a.i.196; suddhāvāsā Dhs-a.14. In general see Vin.v.128–Vin.v.133 (var. sets of 5).
*…
pañcaka →
pts
adjective fivefold, consisting of five Ja.i.116 (˚kammaṭṭhāna); Dhs. chapters 167–175 (˚naya fivefold system of jhāna, cp. Dhs. translation 52); Snp-a.318 (˚nipāta of Anguttara)
■ nt. pañcakaṃ …
pañjasa →
pts
adjective in the right order, straight AN.ii.15.
pa + añjasa
pañña →
pts
(-˚) adjective of wisdom, endowed with knowledge or insight, possessed of the highest cognition, in foll. compounds: anissaraṇa˚ DN.i.245; SN.ii.194; SN.iv.332; anoma˚ Snp.343; appa˚ SN.i.198; Ja.ii. …
paññatta →
pts
Paññatta1
pointed out, made known, ordered, designed, appointed ordained SN.ii.218; AN.i.98, AN.i.151; AN.iv.16, AN.iv.19; AN.v.74 sq.; Pv.iv.1#35; Dhp-a.i.274; Vv-a.9 (su˚ mañca-pītha) …
paññā →
pts
…AN.i.45 Pts.ii.189
- -pāsāda the stronghold of supreme knowledge Dhp.28 (= dibba-cakkhuṁ sankhātaṁ ˚ṁ)
- -bala the power of…
paññāpaka →
pts
adjective noun one who advises, assigns or appoints Vin.ii.305 (āsana˚).
fr. paññāpeti
paññāpeti →
pts
- to make known, declare, point out, appoint, assign, recognise, define DN.i.119 (brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇaṃ), DN.i.180, DN.i.185, DN.i.237; Iti.98 (tevijjaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ), Pp.37, Pp.38; Pv-a.61 (āsanaṃ).
- t …
paṇḍita →
pts
adjective wise, clever, skilled, circumspect, intelligent Vin.ii.190 (+ buddhimanto) DN.i.12 (˚vedaniya comprehensible only by the wise), DN.i.120 (opp. duppañña); DN.iii.192; MN.i.342; MN.iii.61, MN …
paṇḍu →
pts
adjective pale-red or yellow, reddish, light yellow, grey; only at Thig.79 (kisā paṇḍu vivaṇṇā), where paṇḍu represents the usual up-paṇḍ’-uppaṇḍuka-jātā: “thin, pale and colourless” (see Thag- …
paṇṇa →
pts
- a leaf (esp. betel leaf) Vin.i.201 (5 kinds of leaves recommended for medicinal purposes, viz. nimba˚; Azadirachta Indica kuṭaja˚; Wrightia antidysenterica, paṭola˚; Trichosanthes dioeca, *su …
paṇṇarasa →
pts
Paṇṇarasa & Paṇṇavīsati
see pañca 1 B, & C.
paṇṇattika →
pts
adjective having a manifestation or name, in a˚-bhāva state without designation, state of non-manifestation, indefinite or unknown state (with ref to the passing nature of the phenomenal world) Dhp\ …
paṇṇavīsati →
pts
Paṇṇarasa & Paṇṇavīsati
see pañca 1 B, & C.
paṇṇāsa →
pts
see pañca 2 A.
paṭala →
pts
- a covering, membrane, lining, envelope, skin film Vism.257 (maṃsa˚ of the liver, where Kp-a.54 reads maṃsa-piṇḍa), Vism.359 (phaṇa˚); Dhs-a.307 (7 akkhi˚ membranes of the eye); Kp-a.21 (samuppa …
paṭhavī →
pts
the earth. Acc to Cnd.389 syn. with jagati. It figures as the first element in enumn of the 4 elements (see dhātu 1), viz p., āpo, tejo, vāyo (earth, water, fire, wind or …
paṭi →
pts
indeclinable directional prefix in well-defined meaning of “back (to), against towards, in opposition to, opposite.” As preposition (with acc. and usually postponed) towards, near by, at usually …
paṭibhāsati →
pts
to address in return or in reply SN.i.134; Snp.1024.
paṭi + bhās
paṭibhāti →
pts
to appear, to be evident, to come into one’s mind, to occur to one, to be clear (cp. Vin Texts ii.30) SN.i.155 (˚tu taṃ dhammikathā); SN.v.153 (T reads patibbāti); Snp.450 (p. maṃ = mama bhāgo pakās …
paṭicca →
pts
grounded on, on account of, concerning, because (with acc.) MN.i.265 (etaṃ on these grounds); SN.iii.93 = Iti.89 (atthavasaṃ); Ja.ii.386 (= abhisandhāya); Snp.680, Snp.784 Snp.872, Snp.1046; Snp-a.35 …
paṭicca-samuppāda →
pts
…ûpayāsā) old age & death (+ tribulation grief, sorrow, distress & despair). The BSk. form is pratītya-samutpāda, e.g….
paṭikkūla →
pts
adjective lit. against the slope; averse, objectionable, contrary, disagreeable Vin.i.58 (˚kūla) DN.iii.112, DN.iii.113; MN.i.341 (dukkha˚); SN.iv.172 (id.) Ja.i.393; Vv-a.92 (K.); Pv-a.77; Vb-a.25 …
paṭiloma →
pts
adjective “against the hair,” in reverse order, opposite, contrary, backward; usually combined with anuloma i.e. forward & backward Vin.i.1; AN.iv.448 etc (see *[paṭiccasamuppāda](/define/paṭiccasamup …
paṭimasati →
pts
to touch (at) DN.i.106; Snp.p.108 (anumasati +)
caus paṭimāseti (q.v.).
paṭi + masati of mṛś, cp. paṭimaṃsa
paṭimāseti →
pts
to hold on to, to restrain, keep under control; imper. paṭimāse (for ˚māsaya Dhp.379 (opp. codaya; explained by ˚parivīmaṃse “watch Dhp-a.iv.117).
Caus. of patimasati
paṭinivattati →
pts
…-nivatteti to make turn back Pv-a.141; C. on AN.iii.28 (see paccāsāreti).
paṭi + nivattati
paṭinivāsana →
pts
dress given in return Vin.i.46 = Vin.ii.223.
paṭi + nivāsana1
paṭipadā →
pts
means of reaching a goal or destination, path, way, means, method, mode of progress (cp. Dhs. translation 53, 82, 92, 143), course, practice (cp. BSk. pratipad in meaning of pratipatti “line of cond …
paṭipasaṃsati →
pts
to praise back or in return Ja.ii.439.
paṭi + pasaṃsati
paṭippassaddhi →
pts
subsidence, calming, allaying, quieting down, repose, complete ease Vin.i.331 (kammassa suppression of an act); Pts.ii.3 Pts.ii.71, Pts.ii.180; Ne.89; Dhs.40, Dhs.41, Dhs.320; Snp-a.9. Esp frequent i …
paṭirūpa →
pts
adjective fit, proper, suitable, befitting, seeming DN.i.91; Vin.ii.166 (seyyā); MN.i.123; SN.i.214 SN.ii.194 (ap˚); Thig.341; Pv.ii.12#15; Ja.v.99; Pp.27; Dhp-a.iii.142; Pv-a.26, Pv-a.122 (= yutta …
paṭisarati →
pts
Paṭisarati1
to run back, stay back, lag behind Snp.8 sq. (opp. atisarati; aor. paccasāri explained by ohiyyi Snp-a.21).
paṭi + sṛ.
Paṭisarati2
to think back upon, to ment …
paṭisaṅkhāti →
pts
to be careful, to think over, reflect, discriminate, consider; only in ger. paṭisaṅkhā (as adv.) carefully, intently, with discrimination Vin.i.213; MN.i.273; MN.iii.2; Ja.i.30 …
paṭissā →
pts
Paṭissā & Patissā
feminine deference, obedience, only in cpd. sappaṭissa (q.v. obedient, deferential Iti.10 (sappatissa); Vv.84#41 (cp Vv-a.347), & appaṭissa disobedient, n …
paṭisāsana →
pts
counter-message, reply Dhp-a.i.392.
paṭi + sāsana
paṭivasati →
pts
to live, dwell (at) DN.i.129; Vin.ii.299; SN.i.177; Ja.i.202; Snp-a.462; Pv-a.42, Pv-a.67. Pativana, Pativanita, Pativani
paṭi + vasati
paṭivineti →
pts
to drive out, keep away, repress, subdue SN.i.228; MN.i.13; AN.iii.185 sq.; Ja.vi.551; Pv-a.104 (pipāsaṃ). Cp. BSk. prativineti Mvu.ii.121
pp paṭivinīta (q.v.).
paṭi + vi + nī
pelaka →
pts
hare Ja.vi.538 (= sasa C.).
etym.?
pesala →
pts
adjective lovable, pleasant, well-behaved amiable SN.i.149; SN.ii.387; AN.iv.22; AN.v.170; Snp.678; Snp.p.124; Mil.373; Sdhp.621. Often as epithet of a good bhikkhu, e.g. at SN.i.187; Vin.i.170; Vin. …
pessa →
pts
…often in combination dāsā ti vā pessā ti vā kammakarā ti vā, e.g. DN.i.141; SN.i.76, SN.i.93 (slightly diff. in verse); AN.ii.208…
peta →
pts
…classes: vantāsikā, khuppipāsā nijjhāma-taṇhikā, paradatt’ ûpajīvino) & Mil.357 (appearance and fate); Vism.501 = Vb-a.97 (as state of…
peḷikā →
pts
basket Dhp-a.i.227 (pasādhana˚, variant reading pelakā).
cp. peḷā
phala →
pts
Phala1
neuter to burst, thus lit. “bursting,” i.e. ripe fruit; see phalati]
- (lit. fruit (of trees etc.) Vv.84#14 (dumā nicca-phal’ ûpapannā not to phalu, as Kern, …
phalaka →
pts
- a flat piece of wood, a slab, board, plank Ja.i.451 (a writing board school slate); Ja.v.155 (akkhassa ph. axle board); Ja.vi.281 (dice-board). pidhāna˚; covering board Vb-a.244 Vism.261; *sopā …
phalasata →
pts
see palasata
■ At Ja.vi.510 it means “goldbronze” (as material of which a “sovaṇṇa-kaṃsa” is made).
phalati →
pts
- to split, burst open (intrs.) AN.i.77 (asaniyā phalantiyā); usually in phrase “muddhā sattadhā phaleyya, as a formula of threat or warning “your (or my) head shall split into 7 pieces,” e.g. DN.i …
pharati →
pts
- (trs.) to pervade, permeate, fill, suffuse Pv.i.10#14 (= vyāpetvā tiṭṭhati Pv-a.52); Ja.iii.371 (sakala-sarīraṃ); Ja.v.64 (C. for pavāti) Pv-a.14 (okāsaṃ), Pv-a.276 (obhāsaṃ). To excite or stim …
pharaṇaka →
pts
adjective thrilling, suffusing, pervading, filling with rapture Vv-a.16 (dvādasa yojanāni ˚pabho sarīra-vaṇṇo).
fr. pharaṇa
phassa →
pts
Phassa1
contact, touch (as sense or sense-impression, for which usually phoṭṭhabbaṃ). It is the fundamental fact in a sense impression and consists of a combination of the sense, the ob …
phassita →
pts
adjective made to touch, brought into contact, only in cpd. suphassita of pleasant contact, beautiful to the touch, pleasant, perfect, symmetrical Ja.i.220 (cīvara), Ja.i.394 ( …
phusati →
pts
Phusati1
- (lit.) to touch Vism.463 (phusatī ti phasso) DN-a.i.61 (aor. phusī = metri causa for phusi); Mil.157 (grd. aphusa not to be touched).
- (fig.) pharati*, as …
phusita →
pts
Phusita1
neuter rain-drop MN.iii.300; SN.ii.135; Dhp-a.iii.243. The Prk. equivalent is phusiya (Pischel, Gr. § 208), cp. Ger. sprenkeln → E. sprinkle.
either pp. of phusati2</sup …
phāla →
pts
Phāla1
masculine & neuter ploughshare SN.i.169; Snp.p.13 & Snp.v.77 (explained as “phāletī ti ph.” Snp-a.147) Ja.i.94; Ja.iv.118; Ja.v.104; Ud.69 (as m.); Dhp-a.i.395.
cp. Vedic phāla
…
phāruka →
pts
adjective at Vv-a.288 is not clear; meaning something like “bitter,” combined with kasaṭa; variant reading pāru˚. Probably = phārusaka.
phāsu →
pts
adjective pleasant, comfortable; only neg. a˚; in phrase aphāsu-karoti to cause discomfort to (dat.) Vin.iv.290; and in compounds -kāma anxious for comfort, desirous of (others) welfare DN.iii …
phāsuka →
pts
adjective pleasant, convenient, comfortable Ja.iii.343 Ja.iv.30; Dhp-a.ii.92; Pv-a.42
■ aphāsuka unpleasant uncomfortable, not well Ja.ii.275, Ja.ii.395; Dhp-a.i.28; Dhp-a. …
phāṇita →
pts
- juice of the sugar cane, raw sugar, molasses (ucchu-rasaṃ gahetvā kataphāṇitaṃ Vv-a.180) Vin.ii.177; DN.i.141; Vv.35#25; Vv.40#4 Ja.i.33, Ja.i.120, Ja.i.227; Mil.107; Dhp-a.ii.57. phāṇitassa puṭ …
picu →
pts
Picu1
cotton Vin.i.271; usually in cpds, either as kappāsa˚; SN.v.284, SN.v.443, or tūla˚; SN.v.284 SN.v.351 (T. thula˚), SN.v.443; Ja.v.480 (T. tula˚).
- -paṭala …
pidahati →
pts
to cover, to close, conceal, shut MN.i.117, MN.i.380 (dvāraṃ); Ja.i.292; Ja.iii.26; Ja.v.389; Mil.139 (vajjaṃ); Dhp-a.i.396; Dhp-a.ii.4, Dhp-a.ii.85; Dhp-a.iv.197 (ūruṃ); Sdhp.321 aor. *[pidahi](/ …
pidalaka →
pts
small stick skewer Vin.ii.116, cp. Bdhgh on p. 317: “daṇḍakathina-ppamāṇena kaṭasārakassa pariyante paṭisaṃharitvā duguṇa-karaṇa.” See also Vin Texts iii.94.
etym.? Kern,
Toevoegselen
s. v. s …
pināsa →
pts
cold in the head, catarrh, in enumn of illnesses under dukkha, at Cnd.304#1 ≈ (kāsa, sāsa pināsa, etc.).
cp. Sk. pīnasa
pipāsin →
pts
adjective thirsty DN.ii.265.
fr. pipāsā
pipāsita →
pts
…of pipāsati, Desid. fr. pā, cp. pipāsā
pipāsā →
pts
…thirst Cnd.443 (= udaka-pipāsā); Mil.318 Vb-a.196 (in comparison); Pv-a.23, Pv-a.33, Pv-a.67 sq.; Sdhp.288. Often combined with…
pisodara →
pts
having a spotted belly Kp-a.107 (ed. compares pṛṣodarādi Pāṇini vi.3, 109).
pṛṣa, i.e. pṛṣant + udara, see pasata1
pitucchā →
pts
father’s sister, aunt; decl. similarly to pitā & mātā Dhp-a.i.37 acc. sg. pitucchasaṃ [Sk. *svasaṃ instead of *svasāraṃ] Ja.iv.184.
- -dhītā aunt’s daughter, i.e. (girl) cousin Dhp-a.i.85
- *\ …
piya →
pts
Piya1
adjective dear, in two applications (as stated Mnd.133 = Cnd.444, viz dve piyā: sattā vā piyā sankhārā vā piyā, with ref. to living beings, to sensations):
- dear, beloved (as fath …
piyatta →
pts
belovedness, pleasantness AN.v.164 sq.; Sdhp.66.
abstr. fr. piya1
piṇḍa →
pts
- a lump, ball, thick (& round mass SN.i.206 (aṭṭhīyaka˚); Pv.iii.5#5 (nonīta˚); Vv-a.62 (kummāsa˚), Vv-a.65; Sdhp.529 (ayo˚).
- a lump of food esp. of alms, alms given as food SN.i.76; Snp.217, S …
piṭṭha →
pts
…also surface, top Ja.i.167 (pāsāṇa˚ top of a rock). Usually in oblique cases as adv., viz. instr. piṭṭhena along, over beside, by way of,…
piṭṭhi →
pts
…DN-a.i.254.
- -pāsāṇa a flat stone or rock plateau, ridge Ja.i.278; Ja.ii.352; Ja.vi.279; Dhp-a.ii.58…
piṭṭhī →
pts
…DN-a.i.254.
- -pāsāṇa a flat stone or rock plateau, ridge Ja.i.278; Ja.ii.352; Ja.vi.279; Dhp-a.ii.58…
pokkhara →
pts
- a lotus plant, primarily the leaf of it, figuring in poetry and metaphor as not being able to be wetted by water Snp.392, Snp.812 (vuccati paduma-pattaṃ Mnd.135); Dhp.336; Iti.84.
- the skin of a …
porisa →
pts
Porisa1
adjective noun
- (adj.) human, fit for a man Snp.256 (porisa dhura), cp. porisiya & poroseyya.
- (m.) = purisa esp. in sense of purisa 2, i.e. servant, used collectively (abstra …
pothana →
pts
Poṭhana & Pothana
(nt.)
- striking, beating Ja.ii.169 (tajjana˚); Ja.v.72 (udaka˚); Ja.vi.41 (kappāsa˚dhanuka). At all Ja passages th.
- (th) snapping one’s fingers Ja.i.394 (anguli˚, + celukkh …
poṭhana →
pts
Poṭhana & Pothana
(nt.)
- striking, beating Ja.ii.169 (tajjana˚); Ja.v.72 (udaka˚); Ja.vi.41 (kappāsa˚dhanuka). At all Ja passages th.
- (th) snapping one’s fingers Ja.i.394 (anguli˚, + celukkh …
pubba →
pts
Pubba1
pus, matter, corruption MN.i.57; MN.iii.90; SN.i.150; SN.ii.157; AN.i.34; Ja.ii.18; Mil.382; Pv-a.80
■ In detail discussed (as one of the 32 ākāras) at Vism.261, Vism.360; Kp- …
pubbaka →
pts
adjective
- former, ancient, living in former times DN.i.104 (isayo), DN.i.238 (id.); Snp.284 (id.) SN.ii.105; SN.iv.307 (ācariya-pācariyā); Thag.947.
- (-˚; cp. pubba2 1) having forme …
pubbe →
pts
˚- in compounds: “in a former existence”: -kata (nt.) deeds done in a past life MN.ii.217 = AN.i.173 (˚hetu); Ja.v.228 (˚vādin fatalist) Ne.29 (˚punnata). -nivāsa [cp. BSk. pūrve-nivāsasaṃpray …
puggala →
pts
…kusīta˚ Ja.iv.131 pāsāṇalekh’ ûpama˚ etc. AN.i.283; valāhak’ ûpama AN.ii.102 sq.; saddha, asaddha Pts.i.121; Pts.ii.33;…
pukkusa →
pts
Name of a (Non-Aryan) tribe, hence designation of a low social class, the members of which are said (in the Jātakas) to earn their living by means of refuseclearing On the subject see Fick, *Sociale …
pulaka →
pts
shrivelled grain Mil.232 (sukka-yava˚ of dried barley); Dhp-a.ii.154 (SS; T. reads mūlakaṃ which is explained by Bdhgh as “nitthusaṃ katvā ussedetvā gahita-yava-taṇḍula vuccanti” ibid). Here bel …
pulasa →
pts
see pulaka.
pumati →
pts
to blow, aor. pumi Ja.i.171; ger. pumitvā Ja.i.172. See J.P.T.S. 1889 207 (?).
onomat. *pu to blow, cp. Gr. φυσα blowing, bubble, φυσάω blow, Lat. pustula = pustule, Sk. *pupphusa = P. pappha …
puna →
pts
indeclinable again. There are several forms of this adv., but puna has to be considered as the orig. Pali form. The form puno is doubtful; if authentic, a Sanskritisation; only fou …
puppha →
pts
Puppha1
neuter a flower Vin.ii.123; SN.i.204 = Ja.iii.308; Snp.2, Snp.5; Dhp.47 sq.; Dhp.377; Vism.430; Snp-a.78 (paduma˚); Vv-a.73; Pv-a.127; Sdhp.550- pupphāni (pl.) Vb-a.255 (of …
purisa →
pts
man (as representative of the male sex, contrasted to itthi woman, e.g. at AN.iii.209; AN.iv.197; Ja.i.90; Ja.v.72; Pv-a.51). Definitions of the C. are “puriso nāma manussa-puriso …
puthu →
pts
adjective
- (= pṛthak) separated, individual adv. separated, individual, adv. separately, each (see [given as puthag eva Kacc. 29](/define/given as puthag eva Kacc. 29)) SN.i.75 (puthu attā individu …
puthujjana →
pts
an ordinary, average person (4 classes of ordinary people are discussed at Cpd. 49, 50) a common worldling, a man of the people, an ordinary man MN.i.1, MN.i.7, MN.i.135, MN.i.239, MN.i.323; MN.iii. …
putta →
pts
- a son SN.i.210; Snp.35, Snp.38, Snp.60, Snp.557, Snp.858; Dhp.62, Dhp.84 Dhp.228, Dhp.345; Ja.iv.309; Vism.645 (simile of 3 sons); Pv-a.25, Pv-a.63, Pv-a.73 sq.; DN-a.i.157 (dāsaka˚). Four kind …
puttiya →
pts
(-˚) in Sakya˚; is compound Sakyaputta + iya “belonging to the son of the Sakyas” (i.e. to the Sakya prince) Pv-a.43
■ asakyaputtiya dhamma Vin.ii.297. Puthavi & Puthuvi
puñña →
pts
merit meritorious action, virtue. Always represented as foundation and condition of heavenly rebirth & a future blissful state, the enjoyment (& duration) of which depends on the amount of merit accum …
puṇḍarīka →
pts
the white lotus DN.i.75 = AN.iii.26 (in sequence uppala padụma, p.); DN.ii.4 (Sikhī puṇḍarīkassa mūle abhisambuddho); MN.iii.93; SN.i.138, SN.i.204 = Ja.iii.309; AN.i.145 (uppala paduma p.); AN.ii.86 …
puṇṇa →
pts
…Vv-a.66 (āsāḷhi p.); Pv-a.137 (id.); DN-a.i.140; Dhp-a.iii.461 (komudi).
- -māsa = ˚mā only in loc. puṇṇamāse…
puṇṇatā →
pts
fulness DN-a.i.140 (māsa˚ full-moon).
abstr. to puṇṇa
puṭa →
pts
…a tube, hollow, in; nāsā˚; (nāsa˚) nostril Ja.vi.74; Vism.195, Vism.263, Vism.362; Kp-a.65; hattha˚; the hollow of the hand…
pāda →
pts
- the foot, usually pl. pādā both feet, e.g. Vin.i.9, Vin.i.34, Vin.i.188; Iti.111; Snp.309, Snp.547, Snp.768, Snp.835, Snp.1028; Ja.ii.114; Ja.iv.137; Dhp-a.iii.196; Pv-a.4, Pv-a.10, Pv-a.40, …
pākata →
pts
adjective
- common, vulgar, uncontrolled in phrase pākat-indriya of uncontrolled mind SN.i.61 (= saṃvarâbhāvena gihikāle viya vivaṭa-indriya K.S. 320), SN.i.204; SN.iii.93; SN.v.269; AN.i.70, …
pākāsiya →
pts
adjective evident, manifest, open, clear Ja.vi.230 (opp. guyha; C. pākāsika).
fr. pa + ā + kāś, cp. pakāsati & Class. Sk. prākāśya
pāramī →
pts
completeness, perfection, highest state Snp.1018, Snp.1020; Pp.70; Dhp-a.i.5; Vv-a.2 (sāvakañāṇa˚); Pv-a.139; Sdhp.328. In later literature there is mentioned a group of 10 perfections (*dasa pāram …
pāsa →
pts
Pāsa1
a sling, snare, tie, fetter SN.i.105, SN.i.111; AN.ii.182; AN.iv.197; Vin.iv.153 (? hattha˚); Snp.166; Iti.36 (Māra˚); Ja.iii.184; Ja.iv.414; Pv-a.206. On its frequent use in simile …
pāsaka →
pts
Pāsaka1
a bow, for the dress Vin.ii.136; for the hair Thig.411 (if Morris, J.P.T.S. 1893, 45, 46, is right to be corr. fr. pasāda).
fr. pāsa1
Pāsaka2
a throw, a …
pāsati →
pts
? only in “sammaṃ pāsanti” at Snp-a.321 as expln of sammāpāsa (q.v.).
pāsaṃsa →
pts
adjective to be praised praiseworthy MN.i.15, MN.i.404; MN.ii.227 (dasa ˚ṭṭhānāni) AN.v.129 (id.); Ja.iii.493; Pv.iv.7#13; Ne.52.
grd. fr. pasaṃsati with pā for pa as in similar formations (see *[pām …
pāsaṇḍa →
pts
heresy, sect SN.i.133; Thig.183; Mil.359; Thag-a.164. -ika heretic sectarian Vin.iv.74.
cp. late Sk. pāṣaṇḍa
pāsāda →
pts
…similes).
pa + ā + sad, cp. Class. Sk. prāsāda
pāsādika →
pts
adjective
- pleasing, pleasant, lovely, amiable Vin.iv.18; DN.iii.141; SN.i.95; SN.ii.279; AN.ii.104 sq. AN.ii.203; AN.iii.255 sq.; Dhp-a.i.119; Thag-a.266, Thag-a.281; DN-a.i.141 DN-a.i.281; V …
pāsāvin →
pts
adjective bringing forth SN.v.170; Ja.i.394.
fr. pasavati
pāsāṇa →
pts
…taccheyya… likheyya… pāsāṇaguḷena dhopeyya… nadiṃ patāreyya), cp. MN.i.233; and Vism.28 “bhājane ṭhapitaṃ…
pāsāṇaka →
pts
Err:509
pāta →
pts
(-˚)
- fall DN-a.i.95 (ukkā˚); Pv-a.45 (asani˚). The reading “anatthato pātato rakkhito” at Pv-a.61 is faulty we should prefer to read apagato (apāyato? rakkhito.
- throwing, a throw Snp.987 (m …
pātar →
pts
adverb early in the morning, in foll forms:
- pātar (before vowels), only in cpd. -āsa morning meal, breakfast [cp. BSk. prātar-aśana Divy.631] DN.iii.94; Snp.387; Ja.i.232; V …
pāyāsa →
pts
rice boiled in milk, milk-rice, rice porridge SN.i.166; Snp.p.15; Ja.i.50, Ja.i.68 Ja.iv.391; Ja.v.211; Vism.41; Snp-a.151; Dhp-a.i.171; Dhp-a.ii.88; Vv-a.32.
cp. Class. Sk. pāyāsa
pāṇa →
pts
living being, life, creature DN.iii.48, DN.iii.63, DN.iii.133; SN.i.209, SN.i.224; SN.v.43, SN.v.227, SN.v.441 (mahā-samudde); AN.i.161 AN.ii.73, AN.ii.176, AN.ii.192; Snp.117, Snp.247, Snp.394, Snp. …
pāṭhīna →
pts
…3,…
pāṭihāriya →
pts
adjective striking, surprising, extraordinary, special; nt. wonder, miracle. Usually in stock phrase iddhi˚, ādesanā˚, anusāsanī˚ as the 3 marvels which characterise a Buddha with regard to his teachi …
pāṭikā →
pts
…(cp. Vin. Texts ii.3). As pāṭiya at Ja.vi.278 (= piṭṭhi-pāsāṇa C.).
etym. unknown; with pāṭiya cp. Sk. pāṣya?
pīta →
pts
…alankāra, candana, uppala pāsāda, āsana, bhojana, chatta, ratha, assa, bījanī the C. expln of pīta at this passage is…
pīti →
pts
emotion of joy, delight, zest exuberance. On term see Dhs. trsl. 11 and Cpd. 243 Classed under sankhārakkhandha, not vedanā˚-DN.i.37, DN.i.75; DN.iii.241, DN.iii.265, DN.iii.288; MN.i.37; SN.ii.30; …
pīṭha →
pts
seat, chair, stool, bench.
4 kinds are given at Vin.iv.40 = Vin.iv.168, viz. masāraka bundikābaddha, kuḷirapādaka, āhaccapādaka (same categories as given under mañca)
■ Vin.i.47, Vin.i.180 Vin.ii …
pūraḷāsa →
pts
sacrificial cake (brahmanic), oblation Snp.459 (= carukañ ca pūvañ ca Snp-a.405), Snp.467 Snp.479 (= havyasesa C.), 486.
cp. Vedic puroḍāśa
pūraṇa →
pts
adjective noun
- (adj.) filling Snp.312 (? better read purāṇa with Snp-a.324); Pv-a.70 (eka-thālaka˚), Pv-a.77 (id.). As Np. in Pūraṇa Kassapa, which however seems to be distorted from Purāṇa K. …
pūreti →
pts
- to fill (with = gen. or instr.) SN.i.173; Snp.30, Snp.305; Ja.i.50 (pāyāsassa), Ja.i.347, Ja.ii.112 (pret. pūrayittha); Ja.iv.272 (sagga-padaṃ pūrayiṃsu filled with deva world); Dhp-a.ii.82 (saka …
pūti →
pts
adjective putrid, stinking, rotten, fetid DN.ii.353 (khaṇḍāni pūtīni); MN.i.73, MN.i.89 = MN.iii.92 (aṭṭhikāni pūtīni); Vin.iii.236 (anto˚); SN.iii.54; Pv.i.3#2; Pv.i.6#1 (= kuṇapagandha Pv-a.32); Vi …
rabhasa →
pts
wild, terrible, violent DN.i.91 explained by “bahu-bhāṇin” at DN-a.i.256. There are several vv.ll. at this passage.
rabh = labh, which see for etym. Cp. also Lat rabies
■ Dhtp.205 explains *rab …
rahada →
pts
(deep) pond, a lake DN.i.50 (˚ṃ iva vippasannaṃ udānaṃ); SN.i.169 = SN.i.183 (dhammo rahado sīla-tittho); Snp.721 = Mil.414 (rahado pūro va paṇḍito) Iti.92 (rahado va nivāto), Iti.114 (r. sa-ummi sā …
rahas →
pts
Rahas & Raho
neuter lonely place, solitude, loneliness; secrecy, privacy.
- raho: occurring only as adv. “secretly, lonely, in secret,” either absolutely, e.g. SN.i.46; Snp.38 …
raho →
pts
Rahas & Raho
neuter lonely place, solitude, loneliness; secrecy, privacy.
- raho: occurring only as adv. “secretly, lonely, in secret,” either absolutely, e.g. SN.i.46; Snp.38 …
rajanīya →
pts
adjective of the nature of rajas, i.e. leading to lust, apt to rouse excitement, enticing lustful.
- As epithet of rūpa (vedanā saññā etc.) SN.iii.79; also at DN.i.152 sq. (dibbāni …
rajo →
pts
(rajas) & Raja neuter
-
Forms.
■ Both rajo & rajaṃ occur as noun & acc. sg., e.g. rajo at DN.ii.19; Snp.207, Snp.334; Dhs.617; rajaṃ at Snp.275; Iti.83; once (in verse) *[rajo](/define/rajo …
rakkhasa →
pts
kind of harmful (nocturnal) demon, usually making the water its haunt and devouring men Thag.931; Snp.310 (Asura˚) Ja.i.127 (daka˚ = udaka˚), Ja.i.170 (id.); Ja.vi.469 (id.); Dhp-a.i.367 (˚pariggahit …
rakkhita →
pts
guarded, protected, saved SN.iv.112 (rakkhitena kāyena, rakkhitāya vācāya etc.) AN.i.7 (cittaṃ r.); Snp.288 (dhamma˚), Snp.315 (gottā˚) Vv-a.72 (mātu˚, pitu˚ etc.); Pv-a.61, Pv-a.130
■ Note. *r …
ramanīya →
pts
Ramaṇīya & ˚nīya
(adj.) delightful, pleasing, charming, pleasant, beautiful DN.i.47 (˚ṇīyā dosinā ratti, cp. DN-a.i.141); Snp.1013; Mhvs.15, Mhvs.69 (ṇ) Pv-a.42, Pv-a.51 (expln for ruci …
ramaṇīya →
pts
Ramaṇīya & ˚nīya
(adj.) delightful, pleasing, charming, pleasant, beautiful DN.i.47 (˚ṇīyā dosinā ratti, cp. DN-a.i.141); Snp.1013; Mhvs.15, Mhvs.69 (ṇ) Pv-a.42, Pv-a.51 (expln for ruci …
rambati →
pts
(& lambati); to hang down. Both forms are given with meaning “avasaṃsane” at Dhtp.198 and Dhtm.283.
lamb
rasa →
pts
rasaka →
pts
cook Ja.v.460, Ja.v.461, Ja.v.507.
fr. rasa, cp. Classic Sk. rasaka
rasati →
pts
to shout, howl Ja.ii.407 (vv.ll. rayati, vasati; C. explains as “nadati”) = Ja.iv.346 (variant reading sarati).
ras
rasatta →
pts
taste, sweetness Snp-a.299.
fr. rasa
rasavatī →
pts
“possessing flavours” i.e. a kitchen Vin.i.140.
rasa + vant
rasāvin →
pts
(adj. tasting Vv-a.85 (nibbāna˚).
fr. rasa
rasīyati →
pts
to find taste or satisfaction in (gen.), to delight in, to be pleased AN.iv.387 (bhāsitassa), AN.iv.388 (C.: tussati, see p. 470).
Pass-Demon formation fr. rasa
rata →
pts
delighting in (loc. or-˚), intent on, devoted to SN.iv.117 (dhamme jhāne), SN.iv.389 sq. (bhava etc.); Snp.54 (sangaṇika˚), Snp.212, Snp.250, Snp.327, Snp.330 (dhamme), Snp.461 (yaññe), Snp.737 (upas …
ratana →
pts
…āyāma-pariṇāho pāsādiko dassanīyo Uposatho nāgarājā: alluding to ratana1 2!).
most likely = Sk. aratni: see…
ratha →
pts
Ratha1
a two-wheeled carriage, chariot (for riding driving or fighting SN.i.33 (ethically); AN.iv.191 (horse cart; diff. parts of a ratha); MN.i.396; Snp.300, Snp.654 Vism.593 (in its com …
rati →
pts
love, attachment, pleasure, liking for (loc.), fondness of SN.i.133 (˚ṃ paccanubhavati), SN.i.207; SN.iii.256; Snp.41 (= anukkhaṇṭhit adhivacanaṃ Cnd.537), Snp.59 (id.), Snp.270, Snp.642, Snp.956 (= n …
ratti →
pts
night DN.i.47 (dosinā). gen. sg. ratyā (for *rattiyā) Thag.517; Snp.710 (vivasane = ratti-samatikkame Snp-a.496); Ja.vi.491. abl. sg. rattiyā in phrases abhikkantāya r. at the waning of night D …
rava →
pts
Rava1
speed, exceeding swiftness, galloping, in combination with dava running at Vin.ii.101; Vin.iv.4; MN.i.446 (better reading here dav’ atthe rav’ atthe for dhāve *rava …
raṇa →
pts
- fight, battle; only in Thig.360 (raṇaṃ karitvā kāmānaṃ): see discussed below; also late at Mhvs.35, Mhvs.69 (Subharājaṃ raṇe hantvā).
- intoxication, desire, sin, fault. This meaning is the Buddhi …
raṭati →
pts
to yell, cry; shout (at), scold, revile: not found in the texts.
raṭ; Dhtp.86: “paribhāsane”
reṇu →
pts
- dust; pl. reṇū particles of dust
■ Vin.i.32 (˚hatā bhūmi); Vism.338 = Mnd.505 = Ja.i.117 (rāgo rajo na ca pana reṇu vuccati); Ja.iv.362 (okiṇṇā raja-reṇūhi; C. explains by “paṃsūhi”); Mil.274 …
rissati →
pts
to be hurt, to suffer harm MN.i.85 (ḍāṃsa-makasa-vāt’ ātapa-siriṃsapa-samphassehi rissamāno; where Cnd.199 in same passage reads samphassamāna).
Vedic riṣ, riṣyati
ritta →
pts
devoid, empty, free, rid (of) MN.i.207 (+ tuccha), MN.i.414; Vin.i.157 = Vin.ii.216; Snp.823 (emancipated: ritto muni = vivitta etc. Mnd.158), Snp.844 (opp. to aritta); Thig.265 (see rindi); Ja.i.29 …
rocati →
pts
- to please, i.e. it pleases (with dat. of person) Thig.415 (rocate); Mhvs.15, Mhvs.9 (nivāso rocatu). Cp. BSk. rocyate Avs.ii.158.
- to find pleasure in (loc.) Mil.338 (bhave)
caus *[roceti](/defi …
roga →
pts
illness, disease
■ The defn of roga at Ja.ii.437 is “roga rujana-sabhāvattaṃ.” There are many diff enumerations of rogas and sets of standard combinations, of which the foll. may be ment …
romañca →
pts
? hairy (?) Dāvs v.14 (˚kancuka).
fr. roma, cp. Vedic romaśa
ruccanaka →
pts
adjective pleasing, satisfying; nt. satisfaction Ja.i.211 (˚maccha the fish you like); Ja.ii.182 (tava ˚ṃ karosi you do whatever you like). a˚; unpleasant, distasteful Dhp-a.i.251 (attano aruccanak …
ruccati →
pts
to find delight or pleasure in (loc.), to please to indulge in, set one’s mind on Snp.565 (etañ ce r. bhoto buddha-sāsanaṃ); with khamati to be pleased and to approve of, MN.ii.132; often used by Bdh …
rucira →
pts
adjective brilliant, beautiful, pleasant, agreeable Pv.i.10#9 (= ramaṇīya dassanīya Pv-a.51); Ja.i.207; Ja.v.299; Vv.40#2 (so read for rurira) Mhvs.11, Mhvs.11; Mhvs.18, Mhvs.68; Dāvs iv.29; Mil.2, M …
ruha →
pts
Ruha1
adjective (-˚) growing, a tree, in compounds: jagati˚, dharaṇi˚, mahī˚, etc.
fr. ruh: see rūhati
Ruha2
blood, in cpd. ruhaṅghasa blood-eater, …
rukkha →
pts
…spoon Vism.124 (opp. to pāsāṇa˚). -mūla the foot of a tree (taken as a dwelling by the ascetics for meditation:…
ruppa →
pts
in ruppa-rūpakaṃ (nt.) Thig.394 is not clear. It refers to something which is not rūpa, yet pretends to be rūpa, i.e. a sham performance or show. Thus ruppa may correspond to *rūpya & with rūpaka …
rāga →
pts
- colour, hue; colouring, dye Vin.ii.107 (anga˚ “rougeing” the body bhikkhū angarāgaṃ karonti); Thag-a.78; Snp-a.315 (nānāvidha˚).
- (as t. t. in philosophy & ethics) excitement passion; seldom by …
rājan →
pts
…with brāhmaṇa mahāsāla); AN.iii.299 (if lazy, he is not liked by the people) MN.iii.172 sq. (how he becomes a cakkavatti through the…
rājā →
pts
…with brāhmaṇa mahāsāla); AN.iii.299 (if lazy, he is not liked by the people) MN.iii.172 sq. (how he becomes a cakkavatti through the…
rāmaṇeyyaka →
pts
adj. nt. pleasant agreeable, lovely AN.i.35, AN.i.37; Dhp.98 (= ramaṇīya Dhp-a.iii.195); nt. delightfulness, lovely scenery MN.i.365 (four seen in a dream: ārāma˚, vana˚, bhūmi pokkharaṇī˚).
orig. g …
rūpa →
pts
form, figure, appearance, principle of form, etc.
- Definitions. According to P. expositors rūpa takes its designation fr. ruppati, e.g. “ruppanato rūpaṃ” Vism.588; “ruppan’ a …
rūpin →
pts
adjective
- having material qualities, possessed of form or shape or body or matter, belonging to the realm of form. rūpī is nearly always combined contrasted with; *[arūpī](/defin …
rūpiya →
pts
Rūpiya1
neuter silver Vin.iii.239 (here collectively for any transactions in “specie,” as explained by C. p. 240: rūpiyaṃ nāma satthu-vaṇṇo kahāpaṇo lohamāsako dārumāsako jatumāsako; i.e. …
s →
pts
-S-
a euphonic-s-seems to occur in combination ras-agga-saggin (see rasa2). An apparent hiatus-s in ye s-idha Snp.1083, and evaṃ s- ahaṃ Snp.1134 (variant …
sabala →
pts
spotted, variegated Snp.675; Vism.51; Vv-a.253; name of one of the dogs in the Lokantara hell Ja.vi.106, Ja.vi.247 (Sabálo ca Sāmo ca). asabala, unspotted DN.ii.80.
- -kārin acti …
sabba →
pts
adjective whole, entire all, every DN.i.4; SN.iv.15; Vin.i.5; Iti.3; Cnd. s.v., nom pl. sabbe Snp.66; gen. pl. sabbesaṃ Snp.1030
■ nt sabbaṃ the (whole) world of sense-experience SN.iv.15 cp. …
sabbassa →
pts
the whole of one’s property Ja.iii.105; Ja.v.100 (read: sabbasaṃ vā pan’assa haranti) --haraṇa (nt.) confiscation of one’s property Ja.iii.105 Ja.v.246 (variant reading); sabbassaharaṇadaṇḍa (m.) …
sacca →
pts
adjective real, true DN.i.182; MN.ii.169; MN.iii.207; Dhp.408; nt. saccaṃ truly, verily, certainly Mil.120; saccaṃ kira is it really true? DN.i.113; Vin.i.45, Vin.i.60; Ja.i.107; saccato truly S …
sacetasa →
pts
adjective attentive, thoughtful AN.i.254 (= citta-sampanna C.).
sa3 + cetasa
sadasa →
pts
squatting mat with a fringe Vin.iv.171.
sa + dasā
sadatthuta →
pts
adjective always praised Ja.iv.101 (= nicca-pasattha C.).
sadā + thuta
saha →
pts
Saha1
indeclinable prep. & prefix, meaning: in conjunction with, together, accompanied by; immediately after (with instr.) Vin.i.38; Snp.49, Snp.928 Thig.414 = Thig.425; sahā Snp.231.
-
- …
sahassa →
pts
thousand, used as a singular with a noun in the plural, sahassaṃ vācā Dhp.100; satasahassaṃ vassāni Ja.i.29; also in the plural after other numerals cattāri satasahassāni chaḷabhiññā Bv.ii.204 = J …
sahassī-lokadhātu →
pts
Sahassī-lokadhātu
feminine a thousandfold world, a world system DN.i.46; AN.i.228; DN-a.i.130; dasasahassī-lokadhātu ten world systems Ja.i.51, Ja.i.63; cp. dasasahassī and lokadhātu.
sahasā →
pts
adverb forcibly, hastily, suddenly Snp.123; Dhp-a.iii.381; Pv-a.40, Pv-a.279 inconsiderately Ja.i.173; Ja.iii.441. -kāra violence DN.i.5; DN.iii.176; AN.ii.209; Pp.58; Ja.iv.11; DN-a.i.80.
ins …
sahita →
pts
- accompanied with Mhvs.7, Mhvs.27.
- united, keeping together DN.i.4; Ja.iv.347; Pp.57.
- consistent, sensible, to the point DN.i.8; AN.ii.138; AN.iv.196; SN.iii.12; Dhp.19 (at Dhp-a.i.157 explai …
sahāya →
pts
companion, friend DN.ii.78; MN.i.86; SN.iv.288; Pp.36; Snp.35, Snp.45 sq.; Ja.ii.29; --kicca assistance (?) Ja.v.339; --matta companion Ja.iv.76; --sampadā the good luck of having companio …
sajjati →
pts
- to cling, to, to be attached SN.i.38, SN.i.111 (aor. 2 sg. sajjittho); SN.ii.228; AN.ii.165; Ja.i.376 (id. asajjittho); Snp.522, Snp.536. ppr. (a)sajjamāna (un)-attached Snp.28, Snp.466; Ja.iii. …
sajjeti →
pts
to send out, prepare, give, equip; to fit up, decorate: dānaṃ to give a donation Dhp-a.ii.88; pātheyyaṃ to prepare provisions Ja.iii.343; gehe to construct houses Ja.i.18; nāṭakāni to arrange …
sajjulasa →
pts
resin Vin.i.202.
cp. Sk. sarjarasa; see Geiger,
Pali Grammar
§ 19#2
sakasaṭa →
pts
adjective faulty, wrong (lit. bitter) Mil.119 (vacana).
sa3 + k.
sakaṭa →
pts
Sakaṭa1
masculine & neuter a cart, waggon; a cartload DN.ii.110; Vin.iii.114; Ja.i.191; Mil.238; Pv-a.102; Vb-a.435 (simile of two carts); Snp-a.58 (udaka-bharita˚), Snp-a.137 (bīja˚) …
sakka →
pts
adjective able, possible Snp.143. sasakkaṃ (= sa3 + s.) as much as possible, as much as one is able to MN.i.415, MN.i.514. Sakkacca(m)
fr. śak, cp. Sk. śakya
sakkoti →
pts
to be able. Pres. sakkoti DN.i.246; Vin.i.31; Mil.4; Dhp-a.i.200; sakkati [= Class. Sk. śakyate] Ne.23 Pot. sakkuṇeyya Ja.i.361; Pv-a.106; archaic 1s …
sakuṇagghi →
pts
kind of hawk (lit. “bird-killer”) SN.v.146; Ja.ii.59; Mil.365. Cp vyagghīnasa.
sakuṇa + ˚ghi, f. of ˚gha
sakāsa →
pts
presence; acc. sakāsaṃ towards, to Snp.326; Ja.v.480; Pv-a.237; loc. sakāse in the presence of, before Ja.iii.24; Ja.iv.281; Ja.v.394; Ja.vi.282.
sa3 + k. = Sk. kāśa
sallakkhaṇā →
pts
discernment, testing Dhs.16, Dhs.292, Dhs.555; Pp.25; Vism.278; Vb-a.254; Dhs-a.147; asallakkaṇa non-discernment SN.iii.261.
fr. sallakkheti
sallakkheti →
pts
to observe, consider Vin.i.48, Vin.i.271; Ja.i.123; Ja.ii.8; Vism.150; to examine Ja.v.13; to bear in mind Dhs-a.110; Ja.vi.566; to understand realize, conclude, think over Ja.iv.146; Vv-a.185; Vb- …
sallakī →
pts
the tree Boswellia thurifera (incense tree) Ja.iv.92; pl. ˚-iyo Ja.vi.535; bahukuṭaja-sallakika Thag.115 (= indasālarukkha [?]).
cp. Class. Sk. śallakī
sallīna →
pts
sluggish, cowering DN.ii.255; asallīna active, upright, unshaken DN.ii.157; SN.i.159; SN.iv.125 Cp.v.68. paṭi˚.
saṃ + līna
sama →
pts
Sama1
calmness, tranquillity, mental quiet Snp.896. samaṃ carati to become calm quiescent Ja.iv.172. Cp. -cariyā & ˚cārin.
fr. śam: see sammati1
Sa …
samagga →
pts
adjective being in unity, harmonious MN.ii.239; DN.iii.172; AN.ii.240; AN.v.74 sq.; plur. = all unitedly, in common Vin.i.105; Ja.vi.273#2. AN.i.70 = AN.i.243; Snp.281, Snp.283; Dhp.194; Thig.161; Tha …
samajja →
pts
festive gathering, fair a show, theatrical display. Originally a mountain cult as it was esp. held on the mountains near Rājagaha. Ja.ii.13; Ja.iii.541; Ja.vi.277, Ja.vi.559; SN.v.170; DN-a.i.84; D …
samanta →
pts
…Mil.111; Mnd.360.
- -pāsādika all-pleasing, quite serene AN.i.24; ˚kā Buddhaghosa’s commentary on the Vinaya…
samanubhāsanā →
pts
conversation, repeating together Vin.iii.174 sq.; Vin.iv.236 sq.
fr. last
samanubhāsati →
pts
to converse or study together DN.i.26, DN.i.163; MN.i.130; AN.i.138; AN.v.156 sq.; Vin.iii.173 sq.; Vin.iv.236 sq.; DN-a.i.117.
saṃ + anubhāsati
samappita →
pts
- made over, consigned Dhp.315; Snp.333; Thig.451.
- endowed with (-˚) affected with, possessed of Ja.v.102 (kaṇṭakena); Pv.iv.1#6 (= allīna Pv-a.265); Pv-a.162 (soka-salla˚-hadaya) Vism.303 (s …
samassasati →
pts
to be refreshed Ja.i.176; Caus. samassāseti to relieve, refresh Ja.i.175.
saṃ + assasati
samassāsa →
pts
refreshing, relief Dhs-a.150 (expln of passaddhi).
saṃ + assāsa
samasāyisun →
pts
aorist Ja.iii.201 (text, samāsāsisuṃ, cp. J.P.T.S. 1885, 60; read taṃ asāyisuṃ).
samavasarati →
pts
of a goad or spur Thig.210. See samosarati.
samavattakkhandha →
pts
adjective having the shoulders round, one of the lakkhaṇas of a Buddha DN.ii.18; DN.iii.144, DN.iii.164; Dial. ii.15: “his bust is equally rounded.”
sama + vatta + kh., but BSk. sasaṃvṛtta˚
samavattasaṃvāsa →
pts
living together with the same duties, on terms of equality Ja.i.236.
sama + vatta1 + saṃvāsa
samaya →
pts
congregation; time, condition, etc.
At Dhs-a.57 sq we find a detailed expln of the word samaya (s-sadda) with meanings given as follows: 1 *[samavāya](/define/samavāy …
samaṇa →
pts
wanderer, recluse, religieux AN.i.67; DN.iii.16 DN.iii.95 sq., DN.iii.130 sq.; SN.i.45; Dhp.184; of a non-Buddhist (tāpasa) Ja.iii.390; an edifying etymology of the word Dhp-a.iii.84: “samita-pāpat …
samaṇaka →
pts
contemptible (little) ascetic, “some sort of samaṇa” DN.i.90; MN.ii.47, MN.ii.210; Snp.p.21; Mil.222; DN-a.i.254. At AN.ii.48 samaṇaka is a slip for sasanaka. Cp. muṇḍaka in form & meaning.
samaṇa + ka
sambandha →
pts
connection, tie DN.ii.296 = MN.i.58; Snp-a.108, Snp-a.166, Snp-a.249, Snp-a.273, Snp-a.343, Snp-a.516. ˚-kula related family Ja.iii.362; a-sambandha (adj.) incompatible (C. on asaññuta Ja.iii. …
sambhati →
pts
to subside, to be calmed; only in prep combination paṭippassambhati (q.v.).
śrambh, given as sambh at Dhtp.214 in meaning “vissāsa”
sambhatta →
pts
devoted, a friend Ja.i.106, Ja.i.221; Mnd.226 = Vism.25
■ yathāsambhattaṃ according to where each one’s companions live DN.ii.98; SN.v.152.
pp. of sambhajati
sambhavati →
pts
Sambhavati, sambhuṇāti & sambhoti
- to be produced, to arise DN.i.45, DN.i.76; SN.i.135; SN.iv.67; Snp.734 Dāvs v.6; Mil.210.
- to be adequate, competent DN.ii.287; na s. is of no use or avail Mil.1 …
sambhinna →
pts
- mixed, mixed up Vin.i.210; Vin.ii.67, Vin.ii.68 (cp. Vin. Texts ii.431); Ja.i.55; Snp.9 Snp.319 (˚mariyāda-bhāva confusing the dividing lines, indistinctness), Snp.325 (id.). Said of a woman (i. …
sambhoti →
pts
Sambhavati, sambhuṇāti & sambhoti
- to be produced, to arise DN.i.45, DN.i.76; SN.i.135; SN.iv.67; Snp.734 Dāvs v.6; Mil.210.
- to be adequate, competent DN.ii.287; na s. is of no use or avail Mil.1 …
sambhuṇāti →
pts
Sambhavati, sambhuṇāti & sambhoti
- to be produced, to arise DN.i.45, DN.i.76; SN.i.135; SN.iv.67; Snp.734 Dāvs v.6; Mil.210.
- to be adequate, competent DN.ii.287; na s. is of no use or avail Mil.1 …
sambhāsā →
pts
conversation, talk; sukha-˚; Ja.vi.296 (variant reading); mudu-˚; Ja.ii.326 = Ja.iv.471 = Ja.v.451.
saṃ + bhāsā
sambādha →
pts
- crowding, pressure, inconvenience from crowding, obstruction Vism.119 janasambādharahita free from crowding Mil.409 kiṭṭhasambādha crowding of corn, the time when the corn is growing thick MN.i.115 …
samiñjana →
pts
doubling up, bending back (orig. stretching!) Vism.500 (opp. pasāraṇa). See also sammiñjana.
fr. samiñjati
sammasana →
pts
grasping, mastering Mil.178; Vism.287, Vism.629 sq.; cp. Cpd. 65, 210.
(nt.) fr. last
sammasati →
pts
to touch, seize, grasp, know thoroughly, master SN.ii.107; Dhp.374; Mil.325; to think, meditate on (acc.) Ja.vi.379; ppr. sammasaṃ Ja.ii.107 & sammasanto Mil.379; Ja.i.74, Ja.i.75; fem. sammasantī Tha …
sammasita →
pts
grasped, understood, mastered Ja.i.78.
pp. of sammasati
sammati →
pts
Sammati1 [śam
Dhtp.436 = upasama]
- to be appeased, calmed; to cease Dhp.5; Pot 3rd pl. sammeyyuṃ SN.i.24
- to rest, to dwell DN.i.92; SN.i.226; Ja.v.396; DN-a.i.262 (= vasa …
sammatta →
pts
Sammatta1
intoxicated, maddened, delighted DN.ii.266; Dhp.287; Ja.iii.188; doting on Ja.v.443; rogasammatta tormented by illness Ja.v.90 (= ˚pīḷita C.; variant reading ˚patta, as under mat …
sammiñjana →
pts
bending DN-a.i.196 (opp. pasāraṇa); Vb-a.358.
fr. sammiñjati
sammiñjati →
pts
Sammiñjati & ˚eti
to bend back, to double up (opp pasārati or sampasāreti) Vin.i.5; MN.i.57, MN.i.168; DN.i.70; Ja.i.321; Vism.365 (variant reading samiñjeti); DN-a.i.196
pp *[sammiñjita](/define/ …
sammiñjeti →
pts
Sammiñjati & ˚eti
to bend back, to double up (opp pasārati or sampasāreti) Vin.i.5; MN.i.57, MN.i.168; DN.i.70; Ja.i.321; Vism.365 (variant reading samiñjeti); DN-a.i.196
pp *[sammiñjita](/define/ …
sammodati →
pts
- to rejoice, delight; pp. sammudita (q.v.).
- to agree with, to exchange friendly greeting with; aor. sammodi Vin.i.2; DN.i.52; Snp.419; Ja.vi.224; ppr. sammodamāna in agreem …
sammuti →
pts
- consent, permission Vin.iii.199.
- choice, selection, delegation Vin.iii.159.
- fixing, determination (of boundary) Vin.i.106.
- common consent, general opinion, convention, that which is genera …
sammā →
pts
Sammā1
a pin of the yoke Abhp.449; a kind of sacrificial instrument Snp-a.321 (sammaṃ ettha pāsantī ti sammāpāso; and sātrā-yāgass’ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ). Cp. Weber Indische Streifen i.3 …
samodhāna →
pts
collocation, combination Bv.ii.59 = Ja.i.14; SN.iv.215 = SN.v.212; application (of a story) Ja.ii.381. samodhānaṃ gacchati to come together, to combine, to be contained in Vin.i.62; MN.i.184 = SN.i.86 …
sampabhāsa →
pts
frivolous talk SN.v.355.
saṃ + pa + bhāṣ
sampabhāsati →
pts
to shine Mil.338.
saṃ + pa + bhās
sampadā →
pts
- attainment, success accomplishment; happiness, good fortune; blessing bliss AN.i.38; Pv.ii.9#47 (= sampatti Pv-a.132)
■ Sampadā in its pregnant meaning is applied to the accomplishments of th …
sampajañña →
pts
attention, consideration, discrimination, comprehension, circumspection AN.i.13 sq.; AN.ii.93; AN.iii.307; AN.iv.320; AN.v.98 sq. SN.iii.169; DN.iii.213 (sati + samp. opp. to *muṭṭha-sacca asampaj …
sampanna →
pts
- successful, complete, perfect Vin.ii.256; sampannaveyyākaraṇa a full explanation Snp.352.
- endowed with, possessed of abounding in Vin.i.17; Snp.152, Snp.727 (ceto-vimutti˚) Ja.i.421; vijjācaraṇ …
sampasāda →
pts
serenity, pleasure DN.ii.211, DN.ii.222; AN.ii.199; MN.ii.262.
saṃ + pasāda
sampasādana →
pts
tranquillizing DN.i.37; Dhs.161; Mil.34; Vism.156; Dhs-a.170 (in the description of the second Jhāna); happiness, joy Bv.i.35.
saṃ + pasādana
sampasādaniya →
pts
adjective leading to serenity, inspiring faith DN.iii.99 sq. (the S. Suttanta), DN.iii.116.
saṃ + pasādaniya
sampasāreti →
pts
to stretch out, to distract Vism.365
pass sampasāriyati AN.iv.47; Mil.297; Dhs-a.376.
saṃ + pasāreti
sampatti →
pts
- success, attainment; happiness, bliss, fortune (opp. vipatti) AN.iv.26, AN.iv.160; Vism.58 Vism.232; Ja.iv.3 (dibba˚); DN-a.i.126; three attainments Ja.i.105; Mil.96; Dhp-a …
sampavatteti →
pts
to produce, set going AN.iii.222 (saṃvāsaṃ); Mhvs.23, Mhvs.75.
saṃ + pavatteti
sampha →
pts
adjective noun frivolous; nt. frivolity, foolishness only in connection with expressions of talking, as samphaṃ bhāsati to speak frivolously AN.ii.23; Snp.158; samphaṃ giraṃ bh. Ja.vi.295; *sampha …
sampāta →
pts
falling together, concurrence, collision Iti.68; kukkuṭasampāta neighbouring, closely adjoining (yasmā gāmā nikkhamitvā kukkuṭo padasā va aññaṃ gāmaṃ gacchati, ayaṃ kukkuṭasampāto ti vuccati) Vin.iv.6 …
sampīḷa →
pts
trouble, pain; asampīḷaṃ free from trouble Mil.351.
saṃ + pīḷa, cp. pīḷā
samussaya →
pts
- accumulation, complex AN.ii.42; Iti.48; Iti.34; bhassasamuccaya, grandiloquence Snp.245
- complex form, the body DN.ii.157 = SN.i.148; Vv.35#12 (= sarīra Vv-a.164); Dhp.351; Thag.202 (“confluence …
samādhi →
pts
- concentration; a concentrated, self-collected, intent state of mind and meditation which, concomitant with right living, is a necessary condition to the attainment of higher wisdom and emancipatio …
samādāna →
pts
- taking, bringing; asamādānacāra (m.) going for alms without taking with one (the usual set of three robes) Vin.i.254.
- taking upon oneself, undertaking acquiring MN.i.305 sq.; AN.i.229 sq.; AN.ii …
samāna →
pts
Samāna1
adjective similar, equal, even, same Snp.18, Snp.309; Ja.ii.108. Cp. sāmañña1.
Vedic samāna, fr. sama3
Samāna2
- being, existing DN.i.18, DN.i …
samārambha →
pts
- undertaking, effort, endeavour, activity AN.ii.197 sq. (kāya˚, vacī˚, mano˚) Vin.iv.67.
- injuring, killing, slaughter Snp.311; DN.i.5; DN-a.i.77; AN.ii.197; SN.v.470; Pp.58; Dhs-a.146- *[appas …
samāsa →
pts
- compound, combination Vism.82; Snp-a.303; Kp-a.228. Cp. vyāsa.
- an abridgment Mhvs.37, Mhvs.244.
fr. saṃ + ās
samāsama →
pts
“exactly the same” at Ud.85 (= DN.ii.135) read sama˚.
samāsana →
pts
sitting together with, company Snp.977.
saṃ + āsana
samāsati →
pts
to sit together, associate; Pot. 3 sg. samāsetha SN.i.17, SN.i.56 sq.; Ja.ii.112; Ja.v.483, Ja.v.494; Thag.4.
saṃ + āsati
samāsādeti →
pts
to obtain, get; ger. samāsajja Ja.iii.218.
saṃ + āsādeti
samūpasanta →
pts
is variant reading for su-vūpasanta (?) “calmed,” at Kp-a.21.
saṃ + upasanta
sandiṭṭha →
pts
seen together, a friend Ja.i.106, Ja.i.442; Vin.iii.42; yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ, where one’s friends live DN.ii.98; SN.v.152.
pp. of sandissati
sannikāsa →
pts
adjective resembling, looking like Ja.iii.522; Ja.v.87 = Ja.vi.306; Ja.v.169 (C. dassana); Ja.vi.240, Ja.vi.279.
saṃ + nikāsa
sannivasati →
pts
to live together, to associate AN.i.78; pp. sannivuttha.
saṃ + nivasati
sannivuttha →
pts
living together (with), associating AN.iv.303 sq.
pp. of sannivasati
sannivāsa →
pts
association, living with; community AN.i.78; AN.ii.57; DN.iii.271; Dhp.206; Ja.iv.403 loka-sannivāsa the society of men, all the world Ja.i.366 Ja.ii.205.
saṃ + nivāsa
sant →
pts
- being, existing DN.i.61, DN.i.152; AN.i.176; Iti.62 sq.; Snp.98, Snp.124.
- good, true SN.i.17; Dhp.151.
Cases
■ nom. sg. m. santo Snp.98; Mil.32; Cnd.635 (= samāna); f. satī (q.v.); n …
santa →
pts
Santa1
calmed, tranquil, peaceful, pure DN.i.12; Vin.i.4; SN.i.5; AN.ii.18; Snp.746; Pv.iv.1#34 (= upasanta-kilesa Pv-a.230); Mil.232, Mil.409; Vism.155 (˚anga; opp. oḷārik’anga); Dhp-a …
santasati →
pts
to be frightened or terrified, to fear, to be disturbed Mil.92. ppr. santasaṃ Ja.vi.306 (a˚) & santasanto Ja.iv.101 (a˚); Pot. santase Ja.iii.147 Ja.v.378; ger. *santasitvā …
santasita →
pts
frightened Mil.92; Pv-a.260 (= suṭṭhu tasita).
pp. of santasati
santatta →
pts
Santatta1
heated, glowing DN.ii.335; MN.i.453; SN.i.169 (divasa˚); Ja.iv.118; Mil.325; Pv-a.38 (soka˚).
pp. of santappati
Santatta2
frightened, disturbed Ja.iii.77 (= santra …
santika →
pts
vicinity, presence; santikaṃ into the presence of, towards Ja.i.91, Ja.i.185; santikā from the presence of, from Ja.i.43, Ja.i.83, Ja.i.189; santike in the presence of, before …
santāsa →
pts
trembling, fear, shock AN.ii.33; SN.iii.85; Ja.i.274; Mil.146, Mil.207; Pv-a.22.
saṃ + tāsa
santāsaniya →
pts
adjective making frightened, inspiring terror Mil.387.
fr. saṃ + tāsana
santāsin →
pts
adjective trembling, frightened Dhp.351.
fr. santāsa
sapatta →
pts
hostile, rival Thig.347; Thag-a.242; sapattarājā a rival king Ja.i.358; Ja.ii.94; Ja.iii.416; asapatta without enmity Snp.150; sapatta (m.) a rival, foe, Iti.83; AN.iv.94 sq.; Ja.i.297.
Sk. sapatna
sapattī →
pts
co-wife DN.ii.330; Ja.i.398; Ja.iv.316, Ja.iv.491; Thig.224; Dhp-a.i.47. asapattī without any co-wife SN.iv.249.
Sk. sapatnī
sappurisa →
pts
good, worthy man MN.iii.21, MN.iii.37; DN.iii.252 (the 7 s˚-dhammā), DN.iii.274, DN.iii.276, DN.iii.283; AN.ii.217 sq., AN.ii.239; Dhs.259 = Dhs.1003; Vin.i.56; Dhp.54; Pv.ii.9#8; Pv.ii.9#45; Pv.iv.1 …
sappāya →
pts
adjective likely, beneficial fit, suitable AN.i.120; SN.iii.268; SN.iv.23 sq., SN.iv.133 sq. (Nibbāna˚ paṭipadā); Ja.i.182, Ja.i.195; Ja.ii.436 (kiṃci sappāyaṃ something that did him good, a remedy); …
sara →
pts
Sara1
- the reed Saccharum sara Mil.342.
- an arrow (orig. made of that reed) DN.i.9; Dhp.304; Mil.396; Dhp-a.216 (visa-pīta).
- -tuṇḍa a beak as sharp as an arrow …
sarabha →
pts
(rohiccasarabhā migā = rohitā sarabhamigā, C. ibid. 538) Sarabhamigajātaka the 483rd Jātaka Ja.i.193, Ja.i.406 (text sarabhanga); Ja.iv.263 sq.
- -pallaṅka “antelope-couch,” a …
sarabhasaṃ →
pts
adverb eagerly, quickly Dāvs iv.22, Dāvs iv.34 sq., 43.
sa2 + rabhasaṃ
sarasa →
pts
adjective with its essential properties (see rasa) Mnd.43; sarasabhāva a method of exposition Dhs-a.71.
sa3 + rasa
sarati →
pts
Sarati1
to go, flow, run, move along Ja.iii.95 (= parihāyati nassati C.);
pot sare Ja.iv.284
aor asarā Ja.vi.199
pp sarita1
caus sāreti
- to m …
saraṇa →
pts
Saraṇa1
neuter shelter, house Snp.591; refuge, protection DN.iii.187; Snp.503; Ja.ii.28; DN-a.i.229; especially the three refuges—the Buddha, the Dhamma, and the Brotherhood AN.i.56; DN.i …
saritaka →
pts
powdered stone (pāsāna-cuṇṇa) Vin.ii.116; saritasipāṭika powder mixed with gum Vin.ii.116.
sarīra →
pts
- the (physical) body DN.i.157; MN.i.157; SN.iv.286; AN.i.50; AN.ii.41; AN.iii.57 sq., AN.iii.323 sq. AN.iv.190. Snp.478, Snp.584; Dhp.151; Mnd.181; Ja.i.394 (six blemishes); Ja.ii.31; antimasarīra o …
sasa →
pts
hare, rabbit Dhp.342; Ja.iv.85; of the hare in the moon Ja.iv.84 sq. sasôlūkā (= sasā ca ulūkā ca) Ja.vi.564.
- -lakkhaṇa the sign of a hare Ja.i.172; Ja.iii.55.
- -lañjana …
sasaka →
pts
Err:509
sasakkaṃ →
pts
as much as one can MN.i.415, MN.i.514 sq.
sa + sakkaṃ
sasambhama →
pts
adjective with great confusion Mhvs.5, Mhvs.139.
sa + sambhama
sasambhāra →
pts
adjective with the ingredients or constituents Vism.20, Vism.352, Vism.353.
sa3 + sambhāra
sasati →
pts
Sasati1
to slay, slaughter; sassamāna ppr. pass. Ja.v.24 (C. = hiṃsamāna)
inf sasituṃ Ja.vi.291 (read sāsituṃ from sāsati?).
pp sattha.
śas cp. Dhtp.301: gati-h …
sasattha →
pts
with swords Ja.iv.222; Dhs-a.62.
sa3 + sattha
sasin →
pts
the moon Dāvs iv.29; Ja.iii.141; Ja.v.33; Vv.81#1 (= canda Vv-a.314), Vv.82#3.
Sk. śaśin, fr. śaśa
sassa →
pts
corn, crop MN.i.116; Ja.i.86, Ja.i.143, Ja.i.152; Ja.ii.135; Mil.2; Dhp-a.i.97; Snp-a.48; sassasamaya crop time Ja.i.143; susassa abounding in corn Vin.i.238; pl. m. sassā Ja.i.340. --kamma agri …
sassara →
pts
imitative of the sound sarasara; chinnasassara giving out a broken or irregular sound of sarasara. MN.i.128 ‣See *> Journal of the Pali Text Society
,* 1889, p. 209.
sassata →
pts
adjective eternal, perpetual DN.i.13; DN.iii.31 sq., DN.iii.137 sq.; MN.i.8, MN.i.426; AN.i.41; Dhp.255; Dhs.1099; Ja.i.468; Mil.413; DN-a.i.112; dhuvasassata sure and certain Bv.ii.111 sq. = Ja.i.19 …
sata →
pts
Sata1
(num. card.) a hundred, used as nt (collect.), either-˚ or as apposition, viz. gāma-sataṃ a hundred (ship of) villages Dhp-a.i.180; jaṭila-satāni 100 ascetics Vin.i.24; jāti˚ DN. …
sati →
pts
memory, recognition, consciousness, DN.i.180; DN.ii.292; Mil.77–Mil.80 intentness of mind, wakefulness of mind, mindfulness alertness, lucidity of mind, self-possession, conscience self-consciousnes …
satika →
pts
adjective (-˚) consisting of a hundred, belonging to a hundred; yojanasatika extending one hundred yojanas Vin.ii.238; vīsaṃvassasatika of hundred and twenty years’ standing Vin.ii.303.
fr. sata1
satta →
pts
…(pāsāda) (a palace) with 7 stories Mhvs.37, Mhvs.11; Ja.i.58; Ja.iv.378; Dhp-a.i.180, Dhp-a.i.239 Dhp-a.iv.209. *…
sattarasa →
pts
cardinal number seventeen Vin.i.77; Vin.iv.112 (˚vaggiyā bhikkhū, group of 17).
satta4 + rasa2 = dasa
sattha →
pts
Sattha1
neuter a weapon, sword, knife; coll. “arms” DN.i.4, DN.i.56; Snp.309, Snp.819 (explained as 3: kāya˚, vacī˚, mano˚, referring to AN.iv.42 at Mnd.151); Ja.i.72, Ja.i.504; Pv.iii.10# …
satī →
pts
- being Ja.iii.251.
- a good or chaste woman Abhp.237; asatī an unchaste woman Mil.122 = Ja.iii.350; Ja.v.418; Ja.vi.310.
fr. sant, ppr. of as
savanīya →
pts
adjective pleasant to hear DN.ii.211; Ja.i.96 (-ṇ-); Ja.vi.120 = Ja.vi.122 (savaneyya).
grd. of suṇāti
savasa →
pts
one’s own will Dhs-a.61 (˚vattitā; cp. Expos. 81).
sa4 + vasa
sayana →
pts
- lying down, sleeping Vism.26; Pv-a.80 (mañca˚).
- bed, couch Vin.i.57, Vin.i.72; Vin.ii.123; DN.i.5, DN.i.7; AN.i.132; Ja.ii.88; Ja.v.110 (˚ṃ attharāpeti to spread out a bed); Mil.243, Mil.348; M …
sayati FIXME double →
pts
Seti & sayati
to lie down, to sleep; (applied) to be in a condition, to dwell, behave etc
pres seti SN.i.41, SN.i.47, SN.i.198 (kiṃ sesi why do you lie asleep? Cp. Pv.ii.6#1); Ja. …
sañchinna →
pts
Vin.i.255 (of the kaṭhina, with samaṇḍalīkata “hemmed”). Also in cpd. -patta “with leaves destroyed” is Nd ii.reading at Snp.44 (where T. ed. & Snp-a.91 read; saṃsīna), as wel …
sañcopana →
pts
-ā (f.) touching, handling Vin.iii.121 (ā); Vin.iv.214 (a) (= parāmasanan nāma ito c’ ito ca).
saṃ + copana
sañcopati →
pts
to move, to stir; a misunderstood term. Found in aor. samacopi (so read for T. samadhosi & variant reading samañcopi) mañcake “he stirred fr. his bed” SN.iii.120, SN.iii.125; and sañcopa (pret.) J …
sañjāta →
pts
Sañjāta1
having become, produced, arisen Dhs.1035 (+ bhūta & other syn.). ˚-full of, grown into being in a state of Snp.53 (˚khandha = susaṇṭhita˚ Snp-a.103); Vv-a.312, Vv-a.318 (˚gār …
saññama →
pts
Saṃyama & saññama
- restraint, self-control, abstinence SN.i.21, SN.i.169; DN.i.53; Vin.i.3; AN.i.155 sq. (kāyena, vācāya, manasā); DN.iii.147; Iti.15 (ññ); Snp.264, Snp.655; MN.ii.101 (sīla˚); Dhp. …
saññin →
pts
adjective (f. saññinī) conscious, being aware of (-˚), perceiving, having perception DN.i.31, DN.i.180; DN.iii.49 DN.iii.111, DN.iii.140, DN.iii.260; SN.i.62; AN.ii.34, AN.ii.48, AN.ii.50; AN.iii.35; …
saññā →
pts
saññāyo and saññā-e.g. MN.i.108)
- sense, consciousness, perception, being the third khandha Vin.i.13; MN.i.300; SN.iii.3 sq.; Dhs.40 Dhs.58, Dhs.61, Dhs.113; Vb-a.42.
- sense, perception, discer …
saḷāyatana →
pts
the six organs of sense and the six objects-viz., eye ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind; forms, sounds, odouis tastes, tangible things, ideas; occupying the fourth place in the Paṭiccasamuppāda DN.ii …
saṃharati →
pts
- to collect, fold up Vin.i.46; Vin.ii.117, Vin.ii.150; MN.iii.169; Ja.i.66, Ja.i.422; Dāvs iv.12; Pv-a.73
- to draw together Vin.ii.217.
- to gather up, take up Snp-a.369 (rūpaṃ).
- to heap up …
saṃhasati →
pts
to laugh with MN.ii.223.
san + hasati
saṃhāriya →
pts
Saṃhīra & saṃhāriya
that which can be restrained, conquerable Thag.1248; Ja.v.81. a˚; immovable unconquerable SN.i.193; Vin.ii.96; AN.iv.141 sq. Thag.649; Snp.1149; Ja.iv.283. See also asaṃhāriya. …
saṃhīra →
pts
Saṃhīra & saṃhāriya
that which can be restrained, conquerable Thag.1248; Ja.v.81. a˚; immovable unconquerable SN.i.193; Vin.ii.96; AN.iv.141 sq. Thag.649; Snp.1149; Ja.iv.283. See also asaṃhāriya. …
saṃrambha →
pts
impetuosity, rage Dāvs iv.34. This is the Sanskritic form for the usual P. sārambha.
saṃ + *rambha, fr. rabh, as in rabhasa (q.v.)
saṃsati →
pts
to proclaim, point out Ja.v.77; Ja.vi.533; Pot. saṃse Ja.vi.181; aor. asaṃsi Ja.iii.420; Ja.iv.395; Ja.v.66; & asāsī (Sk. aśaṃsīt) Ja.iii.484 Cp. abhi˚.
Vedic śaṃsati, cp. Av. saṃhaiti to procl …
saṃseva →
pts
adjective associating AN.ii.245; AN.v.113 sq. (sappurisa˚ & asappurisa˚); Mil.93.
fr. saṃ + sev
saṃsāmeti →
pts
lit. “to smoothe,” to fold up (one’s sleeping mat), to leave (one’s bed), in phrase senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā Vin.ii.185; Vin.iv.24; MN.i.457; SN.iii.95, SN.iii.133; SN.iv.288.
Caus. of saṃ + śam
saṃsāyati →
pts
…so read for samāsāsisuṃ).
saṃ + sāyati, which stands for sādati (of svad to sweeten). On y → d cp. khāyita → khādita…
saṃvasati →
pts
to live, to associate, cohabitate AN.ii.57; Vin.ii.237; Cnd.423; Pp.65; Dhp.167; Dpvs.x.8; Mil.250
caus -vāseti same meaning Vin.iv.137
■ Cp. upa˚.
saṃ + vasati2
saṃvuta →
pts
- closed DN.i.81.
- tied up Ja.iv.361.
- restrained, governed, (self-)controlled guarded DN.i.250; DN.iii.48, DN.iii.97; SN.ii.231; SN.iv.351 sq.; AN.i.7 (cittaṃ); AN.ii.25; AN.iii.387; Iti.96, It …
saṃvāsa →
pts
- living with, co-residence Vin.i.97; Vin.ii.237; Vin.iii.28; AN.ii.57 sq., AN.ii.187; AN.iii.164 sq.; AN.iv.172; Ja.i.236; Ja.iv.317 (piya-saṃvāsaṃ vasi lived together in harmony); Snp.283, Snp.29 …
saṃvāsaka →
pts
adjective living together Vin.ii.162; Vin.iii.173.
fr. saṃvāsa
saṃvāsiya →
pts
one who lives with somebody Snp.22; a˚-bhāva impossibility to co-reside Mil.249.
fr. saṃvāsa
saṃyama →
pts
Saṃyama & saññama
- restraint, self-control, abstinence SN.i.21, SN.i.169; DN.i.53; Vin.i.3; AN.i.155 sq. (kāyena, vācāya, manasā); DN.iii.147; Iti.15 (ññ); Snp.264, Snp.655; MN.ii.101 (sīla˚); Dhp. …
saṃyojana →
pts
bond, fetter SN.iv.163 etc.; especially the fetters that bind man to the wheel of transmigration Vin.i.183; SN.i.23; SN.v.241, SN.v.251; AN.i.264 AN.iii.443; AN.iv.7 sq. (diṭṭhi˚); MN.i.483; Dhp.370; …
saṅghaṭṭeti →
pts
- to knock against Vin.ii.208.
- to sound, to ring Mhvs.21, Mhvs.29 (˚aghaṭṭayi).
- to knock together, to rub against each other Ja.iv.98 (aṃsena aṃsaṃ samaghaṭṭayimha); Dāvs iii.87.
- to provoke …
saṅghin →
pts
adjective having a crowd (of followers), the head of an order DN.i.47, DN.i.116; SN.i.68; Mil.4; DN-a.i.143
■ saṅghāsaṅghī (pl.) in crowds, with crowds (redupl. cpd.!), with gaṇi-bhūtā “crowd …
saṅgīti →
pts
- a song, chorus, music Ja.i.32 (dibba˚); Ja.vi.528 (of birds).
- proclamation (cp. sangara), rehearsal, general convocation of the Buddhist clergy in order to settle questions of doctrine and to fi …
saṅkamati →
pts
- to go on, to pass over to (acc.), to join DN.i.55 (ākāsaṃ indriyāni s.); Vin.i.54 Vin.ii.138 (bhikkhū rukkhā rukkhaṃ s., climb fr. tree to tree); Kv.565 sq. (jhānā jhānaṃ).
- to transmigrate Mil.7 …
saṅkassara →
pts
adjective doubtful; wicked Vin.ii.236 (cp. Vin. Texts iii.300); SN.i.49 = Dhp.312 (explained as “sankāhi saritabba, āsankāhi sarita ussankita, parisankita” Dhp-a.iii.485, thus taken as sankā + *sṛ …
saṅkasāyati →
pts
to become weak, to fail SN.i.202 SN.ii.277; SN.iv.178; AN.i.68.
fr. saṃ + kṛṣ, kasati? Or has it anything to do with kasāya?
saṅkati →
pts
to doubt, hesitate, to be uncertain about pres. (med.) 1st sg. saṅke SN.i.111; Ja.iii.253 (= āsankāmi C.); Ja.vi.312 (na sanke maraṇ’āgamāya); Pot. saṅketha Ja.ii.53 = Ja.v.85. Pass. *[ …
saṅketa →
pts
intimation, agreement, engagement, appointed place, rendezvous Vin.i.298; Mil.212; Ne.15, Ne.18; cp. Cpd. 6, 33. saṅketaṃ gacchati to keep an appointment, to come to the rendezvous Vin.ii.265. *as …
saṅkhata →
pts
- put together, compound; conditioned, produced by a combination of causes, “created,” brought about as effect of actions in former births SN.ii.26; SN.iii.56; Vin.ii.284; Iti.37, Iti.88; Ja.ii.38; N …
saṅkhaya →
pts
destruction, consumption, loss, end Vin.i.42; DN.ii.283; MN.i.152; SN.i.2, SN.i.124; SN.iv.391; Iti.38; Dhp.282 (= vināsa Dhp-a.iii.421), Dhp.331; Ja.ii.52 Ja.v.465; Mil.205, Mil.304.
saṃ + khaya
saṅkhāra →
pts
one of the most difficult terms in Buddhist metaphysics, in which the blending of the subjective-objective view of the world and of happening peculiar to the East, is so complete, that it is almost i …
saṅkhāta →
pts
agreed on, reckoned; (-˚) so-called, named DN.i.163 (akusala˚ dhammā); DN.iii.65 DN.iii.133 = Vin.iii.46 (theyya˚ what is called theft); DN-a.i.313 (the sambodhi, by which is meant that of the thre …
saṅkitti →
pts
…kira acela-kāsāvakā acelakānaṃ atthāya tato tato taṇḍul’ādīni samādapetvā bhattaṃ pacanti ukkaṭṭhâcelako…
saṅkucita →
pts
shrunk, contracted, clenched (of the first: ˚hattha) Ja.i.275; Ja.vi.468 (˚hattha, opposed to pasārita-hattha); DN-a.i.287; Pv-a.123, Pv-a.124.
pp. of sankucati
saṅkāpeti →
pts
to prepare, get ready, undertake Vin.i.137 (vass’āvāsaṃ); SN.iv.312.
fr. saṃ + kḷp
saṅkāsa →
pts
appearance; (-˚) having the appearance of, like, similar Ja.ii.150; Ja.v.71 Ja.v.155, Ja.v.370 (puñña˚ = sadisa C.); Bv.17, Bv.21; Mil.2.
saṃ + kāsa, of kāś, cp. okāsa
saṅkāsana →
pts
-ā (f.) explanation, illustration SN.v.430; Ne.5, Ne.8, Ne.38; Snp-a.445 (+ pakāsana).
fr. saṃ + kāś
saṇha →
pts
adjective
- smooth, soft Vin.i.202; Vin.ii.151; Vv.50#18 (= mudu Vv-a.213); Vism.260 = Kp-a.59 saṇhena softly Thag.460.
- gentle, mild DN.ii.259; Snp.853; Ja.i.202, Ja.i.376; Mnd.234; Pv-a.56, …
saṇhaka →
pts
at Ja.iii.394 (of hair growing white “saṇhakasadisā”) according to Kern,
Toevoegselen
ii.69 (coarse) hempen cloth (= sāṇavāka), as indicated by variant reading sāṇalāka. Thus a der. fr. saṇa = s …
saṇḍāsa →
pts
(long) pincers, tweezers AN.i.210; Ja.i.223; Ja.iii.138; used to pull out hair MN.ii.75; Vin.ii.134. Sannika (sanika)
saṃ + ḍaṃsa, fr. ḍasati
saṇṭhita →
pts
- established in (-˚), settled, composed Snp.330 (santi-soracca-samādhi˚); Sdhp.458 su˚; firmly or well established Snp.755; Mil.383; in a good position, well situated Dhs-a.65.
- being compos …
saṭṭhuṃ →
pts
at Ja.vi.185 (taṃ asakkhi saṭṭhuṃ) is inf. of sajati1 (sṛj = Sk. sraṣṭuṃ) to dismiss, let loose. The form has caused trouble, since the Com. explains it with *gaṇhituṃ …
seka →
pts
sprinkling Ja.i.93 (suvaṇṇa-rasa-s.piñjara).
fr. sic, see siñcati
senāsana →
pts
sleeping and sitting, bed & chair, dwelling, lodging Vin.i.196, Vin.i.294, Vin.i.356; Vin.ii.146 Vin.ii.150 (˚parikkhāra-dussa); Vin.iii.88 etc.; DN.ii.77; AN.i.60; Iti.103, Iti.109; DN-a.i.208; Ja. …
seti →
pts
Seti & sayati
to lie down, to sleep; (applied) to be in a condition, to dwell, behave etc
pres seti SN.i.41, SN.i.47, SN.i.198 (kiṃ sesi why do you lie asleep? Cp. Pv.ii.6#1); Ja. …
seyyā →
pts
bed, couch MN.i.502; AN.i.296; Vin.ii.167 (˚aggena by the surplus in beds); Snp.29, Snp.152 Snp.535; Dhp.305, Dhp.309; Pv.ii.3#11; Pv.iv.1#2; Ja.vi.197 (gilāna sick-bed). Four kinds AN.ii.244; Vb-a. …
sikatā →
pts
sand, gravel; suvaṇṇa˚ gold dust AN.i.253. Sikayasa-maya
cp. Sk. sikatā
sikkhāpada →
pts
set of precepts, “preceptorial,” code of training; instruction, precept, rule
- in general: DN.i.63, DN.i.146, DN.i.250; MN.i.33; AN.i.63, AN.i.235 sq. AN.ii.14, AN.ii.250 sq.; AN.iii.113, AN.iii.26 …
sikāyasa-maya →
pts
Sikāyasa-maya
adjective made of tempered steel (said of swords) Ja.vi.449 (cp. Note of the translation p. 546).
silesa →
pts
junction, embrace; a rhetoric figure, riddle, puzzle, pun Ja.v.445 (silesūpamā said of women = purisānaṃ cittabandhanena silesasadisā, ibid. 447).
fr. śliṣ
silutta →
pts
rat snake Ja.vi.194 (= gharasappa).
silābhu →
pts
whip snake Ja.vi.194 (= nīlapaṇṇavaṇṇasappa).
sineha →
pts
Sineha & sneha
Both forms occur without distinction; sneha more frequently (as archaic) in poetry.
-
sineha:
- viscous liquid, unctuous moisture, sap SN …
siniyhati →
pts
(to be moist or sticky, fig.) to feel love, to be attached Vism.317 = Dhs-a.192 (in defn of mettā). Caus. sineheti (sneheti, snehayati) to lubricat …
sippa →
pts
art, branch of knowledge, craft Snp.261; AN.iii.225; AN.iv.281 sq., AN.iv.322; DN.iii.156, DN.iii.189; Ja.i.239, Ja.i.478; Mil.315; excludes the Vedas Mil.10 sabbasippāni Ja.i.356, Ja.i.463; Ja.ii.53; …
sippikā →
pts
Sippikā1
feminine a pearl oyster Ja.i.426; Ja.ii.100 (sippikasambukaṃ); Vism.362 (in comp.) = Vb-a.68.
fr. sippī
Sippikā2
at Thag.49 is difficult to understand. It must mean …
sira →
pts
(nt. and m.) head, nom. siraṃ Thig.255, acc. siraṃ AN.i.141; siro Snp.768; sirasaṃ Ja.v.434; instr. sirasā Vin.i.4; DN.i.126; Snp.1027; loc. sirasmiṃ MN.i.32; sire DN-a.i.97; in compounds siro-AN.i. …
siri →
pts
Sirī (siri)
feminine
- splendour, beauty Snp.686 (instr. siriyā); Ja.vi.318 (siriṃ dhāreti).
- luck, glory majesty, prosperity SN.i.44 (nom. siri); Ja.ii.410 (siriṃ) Ja.ii.466; DN-a.i.148; Vv-a. …
sirī →
pts
Sirī (siri)
feminine
- splendour, beauty Snp.686 (instr. siriyā); Ja.vi.318 (siriṃ dhāreti).
- luck, glory majesty, prosperity SN.i.44 (nom. siri); Ja.ii.410 (siriṃ) Ja.ii.466; DN-a.i.148; Vv-a. …
sissa →
pts
pupil; Snp.997, Snp.1028; Dhs-a.32 (˚ânusissā).
cp. Sk. śiṣya, grd. of śiṣ or śās to instruct: see sāsati etc.
sneha →
pts
Sineha & sneha
Both forms occur without distinction; sneha more frequently (as archaic) in poetry.
-
sineha:
- viscous liquid, unctuous moisture, sap SN …
soka →
pts
the flame of fire, later in sense of “burning grief” grief, sorrow, mourning; defined as “socanā socitattaṃ anto-soko… cetaso parijjhāyanā domanassaṃ” at Pts.i.38 = Mnd.128 = Cnd.694; shorter as “ñāt …
sota →
pts
Sota1
neuter ear, the organ of hearing Vin.i.9, Vin.i.34; DN.i.21; Snp.345 (nom pl. sotā); Vism.444 (defined); Dhs.601; Dhs-a.310-dibba-sota the divine ear (cp. dibba-cakkhu) DN.i.79 D …
soḷasa →
pts
cardinal number sixteen DN.i.128; Snp.1006; Ja.i.78 (lekhā); Ja.ii.87; Ja.iii.342 (atappiya-vatthūni); Ja.v.175, Ja.vi.37; Mil.11 (palibodhā); Dhp-a.i.129 (˚salākā); Dhp-a.iv.208 (˚karīsa-matta). …
soḷasakkhattuṃ →
pts
sixteen times DN-a.i.261; Dhp-a.i.353 = Mhvs.6, Mhvs.37.
soḷasama →
pts
sixteenth Mhvs.2, Mhvs.29; Vism.292.
su →
pts
Su1
indeclinable a part. of exclamation “shoo!”; usually repeated su su Ja.ii.250; Ja.vi.165 (of the hissing of a snake); Thag-a.110 (scaring somebody away), Thag-a.305 (sound of puffi …
subha →
pts
adjective shining, bright, beautiful DN.i.76 = DN.ii.13 = MN.iii.102; Dhs.250; DN-a.i.221; auspicious, lucky, pleasant Snp.341; Iti.80 good Snp.824, Snp.910; subhato maññati to consider as a good thi …
suci →
pts
adjective pure, clean, white DN.i.4; AN.i.293; Snp.226, Snp.410
■ opp. asuci impure AN.iii.226; AN.v.109 AN.v.266
■ (nt.) purity, pure things Ja.i.22; goodness, merit Dhp.245; a …
suddha →
pts
- clean, pure, Vin.i.16; Vin.ii.152; DN.i.110; Snp.476.
- purified, pure of heart MN.i.39; Dhp.125, Dhp.412; Snp.90
- simple, mere, unmixed, nothing but SN.i.135; Dhs-a.72; Ja.ii.252 (˚daṇḍaka jus …
sukha →
pts
adjective noun agreeable, pleasant, blest Vin.i.3; Dhp.118, Dhp.194, Dhp.331; Snp.383; paṭipadā, pleasant path, easy progress AN.ii.149 sq.; Dhs.178; kaṇṇa-s. pleasant to the ear DN.i.4; happy, pleas …
sukhuma →
pts
adjective subtle, minute Vin.i.14; DN.i.182; SN.iv.202; AN.ii.171; Dhs.676; Thig.266; Dhp.125 = Snp.662; Vism.274, Vism.488 (˚rūpā). fine, exquisite DN.ii.17, DN.ii.188; Mil.313; susukhuma, very subtl …
sulasī →
pts
medicinal plant Vin.i.201; cp. Deśīnāmamālā viii.40.
cp. Sk. surasī, “basilienkraut” BR; fr. surasa
supina →
pts
dream, vision DN.i.9, DN.i.54; SN.i.198; SN.iv.117 (supine in a dream; variant reading supinena); Snp.360, Snp.807, Snp.927 Mnd.126; Ja.i.334 sq., Ja.i.374; Ja.v.42; DN-a.i.92, DN-a.i.164; Vv.44#14 …
susu →
pts
Susu1
a boy, youngster, lad Vin.iii.147 = Ja.ii.284; Vv.64#14 (= dahara C.); Snp.420; DN.i.115; MN.i.82; AN.ii.22; Ja.ii.57; ājānīya-susūpama MN.i.445 read ājānīy-ass-ūpama (cp. Thag.72 …
susāna →
pts
cemetery Vin.i.15, Vin.i.50; Vin.ii.146; DN.i.71; AN.i.241; AN.ii.210; Pp.59; Ja.i.175; Mnd.466; Cnd.342; Vism.76, Vism.180; Pv-a.80, Pv-a.92, Pv-a.163, Pv-a.195 sq āmaka-s. a place where the c …
sutta →
pts
Sutta1
asleep Vin.iii.117; Vin.v.205; DN.i.70; DN.ii.130; Dhp.47; Iti.41; Ja.v.328
■ (nt.) sleep DN.ii.95; MN.i.448; SN.iv.169. In phrase --pabuddha “awakened from sleep” referring t …
suññatā →
pts
emptiness, “void,” unsubstantiality, phenomenality; freedom from lust, ill-will and dullness, Nibbāna MN.iii.111; Kv.232; Dhs-a.221; Ne.118 sq., Ne.123 sq., Ne.126; Mil.16; Vism.333 (n’atthi; *[suññ …
sve →
pts
adverb to-morrow Vin.ii.77; DN.i.108, DN.i.205; Ja.i.32, Ja.i.243; Ja.ii.47; Vv-a.230; svedivasa Dhp-a.i.103. The diaeretic form is suve, e.g. Pv.iv.1#5; Mhvs.29, Mhvs.17; and dou …
sādhu →
pts
adjective
- good, virtuous, pious Snp.376, Snp.393; Ja.i.1; Mhvs.37, Mhvs.119; Pv-a.116, Pv-a.132 asādhu bad, wicked Dhp.163, Dhp.223; Dhp-a.iii.313.
- good, profitable, proficient, meritoriou …
sādu →
pts
adjective sweet, nice, pleasant Vin.ii.196; MN.i.114; Thig.273; Snp.102; Ja.iv.168; Ja.v.5; Dhs.629; asādu (ka) Ja.iii.145; Ja.iv.509 (text, asādhuka com. on kaṭuka); sādu-karoti makes sweet Ja.iii.3 …
sāha →
pts
six days (cp. chāha) Ja.vi.80 (= chadivasa, C.).
sāhasa →
pts
violent, hasty Snp.329; (nt.) violence, arbitrary action, acts of violence Snp.943; Ja.vi.284; Mhvs.6, Mhvs.39; sāhasena arbitrarily AN.v.177 opp. a˚; ibid.; Dhp.257; Ja.vi.280. sāhasaṃ id. Ja.v …
sāhasika →
pts
adjective brutal, violent, savage Ja.i.187, Ja.i.504; Ja.ii.11; Pv-a.209; Dhp-a.i.17.
fr. sāhasa
sāhin →
pts
(-˚) adjective enduring Iti.32. See asayha˚.
fr. sah
sākhapurāṇasanthuta →
pts
one with whom one has formerly been friendly Ja.v.448. Sakhalya & Sakhalla;
fr. sakhi + purāṇa˚
sākhā →
pts
branch Vin.i.28; MN.i.135; AN.i.152; AN.ii.165 AN.ii.200 sq.; AN.iii.19, AN.iii.43 sq., AN.iii.200; AN.iv.99, AN.iv.336; AN.v.314 sq.; Snp.791; Ja.v.393; Ja.ii.44; a spur of a hill AN.i.243; AN.ii.140 …
sālā →
pts
large (covered & enclosed) hall large room, house; shed, stable etc., as seen fr. foll examples: aggi˚; a hall with a fire Vin.i.25, Vin.i.49 = Vin.ii.210 āsana˚; hall with seats Dhp-a.ii.65; *ud …
sāma →
pts
Sāma1
- black, dark (something like deep brown) Vin.iv.120 (kāḷasāma dark blue [?]) DN.i.193; MN.i.246 (different from kāḷa); Ja.vi.187 (˚aṃ mukhaṃ dark, i.e. on account of bad spirits); V …
sāmaggiya →
pts
completeness, concord Snp.810; sāmaggiya-rasa Ja.iii.21 (“the sweets of concord”); adj. asāmaggiya, unpleasant Ja.vi.517 (C. on asammodiya).
fr. samagga
sāmaṃ →
pts
self, of oneself Vin.i.16, Vin.i.33, Vin.i.211 (s. pāka), Vin.iv.121; DN.i.165; MN.i.383; MN.ii.211; MN.iii.253 (sāmaṃ kantaṃ sāmaṃ vāyitaṃ dussayugaṃ); SN.ii.40; SN.iv.230 sq. SN.v.390; Snp.270 (asām …
sāmuddika →
pts
adjective seafaring DN.i.222; SN.iii.155; AN.iii.368 (vāṇijā); AN.iv.127 (nāvā); Vism.63; Dhs-a.320 At Ja.vi.581 s
■ mahāsankha denotes a kind of trumpet.
fr. samudda
sāmā →
pts
medicinal plant Ja.iv.92 (bhisasāmā, C. bhisāni ca sāmākā ca); the Priyangu creeper Ja.i.500; Ja.v.405.
Sk. śyāmā Halāyudha 2, 38; see sāma1, sāmalatā, and sāmāka
sānu →
pts
ridge Vv.32#10; Ja.iii.172. The commentary on the former passage (Vv-a.136) translates vana wood, that on the latter paṃsupabbata sānupabbata a forest-hill Ja.iv.277; Ja.vi.415, Ja.vi.540; pabbatasā …
sāra →
pts